HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES INC
10KSB40, 1997-03-28
INSURANCE CARRIERS, NEC
Previous: READ RITE CORP /DE/, S-3, 1997-03-28
Next: VERIFONE INC, S-8, 1997-03-28



                U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         Washington, D.C. 20549

                              FORM 10-KSB

Annual Report under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
              For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996

                     Commission file number 0-16090

                   HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
             (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)

Nevada                                            87-0447375
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
 Incorporation or Organization)              (I.R.S. Employer I.D. No.)

14651 Dallas Parkway, Suite 900, Dallas, Texas 75240
  (Address of Principal Executive Offices)    (Zip Code)

Issuer's Telephone Number, Including Area Code:  (972) 404-1637

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Title of Each Class           Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, 34 par value    American Stock Exchange Emerging Company 
                              Marketplace

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:  None

Check whether the issuer (1) filed  all reports required to be filed  by
Section 13 or 15(d) of  the Exchange Act during  the past 12 months  (or
for such shorter period  that the registrant was  required to file  such
reports), and (2) has been subject  to such filing requirements for  the
past 90 days. 

Yes  XX      No

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item
405 of Regulation S-B contained in this form, and no disclosure will  be
contained, to  the best  of the  registrant's knowledge,  in  definitive
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of
this Form 10-KSB or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. 

State issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year - $15,435,462.

State the  aggregate market  value  of the  voting  stock held  by  non-
affiliates - $6,749,407  as of March 21, 1997.

State the number of shares outstanding  of each of the issuer's  classes
of common equity, as of the  latest practicable date.  Common Stock,  34
par value -10,662,277 shares outstanding as of March 21, 1997.
<PAGE>
                  DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required by Part III  is incorporated by reference  from
the Registrant's  definitive  proxy  statement  to  be  filed  with  the
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after  the
end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS  FORM
10-KSB

     This Form 10-KSB contains certain forward-looking statements within
the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which are intended to be covered
by the safe harbors created thereby.  These statements include the plans
and objectives of management for future operations, including plans  and
objectives  relating  to  future   growth  of  the  Company's   business
activities and availability  of funds.   The forward-looking  statements
included herein are based on current expectations that involve  numerous
risks and uncertainties.  Assumptions relating to the foregoing  involve
judgments  with  respect  to,  among  other  things,  future   economic,
competitive and  market  conditions, regulatory  framework,  and  future
business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to  predict
accurately and many  of which are  beyond the control  of the Company.  
Although the  Company  believes  that  the  assumptions  underlying  the
forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the assumptions  could
be inaccurate  and,  therefore,  there can  be  no  assurance  that  the
forward-looking statements included in this Form 10-KSB will prove to be
accurate.  In  light of the  significant uncertainties  inherent in  the
forward-looking  statements  included  herein,  the  inclusion  of  such
information should not be regarded as a representation by the Company or
any other person that  the objectives and plans  of the Company will  be
achieved.

Item 1. Description of Business.

Introduction

  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  ("HFS"),  a  Nevada  corporation
formed in 1987, and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred
to herein as the "Company") engage in the sale of insurance products  on
credit terms,  primarily to  lower and  middle  income customers.    The
Company's target market encompasses the substantial number of  Americans
who either are denied credit from banks, credit card companies and other
conventional credit sources, or have never established a bank account or
credit history.   Currently, the Company's  business primarily  involves
marketing, underwriting and premium financing of non-standard automobile
insurance.  Secondarily, the Company provides fee-based claims adjusting
and related services for affiliates and third parties. 

Overview

  The  Company pursues  its business  activities through  an  integrated
insurance group, the dominant members of  which are an authorized  Texas
property and  casualty insurance  company, American  Hallmark  Insurance
Company of  Texas  ("Hallmark");  a  managing  general  agent,  American
Hallmark General  Agency,  Inc. ("AHGA");  a  network of  14  affiliated
insurance agencies known  as the American  Hallmark Agencies  ("Hallmark
Agencies"); a commercial  excess and surplus  lines affiliated  managing
<PAGE>
general agency, Hallmark Underwriters,  Inc. ("HUI"); a premium  finance
company, Hallmark Finance Corporation ("HFC"); and a claims handling and
adjusting  firm,   Hallmark  Claims   Service,  Inc.   ("HCS"),   herein
collectively referred to as the "Insurance Group".  The Company operates
only in Texas.

  Hallmark writes non-standard automobile liability and physical  damage
coverages.  Currently, Hallmark provides insurance through a reinsurance
arrangement with an  unaffiliated company,  State &  County Mutual  Fire
Insurance Company ("State & County").  Through State & County,  Hallmark
provides insurance primarily for  high risk drivers  who do not  qualify
for standard-rate insurance. 

  AHGA, a  managing general agency,  holds an appointment  from State  &
County to manage the sale and servicing of State & County policies.
Hallmark reinsures 100% of the State & County policies produced by  AHGA
under a  related  reinsurance  agreement.   AHGA  markets  the  policies
produced by Hallmark through the Hallmark  Agencies and through a  group
of some 450 independent agents operating under their own names.

  HUI, formed to market and produce commercial excess and surplus  lines
("E&S")  insurance  on  behalf  of  unaffiliated  E&S  insurers,   began
operations in late April 1996.   HUI is expected to generate  commission
income  by  producing  E&S  insurance  business  through  the   Hallmark
Agencies, certain agents  from the Company's  current independent  agent
group, and other selected independent agents not currently  representing
the Company.

  HFC  offers  premium  financing for  policies  sold  by  the  Hallmark
Agencies and independent agents managed by AHGA.  HFC's premium  finance
program  is  presently  available  through  a  financing  and  servicing
arrangement with an unaffiliated premium finance company.  During  1997,
HFC expects to begin  offering its own premium  finance notes funded  by
the proceeds of loan  agreements executed in March  1997.  (See notes  9
and 11 to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

  HCS  provides fee-based  claims  adjustment, salvage  and  subrogation
recovery, and  litigation services  to Hallmark  and three  unaffiliated
third parties.

Summary of Business Development

  Formed in 1987, HFS commenced  its current operations in 1990 when  it
acquired, through  several  acquisitions,  most  of  the  companies  now
referred to as the Insurance Group.  Previously, HFS owned and  operated
a small chain of retail outlets  specializing in the sale and  financing
of optical products and services.  These operations were discontinued as
of December 31, 1990. 

  During 1990, HFS identified Acadine Capital Corporation ("ACC") as  an
acquisition candidate.   ACC  operated  various Texas  retail  insurance
agencies that  sold and  financed non-standard  automobile insurance  on
behalf of unaffiliated  insurers.  To  comply with  Texas Department  of
Insurance  ("TDI")  regulatory  requirements,  HFS  first  acquired  the
capital stock  of the  then inactive  managing general  agency,  Brokers
General, Inc. (now known as AHGA) on August 3, 1990.  The purpose of the
AHGA acquisition was to serve, initially, as a vehicle through which  to
acquire the retail agency operations of ACC.  On August 30, 1990,   HFS,
<PAGE>
through AHGA, acquired all of ACC's assets, including the retail  agency
operations.  HFS also acquired ACC's premium finance operations  through
a newly-created subsidiary,  Acadine Finance Corporation  (now known  as
HFC).   Immediately  thereafter,  HFS purchased  the  capital  stock  of
Hallmark, as of September 1, 1990.

  During 1991, HFS  expanded the Insurance Group through two  additional
acquisitions, neither of  which constituted a  material transaction  for
accounting purposes.    It  acquired  the  capital  stock  of  Citizen's
Adjustment and Reporting Services, Inc. (now known as HCS) as of January
1, 1991.  Also, in  May 1991, AHGA acquired  the business and assets  of
another agency operation.  AHGA currently owns fourteen retail  agencies
which operate under the American Hallmark Agencies name in various Texas
cities.

Insurance Group Operations

  HFS manages  Hallmark, AHGA, the Hallmark  Agencies, HUI, HFC and  HCS
as an integrated Insurance Group that shares common management, computer
facilities and corporate  offices.   AHGA manages  the sale  of State  &
County policies by the  Hallmark Agencies and by  independent agents.   
HUI produces E&S policies issued by unaffiliated insurance companies and
manages the  sale of  these policies  by the  Hallmark Agencies  and  by
Hallmark reinsures 100% of the State & County policies produced by  AHGA
under a  related  reinsurance  agreement.   AHGA  markets  the  policies
produced by Hallmark through the Hallmark  Agencies and through a  group
of some 450 independent agents operating under their own names.

  HUI, formed to market and produce commercial excess and surplus  lines
("E&S")  insurance  on  behalf  of  unaffiliated  E&S  insurers,   began
operations in late April 1996.   HUI is expected to generate  commission
income  by  producing  E&S  insurance  business  through  the   Hallmark
Agencies, certain agents  from the Company's  current independent  agent
group, and other selected independent agents not currently  representing
the Company.

  HFC  offers  premium  financing for  policies  sold  by  the  Hallmark
Agencies and independent agents managed by AHGA.  HFC's premium  finance
program  is  presently  available  through  a  financing  and  servicing
arrangement with an unaffiliated premium finance company.  During  1997,
HFC expects to begin  offering its own premium  finance notes funded  by
the proceeds of loan  agreements executed in March  1997.  (See notes  9
and 11 to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

  HCS  provides fee-based  claims  adjustment, salvage  and  subrogation
recovery, and  litigation services  to Hallmark  and three  unaffiliated
third parties.

Summary of Business Development

  Formed in 1987, HFS commenced  its current operations in 1990 when  it
acquired, through  several  acquisitions,  most  of  the  companies  now
referred to as the Insurance Group.  Previously, HFS owned and  operated
a small chain of retail outlets  specializing in the sale and  financing
of optical products and services.  These operations were discontinued as
of December 31, 1990. 
<PAGE>
  During 1990, HFS identified Acadine Capital Corporation ("ACC") as  an
acquisition candidate.   ACC  operated  various Texas  retail  insurance
agencies that  sold and  financed non-standard  automobile insurance  on
behalf of unaffiliated  insurers.  To  comply with  Texas Department  of
Insurance  ("TDI")  regulatory  requirements,  HFS  first  acquired  the
capital stock  of the  then inactive  managing general  agency,  Brokers
General, Inc. (now known as AHGA) on August 3, 1990.  The purpose of the
AHGA acquisition was to serve, initially, as a vehicle through which  to
acquire the retail agency operations of ACC.  On August 30, 1990,   HFS,
through AHGA, acquired all of ACC's assets, including the retail  agency
operations.  HFS also acquired ACC's premium finance operations  through
a newly-created subsidiary,  Acadine Finance Corporation  (now known  as
HFC).   Immediately  thereafter,  HFS purchased  the  capital  stock  of
Hallmark, as of September 1, 1990.

  During 1991, HFS  expanded the Insurance Group through two  additional
acquisitions, neither of  which constituted a  material transaction  for
accounting purposes.    It  acquired  the  capital  stock  of  Citizen's
Adjustment and Reporting Services, Inc. (now known as HCS) as of January
1, 1991.  Also, in  May 1991, AHGA acquired  the business and assets  of
another agency operation.  AHGA currently owns fourteen retail  agencies
which operate under the American Hallmark Agencies name in various Texas
cities.

Insurance Group Operations

  HFS manages  Hallmark, AHGA, the Hallmark  Agencies, HUI, HFC and  HCS
as an integrated Insurance Group that shares common management, computer
facilities and corporate  offices.   AHGA manages  the sale  of State  &
County policies by the  Hallmark Agencies and by  independent agents.   
HUI produces E&S policies issued by unaffiliated insurance companies and
manages the  sale of  these policies  by the  Hallmark Agencies  and  by
independent agents.  HFC offers premium finance programs for both  State
& County  and  E&S  policies  marketed  by  the  Hallmark  Agencies  and
independent agents  managed by  AHGA and/or  HUI.   HCS provides  claims
services to Hallmark and unaffiliated third parties.

  The Company offers  both liability and physical damage  (comprehensive
and collision) coverages. Hallmark's bodily injury liability coverage is
limited to $20,000  per person and  $40,000 per  accident, and  property
damage liability coverage is limited to $15,000 per accident.   Physical
damage coverage is limited to $40,000  and $30,000 for vehicles  insured
under annual and monthly policies, respectively. 

  During 1996,  substantially all purchasers  of Hallmark policies  were
individuals.   No single  customer or  group  of related  customers  has
accounted for more than 1% of its net premiums written during any of the
 last three years.

  Currently,  the Company  writes both  annual  and monthly  policies.  
During 1996 and 1995, monthly  policies accounted for approximately  52%
and 39%, respectively, of Hallmark's net premium volume.  The  Company's
typical customer is unable or unwilling to pay a full year's premium  in
advance, and thus either a monthly policy or an annual policy on  credit
suits his/her  budgetary needs.   For  the annual  policy customer,  the
Company provides premium financing  primarily through a premium  finance
program offered by  HFC.

<PAGE>  
  Prior to January 1, 1995, and since early-1992, all premium  financing
offered  by  the  Company  was  provided  under  a  direct-bill  program
administered by Hallmark.  Effective January 1, 1995, the Company  began
financing annual  policy  premiums  produced by  the  Hallmark  Agencies
through a  premium  finance  program offered  by  its  formerly  dormant
premium finance subsidiary, HFC.   During May 1995, the Company expanded
HFC's operations to include financing premiums produced by the Company's
independent agents.  The finance charges  a premium finance company  may
impose under a premium finance note are subject to state regulation, but
the permissible rates are substantially  higher than those an  insurance
company may now charge under a direct-bill program.
 
  During  1996, approximately  90%  of Hallmark's  annual  policyholders
financed their premiums through HFC's  premium finance program.   During
1995, approximately  89%  of Hallmark's  annual  policyholders  financed
their  premiums  through  either   HFC's  premium  finance  program   or
Hallmark's direct-bill  program.    During 1994,  approximately  98%  of
Hallmark annual policyholders financed their premiums through Hallmark's
direct-bill program.

  HCS  provides claims  adjustment and  related litigation  services  to
both the Company and third parties.   Fees are charged either on a  per-
file basis, as a percentage of earned premiums, or in certain instances,
a combination of both  methods.  When the  Company receives notice of  a
loss, HCS  personnel  establish  a claim  file  and  an  estimated  loss
reserve.    HCS's  adjusters  review,  investigate  and  initiate  claim
payments, with the Company utilizing  a third-party claims service  only
in unusual circumstances.  The Company  has an in-house legal staff  and
thus handles much of its claims-related litigation in-house.  Management
believes that  the  Company  can achieve  optimal  efficiency  and  cost
effectiveness by utilizing  its own trained  employee-adjusters and  in-
house litigation staff in most instances.    

Underwriting and Other Ratios

  An  insurance  company's  underwriting  experience  is   traditionally
measured by the statutory  "combined ratio".   The combined ratio  under
statutory accounting practices ("SAP")  is the sum of  (1) the ratio  of
net losses and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") incurred to net premiums
earned (referred to as the "statutory loss ratio"), and (2) the ratio of
underwriting and operating expenses to net premiums written (referred to
as the "statutory  expense ratio").   The  approximate SAP  underwriting
profit or loss is reflected by the extent to which the combined ratio is
less  or  more  than  100%.    During  1996,  1995  and  1994,  Hallmark
experienced  statutory   loss  ratios   of  64.1%,   81.8%  and   74.6%,
respectively.  During the same periods, it experienced statutory expense
ratios of 31.9 %, 11.2% and 21.1%, respectively, and statutory  combined
ratios of 96.0%, 93.0% and 95.7%, respectively.  These statutory  ratios
do not  reflect the  deferral of  policy acquisition  costs,  investment
income, premium  finance revenues,  or the  elimination of  intercompany
transactions  required  by  generally  accepted  accounting   principles
("GAAP").

 The  decrease in Hallmark's  1996 statutory loss  ratio is  principally
due to the combined result of improved loss experience of the  Company's
core State  & County  business  and retention  of  62.5% of  the  policy
origination fees (included in premiums earned) effective July 1, 1996.  
(See Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation - Results
<PAGE>
of Operations.)   To  a lesser  extent, insignificant  Texas  Automobile
Insurance  Plan  Association  ("TAIPA")  premium  allocations  and  more
favorable loss development in  1996 of TAIPA  business written in  prior
years contributed to the decrease in  the 1996 loss ratio.  Drivers  who
purchase insurance through TAIPA typically  present high risks and  past
claims have  been high.    The number  of  drivers who  purchased  TAIPA
coverage increased substantially in 1992 and 1993 as the flexible rating
plan  described  in   Reinsurance  Arrangements   resulted  in   reduced
availability of  alternative  coverage.    Participation  in  the  TAIPA
program, state-wide,  remained  high due  to  lower-than-market  premium
rates until  a rate  increase in  June 1995.   The  percentage of  TAIPA
premiums allocated to Hallmark by the  state peaked in 1992 and  dropped
dramatically in  1994.   During 1996,  1995, 1994,  1993 and  1992,  the
Company was assigned  TAIPA premiums of  approximately $4,000,  $49,000,
$285,000, $850,000,  and  $1,350,000, respectively.    Due to  a  marked
decrease in 1994 through  1996  allocations,  TAIPA earned premiums  for
1996 decreased to approximately $25,000  and thus, has had  considerably
less impact on Hallmark's underwriting performance than in prior  years.
The Company anticipates that  TAIPA premiums should  have little to  no
impact on  Hallmark's  future  performance absent  a  regulatory  change
governing the TAIPA allocation methodology.
  
  Hallmark's  1995  statutory  loss  ratio  was  adversely  affected  by
unusually high catastrophe losses due to hail, as well as an increase in
non-catastrophic losses.   To a lesser  extent, adverse loss  experience
associated with  assumed business  produced  by an  unaffiliated  agency
pursuant to a  1993 reinsurance  agreement also  adversely affected  the
statutory loss ratio.   Although this  agreement was canceled  effective
December 31,  1994, the  runoff of  business pursuant  to this  contract
continued to negatively impact Hallmark's  1995 loss ratio.   Hallmark's
1994 statutory loss ratio was also  negatively impacted by adverse  loss
experience associated with  unaffiliated agency  business assumed  under
the 1993  reinsurance  agreement  and  to  the  impact  of  high  losses
associated with 1993 TAIPA premiums earned in 1994.  It should be  noted
that the impact of TAIPA loss  experience was intensified because  TAIPA
losses are 100% retained by Hallmark and are not included in  Hallmark's
quota-share reinsurance agreements.

  Hallmark's  1996  statutory  expense  ratio  of  31.9%  has  increased
compared to  11.2% and  21.1%  in 1995  and  1994, respectively.    This
increase in the statutory expense ratio is principally due to an  almost
20% decrease in ceding commission income.  (See Management's  Discussion
and Analysis or Plan of Operation - Financial Condition and  Liquidity.)
 To a  lesser extent,  the increased  statutory  expense ratio  is  also
affected by the increase in Hallmark's payment and retention of  premium
taxes and  State &  County ceding  fees under  new reinsurance  treaties
effective July 1,  1996.  Hallmark's  1995 statutory  expense ratio  was
favorably impacted by high ceding commission income associated with
unusually high premium volumes during the third quarter of 1995.
 
  Under TDI  guidelines, casualty  insurance companies  are expected  to
maintain a  premium-to-surplus ratio  of not  more  than 3  to 1.    The
premium-to-surplus ratio measures the relationship between net  premiums
written in a given period (premiums written, less returned premiums  and
reinsurance ceded to  other carriers) to  surplus (admitted assets  less
liabilities), all determined on the basis  of SAP.  For 1996, 1995,  and
1994, Hallmark's premium-to-surplus ratios were 2.21 to 1, 2.58 to 1 and
2.53 to  1,  respectively.   The  strengthening  of the  1996  ratio  in
<PAGE>
relation to  1995 and  1994 is  primarily attributable  to the  combined
effect of the  decrease in 1996  premium volume and  the statutory  loss
ratio improvement in Hallmark's core State & County business.

Reinsurance Arrangements

  Hallmark  shares  its   claims  risk  with  non-affiliated   insurance
companies.  Effective March  1, 1992, Hallmark and  AHGA entered into  a
reinsurance arrangement with an unaffiliated  company, State & County.  
Effective July 1,  1996, this  arrangement is  supplemented by  separate
risk-sharing  agreements   between  Hallmark   and  three   unaffiliated
companies, all of which  are rated A-  or better by  A.M. Best:   Kemper
Reinsurance Company ("Kemper"), Dorinco Reinsurance Company ("Dorinco");
and  Odyssey  Reinsurance  Corporation  ("Odyssey"),  formerly   Skandia
America Reinsurance Corporation.  Prior to July 1, 1996 and since  March
1, 1992,  Hallmark's principal  quota-share reinsurance  was with  Vesta
Fire Insurance Corporation  ("Vesta"), an unaffiliated  company with  an
A.M. Best rating of A.  Between  January 1, 1991 and February 29,  1992,
Hallmark ceded 60%  of its risk  on a quota-share  basis to  a group  of
eight reinsurers.

  Prior to March 1, 1992,  Hallmark was a direct writer of  non-standard
auto insurance on a consent-to-rate basis.  On this basis, Hallmark  set
its premiums by reference to standard rates adopted by TDI, but added an
excess premium  in each  prescribed rating  category.   Effective  March
1992,  TDI  adopted  certain  amended  regulations  which  replaced  the
existing premium rate-setting procedures with  a flexible rating plan.  
This change virtually eliminated the possibility of Hallmark  continuing
to write insurance on a consent-to-rate basis. 

  Primarily in response  to this regulatory change, the Company  entered
into a relationship with a Texas county mutual insurance company,  State
& County.    Texas  county mutual  companies  are  governed  by  special
statutory standards,  and their  premium rates  are not  subject to  the
rate-setting formulas or TDI approvals required under the 1992  flexible
rating plan.    

  Under  the  Company's arrangement  with  State  & County,  AHGA  is  a
managing general agent appointed by State & County which allows AHGA  to
issue State & County  policies, as well as  appoint producing agents  to
sell these policies.  AHGA issues State & County policies in  accordance
with Hallmark's underwriting  standards and pursuant  to proposed  rates
Hallmark submits  to State  & County.    Hallmark's proposed  rates  are
effective immediately upon approval  by State &  County and filing  with
TDI.   Although  State  &  County is  required  to  file  periodic  rate
adjustments with the state, TDI approval is not required.

  Pursuant to the reinsurance agreement, Hallmark reinsures 100% of  the
State & County  business produced by  AHGA.   Under related  reinsurance
agreements  effective  July  1,  1996,  Kemper,  Dorinco,  and  Odyssey,
collectively, assume  a  75% pro-rata  portion  of the  State  &  County
business, including  claims risk,  from Hallmark.   In  addition,  these
reinsurers unconditionally guarantee  Hallmark's and AHGA's  obligations
to State & County.   Under the  prior quota-share reinsurance  agreement
which was terminated effective June 30,  1996, Vesta assumed a  pro-rata
portion of the State & County business, including claims risk, from
Hallmark.  From August 1, 1993  to June 30, 1996, Hallmark retained  25%
and Vesta assumed 75%  of the State  & County business.   From March  1,
<PAGE>
1992 through July 31, 1993, Hallmark retained 40% and Vesta assumed  the
balance.

  As compensation  for acting as managing  general agent, AHGA  receives
commissions equal  to a  percentage  of premiums  written.   It  uses  a
portion of  these commissions  to compensate  its producing  agents  for
selling State & County policies. 

  State  & County  receives commissions  from Hallmark  on the  State  &
County policies  AHGA  produces  equal to  a  percentage  of  Hallmark's
assumed premiums written.  The commission  rate decreases as the  annual
volume of premiums written  exceeds specified levels.   As permitted  by
law, AHGA  charges policy  origination fees  on  behalf of  Hallmark  in
addition to premiums.

  Under  the  new  reinsurance  agreements  between  Hallmark  and   the
reinsurers, Hallmark retains 62.5%  and cedes only  37.5% of the  policy
origination fees (rather than ceding 75% of the policy origination  fees
as under the Vesta treaty), pays premium taxes and front fees on 100% of
the business produced (rather than premium taxes and front fees on  only
its retained  business  under the  Vesta  treaty), and  receives  a  30%
provisional commission on the portion of the business ceded (rather than
a  guaranteed  30% ceding commission  under the Vesta  treaty).   Policy
origination fees are  up-front, fully earned  fees that  the Company  is
permitted by law to  charge in addition to  premiums to cover or  defray
certain costs  associated  with  producing policies.    The  provisional
commission paid under the new treaties will be adjusted annually over  a
three year rating period on a sliding scale based on annual loss ratios.
 Based upon its loss experience, Hallmark can earn a maximum  commission
of 33.5% and  is guaranteed a  minimum commission of  26% regardless  of
loss experience.  Currently, the Company is recognizing a commission  of
27.5% based on current loss experience. 

Marketing

  Customers for  non-standard automobile insurance  typically fall  into
two groups.  The first is  drivers who have had standard auto  insurance
but no longer  qualify due  to reasons  such as  driving record,  claims
history, or residency status.   The second group  is drivers who  either
live in areas  of Texas  in which  standard-rate insurers  do not  write
insurance or  who are  declined coverage  because of  the  standard-rate
insurers' limits on the amount of coverage they write for new customers.
 Although these drivers may qualify for  the lower standard rates,  they
cannot obtain standard coverage.

  As  managing  general  agent,  AHGA  manages  the  marketing  of   the
Company's non-standard  automobile insurance  program through  a  retail
network of affiliated and independent agencies.   At December 31,  1996,
there were 14  affiliated offices, operating under the American Hallmark
Agencies name,  and some  450 independent  agents with  offices  located
throughout the State of Texas.  The 14 Hallmark Agencies are located  in
Amarillo, Austin, Corpus Christi,  Houston, Lubbock and the  Dallas/Fort
Worth metroplex area. 

   Marketing  efforts are  twofold:    one, direct  advertising  to  the
insured for the benefit of the Hallmark Agencies; and two, marketing and
ongoing service  to  the Company's  independent  agents.   The  Hallmark
Agencies business is developed primarily through advertising in regional
<PAGE>
and  local   publications,  direct-mail,   telephone  solicitation   and
referrals from standard agents and existing customers.  Field  marketing
representatives promote the Company's  insurance program to  prospective
independent agents and service existing  agents.  The Hallmark  Agencies
principally  sell  Hallmark  policies,  while  independent  agents   may
represent several  standard and  non-standard insurers.   The  Company's
appointed independent  agents  are  located throughout  Texas  in  major
cities, as well as  suburban and some rural  areas, with an emphasis  in
the central and southern regions of Texas. 
  
  During 1992,  substantially all of the  Company's core State &  County
business consisted of annual policies produced by the Hallmark Agencies.
 During 1993, the  Company began bolstering  premium volume  principally
through independent agent production of monthly policies.  Thus,  during
1993, annual policies  were sold primarily  by the affiliated  agencies,
while the majority of monthly policies were sold by independent  agents.
 In 1994, the  Company expanded its  annual program whereby  independent
agents could sell annual policies, but receive commissions on an earned,
or monthly, basis.  The Company's previous annual program, offered  only
to selected independent agents,  was substantially discontinued in  late
1993.  Annual premium production by  independent agents during 1996  and
1995 accounted for  approximately 40%  and 57%,  respectively, of  total
independent agent production.

Competition

  Information  available  from  industry  sources  indicates  that   the
private passenger automobile insurance market in Texas is  approximately
$6.8  billion  in premium  volume.  Annual  premium volume  of the  non-
standard automobile  policies  written  in Texas  exceeded  $2  billion,
according to 1995 data.   The Company's 1996 core State & County premium
volume was  almost  2%  of the  total  non-standard  market  with  gross
premiums written  of  approximately $43  million  as compared  to  gross
premiums written of approximately $49 million in 1995 and gross premiums
written of $27 million in 1994.  Although competition in the Texas  non-
standard automobile insurance market is  intense with some 40  companies
competing, management believes that the Company has effective tools  for
increasing its  market share.   The  Company relies  on its  ability  to
promptly set rates that  are directed toward  the lower-risk segment  of
the non-standard auto market and to compete on the basis of underwriting
criteria and superior service to its agents and insureds.

Insurance Regulation

  The operations of  Hallmark, AHGA and HFC are  regulated by TDI.   HFC
is also subject  to further  regulation under  the Texas  Credit Code.  
Hallmark is  required to  file quarterly  and annual  statements of  its
financial  condition  with  TDI,  prepared  in  accordance  with  SAP.  
Hallmark's financial condition, including  the adequacy of its  surplus,
premium-to-surplus ratio, loss  reserves, deposits  and investments,  is
subject to review by TDI.   Since Hallmark does not write its  insurance
directly, but rather writes through a  county mutual, its premium  rates
and underwriting  guidelines  are not  subject  to the  same  degree  of
regulation  imposed  on  standard  insurance  companies.    However,  as
discussed under Reinsurance Arrangements, premium rates and underwriting
guidelines must be approved  by State & County,  and State & County,  in
turn, must file  the rates  with TDI.   AHGA,  HUI,   and the  producing
agents who  staff the  Hallmark Agencies  offices are  subject to  TDI's
<PAGE>
licensing requirements.   HFC is  also subject  to licensing,  financial
reporting and  certain financial  requirements.   In addition,  interest
rates, note forms and disclosures, among  other things used by HFC,  are
regulated by the Office of Consumer  Credit Commissioner, as well as  by
the TDI.

  TDI has  broad authority to enforce  its laws and regulations  through
examinations, administrative  orders,  civil  and  criminal  enforcement
proceedings, and suspension or revocation of an insurer's Certificate of
Authority or an agent's license.  In extreme cases, including actual  or
pending insolvency, TDI  may take over,  or appoint a  receiver to  take
over, the management or operations of an insurer or an agent's  business
or assets.  In addition, all  insurance companies which write  insurance
in  the  state  of  Texas  are  subject  to  assessments  for  a   state
administered fund which covers the claims  and expenses of insolvent  or
impaired insurers.  The size of  the assessment is determined each  year
by the total claims on the fund that  year.  Each insurer is assessed  a
pro-rata share based on  its direct premiums written.   Payments to  the
fund may be recovered by the insurer through deductions from its premium
taxes at  a  rate of  10%  per year  over  ten  years.   There  were  no
assessments during 1996 and 1995, and thus Hallmark made no payments  to
the fund  during the  most recent  two years.   In  1994, Hallmark  paid
$33,619 to the state insolvency fund. 

  HFS is also regulated as an insurance holding company under the  Texas
Insurance Code.    Financial transactions  between  HFS or  any  of  its
affiliates and Hallmark are  subject to regulation  by TDI.   Applicable
regulations require  TDI's approval  of management  and expense  sharing
contracts, intercompany loans and asset transactions, investments in the
Company's securities  by Hallmark  and similar  transactions.   Further,
dividends and distributions by Hallmark to HFS are restricted.

  On May 13, 1996, TDI issued its formal report on the results of  TDI's
regular, triennial examination  of Hallmark's  books and  records as  of
September 30, 1995.  The report  indicated that no significant items  or
discrepancies were noted during the examination. 

  Effective December  31, 1994,  the National  Association of  Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC") requested  property/casualty insurers  to file  a
risk-based capital ("RBC") calculation according to a specified formula.
 The purpose of the NAIC-designed formula is twofold: (1) to assess  the
adequacy of  a company's  statutory capital  and  surplus based  upon  a
variety of  factors such  as potential  risks related  to the  company's
investment portfolio,  ceded reinsurance  and product  mix; and  (2)  to
assist state  regulators  under  the  RBC  for  Insurers  Model  Act  by
providing thresholds at  which a  state commissioner  is authorized  and
expected to take regulatory action.   Texas has not adopted the RBC  for
Insurers Model Act formulated  by the NAIC, and  currently there are  no
TDI filing or compliance requirements related to RBC.

Analysis of Hallmark's Losses and LAE

  The Company's consolidated  financial statements include an  estimated
reserve  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  of  the  Company's  non-standard
automobile insurance  subsidiary,  Hallmark.    Hallmark  estimates  its
reserve for unpaid losses  and LAE by  using case-basis evaluations  and
statistical projections, which include inferences from both losses  paid
and losses incurred.   Hallmark also uses  recent historical cost  data,
<PAGE>
periodic reviews  of underwriting  standards  and claims  management  to
modify the statistical projections.  Hallmark gives consideration to the
impact of  inflation in  determining its  loss  reserves, but  does  not
discount reserve balances.

  The amount  of Hallmark's reserves  represents management's  estimates
of the ultimate net cost of  all unpaid losses and LAE incurred  through
December of each  year.  These  estimates are subject  to the effect  of
trends in claim severity and frequency.  Management continually  reviews
the estimates and  adjusts them as  claims experience  develops and  new
information becomes known.   Such  adjustments are  included in  current
operations, including increases  and decreases, net  of reinsurance,  in
the estimate of ultimate liabilities for insured events of prior  years.
(See the Loss and Loss Adjustment  Expenses section of Note 1 of  Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

  The  Company  continually attempts  to  improve  its  loss  estimation
process by refining  its ability to  analyze loss development  patterns,
claim payments,  and other  information within  a legal  and  regulatory
environment which  affects development  of  ultimate liabilities.    For
example, in 1992  regulatory changes governing  timing of certain  claim
payments and reserves affected loss development patterns.  In  addition,
legal trends changing the potential liability of insureds affect  claims
handling procedures  and claims-related  litigation.   Such  trends  can
significantly affect the  ability of insurers  to estimate reserves  for
unpaid losses and related expenses.   Thus, future changes in  estimates
of claims costs  may adversely affect  future period operating  results;
however, such effects cannot be reasonably estimated.

Reconciliation of  Reserve for  Unpaid Losses  and LAE.   The  following
table provides a 1996, 1995 and 1994 reconciliation of the beginning and
ending reserve balances, on a  gross-of-reinsurance basis, to the  gross
amounts reported in the Company's balance sheet. 
<PAGE>                                   
<TABLE>
                                   1996           1995           1994
                                        (Thousands of dollars)
           <S>                       <C>            <C>            <C>
Reserve for unpaid losses and
  LAE, net of reinsurance
  recoverables, at beginning
  of year                        $ 5,924       $  4,297         $ 4,321

Provision for losses and LAE
  for claims occurring in the
  current period                   8,441          8,458           6,803

Increase (decrease) in reserve
  for unpaid losses and LAE for
  claims occurring in prior
  periods                           (535)           502             (33)

Payments for losses and LAE,
  net of reinsurance:

  Current period                  (5,085)        (4,020)         (3,765)
  Prior periods                   (3,783)        (3,313)         (3,029)

                                  (8,868)        (7,333)         (6,794)

Reserve for unpaid losses and
 LAE, net of reinsurance
  recoverables, at end of year   $ 4,962        $ 5,924         $ 4,297

Reinsurance recoverables on
 unpaid losses and LAE, at
  end of year                     15,735         16,399           8,371


Reserve for unpaid losses and
 LAE, gross of reinsurance
  recoverables on unpaid losses,
  at end of year                 $20,697        $22,323         $12,668
</TABLE>

SAP/GAAP Reserve Reconciliation.   The differences between the  reserves
for unpaid  losses  and  LAE  reported  in  the  Company's  consolidated
financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and those reported
in the annual statement filed with TDI in accordance with SAP for  years
1996 and 1995 are summarized below: 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                  1996           1995
                                             (Thousands of Dollars) 
                <S>                               <C>            <C>
Reserve for unpaid losses and LAE on a
  SAP basis (net of reinsurance
  recoverables on unpaid losses)                  $5,483        $6,300

Deduct estimated salvage and subrogation
  recoveries reported on a cash basis
  for SAP purposes and on an accrual basis
  for GAAP purposes                                 (521)         (376)
Reserve for unpaid losses and LAE on GAAP
  basis (net of reinsurance recoverables
  on unpaid losses)                               $4,962        $5,924
</TABLE>

ANALYSIS OF LOSS AND LAE RESERVE DEVELOPMENT

  The  following  table   shows  the  development  of  Hallmark's   loss
reserves, net of reinsurance, for 1986  through 1996.  Section A of  the
table shows the estimated  liability for unpaid losses  and LAE, net  of
reinsurance, recorded  at  the  balance  sheet  date  for  each  of  the
indicated years.   This  liability represents  the estimated  amount  of
losses and LAE for claims arising in prior years that are unpaid at  the
balance sheet date, including losses that have been incurred but not yet
reported to Hallmark.   Section B  of the table  shows the  re-estimated
amount of the previously recorded liability,  based on experience as  of
the end of each succeeding year.  The estimate is increased or decreased
as more information becomes  known about the  frequency and severity  of
claims.

  Cumulative Redundancy/Deficiency (Section  C of the table)  represents
the aggregate  change in  the estimates  over all  prior years.    Thus,
changes in  ultimate development  estimates are  included in  operations
over a number of years, minimizing  the significance of such changes  in
any one year. The effects on income  in the past three years of  changes
in estimates of  the liabilities  for losses and  LAE are  shown in  the
table under reconciliation  of SAP/GAAP reserves  for unpaid losses  and
LAE.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>          ANALYSIS OF LOSS AND LAE DEVELOPMENT
                         (Thousands of dollars)

   <S>           <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>
Year Ended
December 31      '86  '87  '88  '89  '90  '91  '92  '93  '94  '95  '96
A. Reserve for
 Unpaid 
  Losses & LAE,
  Net of
 Reinsurance
  Recoverables   1130 1380 2365 3039 2968 3353 4374 4321 4297 5924 4962

B.Net Reserve Re-
  estimated as of:        
  One year later 1299 2257 4264 3186 3126 2815 3423 4626 5175 5910
  Two years
   later         1566 4231 4486 3353 30012885  3285 4499 5076
  Three years
   later         3597 4321 4556 3374 3090 2813 3147 4288
  Four years
   later         3645 4388 4606 3408 3052 2700 3095
  Five years
   later         3629 4374 4595 3384 2988 2699
  Six years
   later         3632 4372 4593 3363 2994
  Seven years
   later         3632 4373 4585 3359
  Eight years
   later         3631 4370 4582
  Nine years
   later         3626 4367
  Ten years
   later         3626
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
      <S>        <C>  <C>   <C>   <C>  <C>  <C> <C>  <C> <C>     <C>    <C>
C. Net Cumulative
   Redundancy
  (Deficiency)  (2496)(2987)(2217)(320)(26) 654 1279  33 (779)   14

D. Cumulative
   Amount of
   Claims Paid, 
   Net of Reserve
   Recoveries,
   Through:
 One year later   935 1522 3490 1991 2100 1958 2109 3028 3313 3783
 Two years later 1325 4029 4155 2994 2760 2472 2768 3883 4442
 Three years
  later          3583 4211 4457 3285 2956 2654 2956 4147
 Four years
  later          3615 4334 4569 3363 2990 2668 3027
 Five years
  later          3627 4369 4587 3369 2983 2669
 Six years
  later          3632 4372 4590 3361 2981
 Seven years
  later          3632 4370 4583 3359
 Eight years
  later          3631 4368 4582
 Nine years
  later          3626 4367
 Ten years
  later          3626



  Net Reserve - December 31                                  $ 5,924  $ 4,962

  Reinsurance Recoverables                                    16,399   15,735
  Gross Reserve - December 31                                 22,323   20,697
  Net Re-estimated Reserve                                     5,910
  Re-estimated Reinsurance Recoverable                        15,874
  Gross Re-estimated Reserve                                  21,784
  Gross Cumulative Redundancy                                    539
</TABLE>

Investment Policy

  Hallmark's  investment  objective  is  to  maximize  current  yield   while
maintaining safety of capital together with sufficient liquidity for  ongoing
insurance operations.  Accordingly, the  investment portfolio is composed  of
fixed  income  securities:    U.S.  Government  and  U.S.  Government  agency
debentures and agency  mortgage-backed securities,  municipal securities  and
U.S. Government bond  mutual funds.   The average maturity  of the  portfolio
(after  taking  into  account   current  assumptions  regarding   anticipated
principal prepayments on  mortgage-backed securities  and the  call dates  of
certain  securities   held),  and   including  short-term   investments,   is
approximately three  years,  which  approximates  Hallmark's  claims  payment
patterns.  It is Hallmark's intent  to hold investments until maturity.   The
securities liquidated during 1996 were as a result of maturities, bond  calls
and prepayments  of  mortgage-backed  securities  totaling  $1,775,414.    In
<PAGE>
addition, as part of the Company's  overall investment strategy, the  Company
implemented an integrated  cash management  system in  late-1995 to  maximize
investment earnings  on  all available  cash.   During  1996,  the  Company's
investment income totaled $863,863, compared to $585,055 for 1995. 

Employees

  On  December 31,  1996, the  Company  employed 171  people on  a  full-time
basis.   None  of the Company's employees are  represented by labor unions.  
The Company considers its employee relations to be good.

Item 2. Description of Property.

  The Company's corporate  headquarters are located at 14651 Dallas  Parkway,
Suite 900,  Dallas, Texas.   This  suite also  houses Hallmark's  operations,
AHGA's administrative  staff, HFC  and HCS's  operations, and  the  Company's
computer center.   The suite is  located in a  high-rise office building  and
contains approximately 21,587  square feet of  space.   Effective January  1,
1995, the Company renegotiated its lease for a period of 71 months to  expire
November 30,  2000.   The  rent  is currently  $22,790  per month,  and  will
increase 3% to 4% annually to a maximum  of $25,285 per month.  The  Hallmark
Agencies' offices  are located  in 11  Texas cities,  including Dallas,  Fort
Worth, Austin and Houston.   These offices are  located in office  buildings,
shopping centers, store fronts and similar  commercial structures in low  and
middle income neighborhoods.   They contain an average  of 900 square feet.  
HUI currently shares  space in one  of the slightly  larger Dallas  metroplex
offices.   All are  leased, some  on a  month-to-month basis  and others  for
remaining terms  ranging up  to 36  months. The  type of  space the  Hallmark
Agencies occupy is generally available at moderate rentals.  The Company does
not consider the location of any  particular agency office to be material  to
its insurance marketing operations.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

  Except for  routine litigation incidental  to the business  of the  Company
and as described in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements,  neither
the Company nor  any of  the properties  of the  Company was  subject to  any
material pending  or threatened  legal proceedings  as of  the date  of  this
report.   

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

  During the fourth  quarter of 1996, the Company  did not submit any  matter
to a vote of its security holders.

                                   PART II

Item 5.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

  The Company's  Common Stock  has traded  on the  American Stock  Exchange's
Emerging Company Marketplace under the symbol "HAF.EC" since January 6, 1994.
The following table shows  the Common Stock's high  and low sales prices  on
the AMEX Emerging Company Marketplace for each quarter since January 1, 1995.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
Period                      High Sale                 Low Sale

  1995
  <S>                           <C>                      <C>
First Quarter                 $ .56                    $ .25
Second Quarter                  .75                      .56
Third Quarter                  1.44                      .56
Fourth Quarter                 1.50                      .81


  1996

First Quarter                 $1.38                    $1.00
Second Quarter                 1.25                      .94
Third Quarter                  1.63                     1.06
Fourth Quarter                 1.38                      .88

1997

First Quarter
(through March 21)            $ .94                    $ .63
</TABLE>

On March  21, 1997  there were  183 record  holders of  the Company's  Common
Stock.

  The Company  has never paid dividends  on its Common Stock.   The Board  of
Directors intends to  continue this policy  in order to  retain earnings  for
development of the Company's business.
Item 6.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.

     The following  discussion of the Company's  financial condition and  the
results of its operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements and related notes included in this Report.

Financial Condition and Liquidity

     The Company's  sources of funds are  principally derived from  insurance
related operations. Major sources of funds  are from premiums collected  (net
of policy  cancellations and  premiums ceded),  external funding  of  premium
notes, ceding commissions, processing  fees, premium finance service  charges
and investment  activities.    Net cash  flow  utilized  from  the  Company's
consolidated operations for the  year ended December  31, 1996 was  $621,720,
and net  cash flow  provided for  the  year ended  December  31, 1995  was  
$8,264,673, respectively.

     On  a consolidated  basis, the  Company's liquidity  declined 7%  during
1996 as compared to  1995, with bonds,  equities, short-term investments  and
cash totaling $13,441,831 at  December 31, 1996.   The decrease in 1996  cash
flow compared to 1995 is primarily  due to lower premium volumes during  1996
(gross premiums written of approximately $42.5 million and $49.2 for 1996 and
1995, respectively).  Due to the combined effect of this volume decrease  and
the July  1, 1996  change  in reinsurance  treaty  terms as  discussed  under
Reinsurance  Arrangements,   ceding  commission   income  decreased   20%.   
Additionally, due to both the decrease in 1996 premium volumes, as well as  a
<PAGE>
13%  decrease  in   annual  policy   production,  external   funds,  net   of
cancellations, received  by the  Company to  fund annual  premiums  decreased
$2,178,929 to $13,665,121 from $15,844,050. 

   At December 31, 1996, the Company had $590,853 in notes payable,  $433,517
of which is due  in 1997.  The  Company expects to repay  the amounts due  on
these notes with cash  from operations.   However, the amount  to be paid  in
1997 may  be less  than the  $433,517  reflected in  the 1996  notes  payable
balance.   Included in  this amount  is a  disputed principal  obligation  of
$380,000 in connection with a financing  transaction which occurred prior  to
HFS's acquisition of  the Insurance Group.   Further, if  any portion of  the
approximately $380,000 is ultimately deemed owing, the Company believes  that
it has the right of offset against a related  claim in the sum of $240,000.  
See Note 5 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

   A substantial portion  of the  Company's 1996  liquid assets  are held  by
Hallmark and  are not  available  for general  corporate  purposes.   Of  the
Company's consolidated liquid  assets of  $13,441,831 at  December 31,  1996,
$991,095 (as compared to $2,131,582 in 1995) represents non-restricted  cash.
 Since state insurance regulations restrict financial transactions between an
insurance company and its  affiliates, HFS is limited  in its ability to  use
Hallmark funds for its own working capital purposes.  Furthermore,  dividends
and loans by Hallmark to HFS  are also restricted and, in certain  instances,
subject to TDI  approval.  Based  on surplus at  December 31, 1996,  Hallmark
could pay a dividend up to $546,000 to HFS during 1997 without TDI  approval.
In addition, TDI has sanctioned the payment of management fees,  commissions
and  claims  handling  fees  by  Hallmark  to  HFS  and  other  affiliates.  
Accordingly, management fees of  $600,000 were paid or  accrued in 1995,  and
management fees  of $1,050,000  were paid  or accrued  in 1996.    Management
anticipates that Hallmark will continue  to pay management fees  periodically
during 1997, and this should be a continued source of unrestricted liquidity.
 Further, management  is committed  to maintaining  the surplus  strength  of
Hallmark and has no current plans to pay any dividends from Hallmark to HFS.

   Commissions from an annual policy program for independent agents initiated
during  the  first  quarter  of  1994  have  been  an  additional  source  of
unrestricted liquidity during 1995 and 1996.  Under this program, AHGA offers
independent agents the ability to write  annual policies, but commissions  to
independent  agents  are  paid  monthly  on  an  "earned"  basis.    However,
consistent  with  customary  industry  practice,  Hallmark  is  paying  total
commissions up-front to AHGA based on the entire net annual premiums written.
Independent agent  production  of  annual  policies  was  approximately  $15
million in 1996 compared to $24 million in 1995.  During 1996, AHGA  received
$2,660,234  in  commissions  related  to  this  annual  policy  program  from
Hallmark, of which $1,079,346 will be paid to independent agents during  1997
as earned.

   Ceding commission income represents a significant  source of funds to  the
Company.    In  1996  and  1995,  ceding  commission  income  exceeded  agent
commission and other direct  expenses associated with  the cost of  producing
new business (i.e., policy acquisition costs).  Ceding commission income  for
1996 decreased  $2,149,805  to  $8,899,889 representing  a  20%  decrease  as
compared to 1995.   In accordance with GAAP,  a portion of ceding  commission
income and policy acquisition costs is deferred and recognized as income  and
expense, respectively, as related net premiums  are earned.  Deferred  ceding
commission income also  decreased to $2,368,264  at December  31, 1996,  from
$3,518,227 at December 31, 1995.  The reduction in deferred ceding commission
income is  principally  due to  the  combined effect  of  a decrease  in  the
<PAGE>
Company's premium volume, the July 1, 1996 change in reinsurance treaty terms
and to a shift in policy mix due to lower annual policy production.  In light
of the  decline in  premium volume,  particularly annual  policies,  deferred
policy acquisition costs as of December 31, 1996, also decreased in  relation
to the prior year.  However, deferred policy acquisition costs of  $2,536,564
were $168,300 greater than deferred ceding commission income of $2,368,264 at
December 31, 1996. 

   Prepaid  reinsurance  premiums   and  reinsurance  recoverable   generally
decreased as expected in relation to decreased premium writings.  See Note  4
to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

   At December 31, 1996, Hallmark reported  statutory capital and surplus  of
$5,177,994, which  reflects an  increase of  $403,550  over the  $4,774,444  
reported at  December  31, 1995.    Although Hallmark  reported  $908,593  in
statutory net income for  1996, surplus did not  increase accordingly.   This
was principally due  to a  $509,200 charge  to surplus  for excess  statutory
reserves over statement reserves.   Based on  Hallmark's loss ratio  history,
statutory accounting  regulations require  that  the minimum  statutory  loss
ratio for  auto liability  be 75%  for  1994 through  1996 accident  years.  
Hallmark's liability  loss ratio  for  the 1996  accident  year was  70%  and
surplus was reduced  accordingly.  At  December 31, 1996,  Hallmark showed  a
premium-to-surplus ratio of 2.21 to 1, as compared to 2.58 to 1 for the  year
ended December 31, 1995.    Management does not presently expect Hallmark  to
require additional capital during 1997.  Management anticipates that Hallmark
is positioned to maintain and strengthen statutory surplus through  continued
earnings from insurance operations.   Management believes that improved  loss
ratios for 1996 reflect results of steps taken to address an unfavorable loss
trend reported in 1995.  The statutory loss ratio for the year ended December
31, 1996 was  64.1% compared to  81.8% for 1995.   Improved claims  handling,
implementation of two rate  increases in certain territories  in 1996, and  a
similar rate adjustment  in late-1995 and  retention of 62.5%  of the  policy
origination fees under the  new July 1,  1996 reinsurance treaties  favorably
impacted Hallmark's  loss  ratios.    Management  also  believes  that  steps
initiated during the latter part of  1995 to strengthen the Company's  claims
operation has played,  and should  continue to  play, a  significant role  in
improving Hallmark's loss ratio. 

   The transfer of financing from Hallmark's direct billing program to  HFC's
premium financing program has had a positive impact on liquidity during  1996
and 1995 and management expects this  trend to continue.   Effective  January
1, 1995, the Company began financing  annual policy premiums produced by  the
Hallmark agencies through a premium finance  program offered by its  formerly
dormant  premium  finance  subsidiary,  HFC,  and  independent  agents  began
financing through  HFC's  premium  finance  program in  May  of  1995.    The
financing of  the premium  notes is  presently  provided by  an  unaffiliated
premium  finance  company   on  a   secured  basis   (see  "Insurance   Group
Operations").  During  1997, HFC expects  to begin offering  its own  premium
finance notes funded by $15 million  in loan proceeds pursuant to  agreements
executed in  March 1997.   (See  Notes  9 and  11 to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.)

   During 1997, management expects that Company liquidity will continue to be
favorably impacted by a continued focus  on strengthening the performance  of
the Company's  core  State &  County  business with  particular  emphasis  on
enhancement of HCS's procedures and staffing.  The Company has increased  its
claims  staff  and  hired   additional,  experienced  claims  adjusters   and
supervisory personnel that, in  turn, should continue to  lower loss and  LAE
<PAGE>
payments and favorably impact the Company's profitability.  This focus, along
with the Company's ongoing ability to identify and retain quality independent
agents and to respond  on a timely basis  to rate-change indications  arising
from both loss experience and competitive market considerations, is  expected
to enhance earnings and liquidity during  1997.  Management also  anticipates
that an  integrated  cash management  system  implemented in  late-1995  will
continue to positively impact 1997 liquidity.

   The  Company  continues  to  pursue   third  party  claims  handling   and
administrative contracts.   Effective January  1, 1997,  the Company  entered
into a new agreement with an  unaffiliated managing general agency ("MGA").  
Under this three-year contract, the  Company, as program administrator,  will
perform certain administrative functions, including but not limited to,  cash
management, underwriting and rate-setting reviews,  and claims handling.   In
addition, Hallmark will assume a 10% pro-rata share of the business  produced
under this MGA's program.   It is anticipated  that fees under this  contract
could positively impact liquidity by late-1997. 

   Beginning late-April  1996,  the  Company began  marketing  E&S  insurance
through HUI.  This business is produced by the Hallmark Agencies and a select
group of independent agents, and some portion of the premiums are financed by
HFC.  No  entity within the  Company bears any  underwriting risk.   The  E&S
policies are  written  on  behalf  of  several  A-rated  (A.M.  Best  rating)
unaffiliated insurance  companies.   HFC  offers  premium financing  for  E&S
business produced by HUI, and is  currently financing E&S premium notes  with
internally generated funds.  As anticipated, the growth of this business  has
been gradual  due,  in  part, to  increased  competition  from  the  standard
insurance market.  Management remains committed to the development of its E&S
program, and  HUI is  increasing its  appointments of  qualified  independent
agents.     In  addition, HUI  recently entered  into a  relationship with  a
London broker and anticipates producing business  during 1997 on behalf of  a
London carrier  subject  to satisfactory  completion  of contract  terms  and
conditions.  Nonetheless,  it is not  anticipated that the  E&S program  will
significantly impact liquidity during 1997.

   Management intends  to continue  to investigate  opportunities for  future
growth and expansion.   However, the  Company currently has  no growth  plans
which would require significant additional external funding during 1997.

Results of Operations

   Gross premiums written (prior to reinsurance) of $42,502,556 for the  year
ended December 31, 1996 were $6,656,399 lower than gross premiums written  of
$49,158,955 in  1995, representing  a decrease  of  approximately 14%.    The
decrease in  gross  premiums written  during  1996 was  due  to  management's
strategy to curtail the exceptionally high  premium volume which occurred  in
the third  quarter  of  1995  through  rate  adjustments  and  a  culling  of
marginally performing agents.   The surge in the  third quarter 1995  premium
volume was primarily the  result of a significant  TAIPA rate increase  which
directed a  sizeable  amount of  former  TAIPA business  into  the  voluntary
market.       Net   premiums    written   (after    reinsurance)    decreased
disproportionately  in  relation   to  gross  premiums   written  (prior   to
reinsurance).  This 7% decrease in net premiums written versus the larger 14%
decrease in  gross premiums  written was  primarily the  result of  retaining
62.5% of  policy origination  fees under  the new  July 1,  1996  reinsurance
treaty (rather than 25% under the former Vesta treaty).
<PAGE>
   Premiums  earned   (prior  to   reinsurance)  of   $46,852,203   increased
approximately 8% during 1996 as compared to 1995, and premiums earned  (after
reinsurance) increased approximately 14%.   The increases in premiums  earned
prior to and after reinsurance relates to the following: (1) the 1996 earning
of premiums  written during  the  high-volume months  of  late 1995,  (2)  an
increase in the monthly policy production (versus annual) from 39% in 1995 to
52% in 1996, and (3) retention of 62.5% of policy origination fees under  the
new  reinsurance  treaty   effective  July  1,   1996.    Additionally,   the
disproportionate 1996 increase of 14% in premiums earned (after  reinsurance)
compared to the 8% increase in premiums earned (prior to reinsurance) was  in
line with the disproportionate increase in gross and net written premiums  as
discussed above. 

   Incurred loss ratios (computed on both premiums earned prior to and  after
reinsurance), on a  GAAP basis, for  the year ended  December 31, 1996,  were
approximately 63% and  57%, respectively,   as compared to  77% prior to  and
after reinsurance for 1995.   The 14% decrease in  the 1996 gross loss  ratio
was primarily attributable to (1) improved  loss experience on the  Company's
core State & County business, (2) no catastrophic losses in 1996 as  compared
to sizeable 1995 hail losses, particularly during the second quarter of 1995,
and (3) higher salvage  and subrogation recoveries.   The larger increase  of
20% in the net  incurred loss ratios (computed  on net premiums earned  after
reinsurance) was primarily due to (1)  retention of 62.5% of the policy  fees
and (2) more favorable loss development in 1996 of the TAIPA business written
in prior years.

   Investment income of  $863,863 for the  twelve months  ended December  31,
1996 increased  48%  compared  to the  prior  year.   This  48%  increase  is
primarily due to  quicker availability of  funds due to  funding of  premiums
under the premium finance  program (versus direct bill)  for the entire  1996
year and an increase in the percentage of funds invested under the  Company's
enhanced cash management program. 

   Processing fees,  which  represent fees  earned  by HFC  pursuant  to  the
commencement of its  premium finance program  on January  1, 1995,  increased
28%.  This  increase is due  to the financing  of premiums  produced by  both
independent agencies and Hallmark  Agencies for the  entire 1996 year  versus
financing of independent agency premiums for approximately half of 1995.  

   Other  acquisition  and  underwriting  expenses  of  $5,208,456  increased
approximately 150%  as compared  to the  prior  year.   As discussed  in  the
Financial Condition  and  Liquidity  section,  ceding  commission  income  of
$8,899,889 for the  year decreased approximately  20% in  relation to  ceding
commission income of $11,049,694 for 1995.  The decrease in ceding commission
income during 1996  is directly  related to the decrease in premiums  written
during 1996 compared  to 1995  as discussed above  and the  change in  treaty
terms affecting ceding commissions  and premium taxes under  the new July  1,
1996  reinsurance  treaty  (as  discussed  in  the  Financial  Condition  and
Liquidity section). 

   Operating expenses increased 65% due to costs associated with increases in
legal expenses,  expanded premium  finance operations  in 1996  (which was  a
start-up operation  beginning  January  1995),  and  start-up  costs  of  E&S
operations.

   Net acquisition costs, which represents  the net amortization of  deferred
policy acquisition costs and deferred ceding commissions, decreased 256% from
$441,101 to a credit  of $686,986 principally due  to the combined effect  of
<PAGE>
(1) the amortization during 1996 of a  net deferred credit at the year  ended
December 31, 1995 (i.e., deferred ceding commissions exceeded deferred policy
acquisition costs  during 1995),  (2) the  amortization  during 1996  of  net
policy acquisition costs deferred in 1996 (i.e., deferred policy  acquisition
costs exceeded deferred ceding commissions during 1996) primarily as a result
of the  decrease in  1996 ceding  commission income,  and (3)  the fact  that
deferred ceding commissions exceeded deferred policy acquisition costs during
a year  (i.e.,  1995) when  premium  volumes were  extraordinarily  high  (as
compared to 1996).

Year 2000 Compliance

   The Company  has and  will continue  to make  certain investments  in  its
software systems  and  applications  to  ensure  the  Company  is  year  2000
compliant.  The  financial impact  to the  Company has  not been  and is  not
anticipated to be material to its financial position or results of operations
in any given year.

New Accounting Pronouncements

   In June, 1996,  the Financial Accounting  Standards Board ("FASB")  issued
SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfer and Servicing of Financial Assets  and
Extinguishments of Liabilities."   Those standards  have been established  to
provide a consistent application  of accounting using a  financial-components
approach based  upon control  of the  related assets.   After  a transfer  of
financial assets, an entity recognizes the financial and servicing assets  it
controls and  the liabilities  it has  incurred, and  derecognizes  financial
assets when control has been surrendered  and liabilities are extinguished.  
SFAS No. 125 is effective for transfer and servicing of financial assets  and
extinguishments of liabilities  occurring after  December 31,  1996, and  may
only  be  applied  prospectively.  Management  does  not  believe  that   the
implementation of  SFAS  No. 125  would  have  a significant  impact  on  the
Company's financial statements.

   In February 1997,  the FASB issued  SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share."  
SFAS No.  128 is  designed to  improve the  earnings per  share   information
provided in  financial statements  by  simplifying the  existing  computation
guidelines provided for in APB Opinion No.  15 Earnings Per Share.  SFAS  No.
128 is effective for financial statements  for periods ending after  December
15, 1997. Management has not yet determined the effect, if any, this SFAS No.
128 will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

   In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, "Disclosure of Information
about Capital Structure."  SFAS No.  129 is  applicable to  all entities  and
requires that disclosure  about an entity's  capital structure include  brief
discussion of rights and privileges for securities outstanding.  SFAS No. 129
is effective for financial statements for  periods ending after December  15,
1997.
<PAGE>
Item 7.  Financial Statements.

   The following consolidated  financial statements  of the  Company and  its
subsidiaries are filed as part of this Report.

    Description                                                 Page Number

  Report of Independent Accountants                                   F-2

  Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1995           F-3

  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1996 and 1995                                          F-4

  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years
  Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995                                    F-5

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1996 and 1995                                          F-6

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                          F-7

Item 8.   Changes in  and Disagreements  with Accountants  on Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure.

None.

                                  PART III

Item 9.    Directors,  Executive Officers,  Promoters  and  Control  Persons;
Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

The information required  by Part III,  Item 9 is  incorporated by  reference
from the  Registrant's  definitive  proxy statement  to  be  filed  with  the
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not  later than 120 days after the  end
of the fiscal year covered by this report. 

Item 10.  Executive Compensation.

The information required by Part III,   Item 10 is incorporated by  reference
from the  Registrant's  definitive  proxy statement  to  be  filed  with  the
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not  later than 120 days after the  end
of the fiscal year covered by this report.

Item 11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

The information required by  Part III, Item 11  is incorporated by  reference
from the  Registrant's  definitive  proxy statement  to  be  filed  with  the
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not  later than 120 days after the  end
of the fiscal year covered by this report.

Item 12.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

The information required by  Part III, Item 12  is incorporated by  reference
from the  Registrant's  definitive  proxy statement  to  be  filed  with  the
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not  later than 120 days after the  end
of the fiscal year covered by this report.

<PAGE>
Item 13.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.

  (a)  Exhibits.  The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index appearing at  page
20 of this Report are filed with or incorporated by reference in this Report.

  (b)  Reports  on Form 8-K.  The Company  did not file any Form 8-K  Current
Report during or with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

                                 SIGNATURES

In accordance with Section  13 or 15(d) of  the Exchange Act, the  registrant
caused this report to be signed  on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized.

                         HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                         (Registrant)
    
Date:  March 27, 1997         /s/ Ramon D. Phillips
                              Ramon D. Phillips, President (Chief 
                              Executive Officer)

Date: March 27, 1997          /s/ Johnny J. DePuma
                              Johnny J. DePuma, Vice President
                              (Chief Financial Officer/Principal Accounting 
                               Officer)

  In accordance with the Exchange Act,  this report has been signed below  by
the following persons on behalf of  the registrant and in the capacities  and
on the dates indicated.
Date:  March 27, 1997         /s/ Ramon D. Phillips
                              Ramon D. Phillips, Director

Date:  March 27, 1997         /s/ Linda H. Sleeper                           
                              Linda H. Sleeper, Director

Date: March 27, 1997          /s/ Raymond A. Kilgore       
                              Raymond A. Kilgore, Director

Date: March 27, 1997          /s/ Jack R. Daugherty        
                              Jack R. Daugherty, Director

Date: March 27, 1997          /s/ Kenneth H. Jones, Jr.        
                              Kenneth H. Jones, Jr., Director

Date: March 27, 1997          /s/ Samuel W. Rizzo        
                              Samuel W. Rizzo, Director

Date: March 27, 1997          /s/ A. R. Dike           
                              A. R. Dike, Director

Date: March 27, 1997          /s/ James H. Graves           
                              James H. Graves, Director

Date: March 27, 1997          /s/ C. Jeffrey Rogers           
                              C. Jeffrey Rogers, Director

Date: March 27, 1997          /s/ George R. Manser          
                              George R. Manser, Director
<PAGE>
                                EXHIBIT INDEX

  The following  exhibits are either filed  with this report or  incorporated
by reference.

Exhibit
Number                        Description                   Sequential Page #

3(a)      Articles of Incorporation of the registrant, as
          amended (incorporated by  reference to  Exhibit
          3(a) to the registrant's Annual Report on  Form
          10-KSB for the fiscal  year ended December  31,
          1993).

3(b)      By-Laws of the registrant, as amended (incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the registrant's Annual
          Report on  Form 10-KSB  for  the fiscal  year  ended
          December 31, 1993).

4         Specimen certificate for Common Stock, 34 par value, of
          the registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          4 to the registrant's  Annual Report on Form  10-KSB
          for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991).

10(a)     Office Lease  for 14651  Dallas Parkway,  Suite
          900, dated  January 1,  1995, between  American
          Hallmark Insurance Company  of Texas and  Fults
          Management Company, as agent for The Prudential
          Insurance Company of  America (incorporated  by
          reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the  registrant's
          Annual Report  on Form  10-KSB for  the  fiscal
          year ended December 31, 1994).

10(b)     100%  Quota  Share  Reinsurance  Agreement,  as
          Restated, between  State &  County Mutual  Fire
          Insurance   Company   and   American   Hallmark
          Insurance Company of Texas, effective March  1,
          1992  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
          10(a) to  Amendment  No. 1  on  Form 8  to  the
          registrant's Quarterly  Report on  Form  10-QSB
          for the quarter ended September 30, 1992).

10(c)     General Agency  Agreement, effective  March  1,
          1992,  between  State  &  County  Mutual   Fire
          Insurance Company  and  Brokers  General,  Inc.
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b)  to
          Amendment No. 1 on  Form 8 to the  registrant's
          Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter
          ended September 30, 1992).

10(d)     Quota Share  Retrocession Agreement,  effective
          March  1,  1992,   between  American   Hallmark
          Insurance Company of Texas and Liberty National
          Fire   Insurance   Company   (incorporated   by
          reference to Exhibit 10(c)  to Amendment No.  1
          on Form 8 to the registrant's Quarterly  Report
          on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended  September
          30, 1992).
<PAGE>
10(e)     1991 Key  Employee  Stock Option  Plan  of  the
          registrant  (incorporated   by   reference   to
          Exhibit C  to  the definitive  Proxy  Statement
          relating to the registrant's Annual Meeting  of
          Shareholders held May 20, 1991).

10(f)     1994 Key  Employee  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f)  to
          the registrant's Annual  Report on Form  10-KSB
          for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10(g)     1994 Non-employee  Director Stock  Option  Plan
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)  to
          the registrant's Annual  Report on Form  10-KSB
          for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10(h)     Reverse Split-Dollar Agreement, dated April 12,
          1991,  between  the  registrant  and  Ramon  D.
          Phillips (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit
          10(I) to the registrant's Annual Report on Form
          10-KSB for the fiscal  year ended December  31,
          1991).

10(I)     Form   of   Common   Stock   Purchase   Warrant
          representing warrants  issued to  officers  and
          directors of the registrant on October 2,  1992
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l)  to
          the registrant's Annual  Report on Form  10-KSB
          for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992).

10(j)     Form of  Amendment  to  Common  Stock  Purchase
          Warrant  dated  March  29,  1994,  representing
          warrants issued  to officers  and directors  of
          the registrant on October 2, 1992 (incorporated
          by  reference   to   Exhibit   10(l)   to   the
          registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-KSB  for
          the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10(k)     Addendum No. 2 to the Quota Share  Retrocession
          Agreement, effective  March  1,  1993,  between
          American Hallmark  Insurance Company  of  Texas
          and Liberty  National  Fire  Insurance  Company
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o)  to
          the registrant's Annual  Report on Form  10-KSB
          for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).

10(l)     Addendum No. 3 to the Quota Share  Retrocession
          Agreement, effective  August 1,  1993,  between
          American Hallmark  Insurance Company  of  Texas
          and Liberty  National  Fire  Insurance  Company
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(p)  to
          the registrant's Annual  Report on Form  10-KSB
          for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).

10(m)     Administrative    Services    and    Consulting
          Agreement, dated  December  23,  1993,  between
          American Southwest  Insurance  Managers,  Inc.,
          Liberty  National   Fire   Insurance   Company,
<PAGE>          
          Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.,   Brokers
          General,  Inc.  and  Citizens  Adjustment   and
          Reporting  Service,   Inc.   (incorporated   by
          reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the  registrant's
          Annual Report  on Form  10-KSB for  the  fiscal
          year ended December 31, 1993).

10(n)     Form  of   Executive   Compensation   Agreement
          representing respective agreements dated August
          23,  1994,  between  registrant  and  Ramon  D.
          Phillips, Raymond A. Kilgore, Linda H. Sleeper,
          and Johnny J. DePuma (incorporated by reference
          to Exhibit  10(p)  to the  registrant's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended
          December 31, 1994).

10(o)     Addendum  No.  1  to   the  100%  Quota   Share
          Reinsurance  Agreement,  as  restated   between
          State &  County Mutual  Fire Insurance  Company
          and  American  Hallmark  Insurance  Company  of
          Texas effective November 22, 1994 (incorporated
          by  reference   to   Exhibit   10(q)   to   the
          registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-KSB  for
          the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10(p)     Processing  Agreement,  effective  January   1,
          1995, between  Peregrine Premium  Finance  L.C.
          and Hallmark Finance Corporation  (incorporated
          by  reference   to   Exhibit   10(r)   to   the
          registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-KSB  for
          the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10(q)     Amendment to  Processing  Agreement,  effective
          January  1,  1995,  between  Peregrine  Premium
          Finance L.C. and  Hallmark Finance  Corporation
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s)  to
          the registrant's Annual  Report on Form  10-KSB
          for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10(r)     Guaranty   of   Processing   Agreement,   dated
          December 30, 1994,  between Hallmark  Financial
          Services, Inc., Peregrine Premium Finance  L.C.
          and Bank  One,  Texas,  N.A.  (incorporated  by
          reference to Exhibit 10(t) to the  registrant's
          Annual Report  on Form  10-KSB for  the  fiscal
          year ended December 31, 1994).

10(s)     Consent and Agreement, dated December 30, 1994,
          between Hallmark Finance  Corporation and  Bank
          One, Texas, N.A. (incorporated by reference  to
          Exhibit 10(u) to the registrant's Annual Report
          on  Form  10-KSB  for  the  fiscal  year  ended
          December 31, 1994).

10(t)     Second, Third, Fourth  and Fifth Amendments  to
          Office Lease  for 14651  Dallas Parkway,  Suite
          900, dated  January 1,  1995, between  American
          Hallmark Insurance Company  of Texas and  Fults
<PAGE>          
          Management Company, as agent for The Prudential
          Insurance Company of  America (incorporated  by
          reference to Exhibit 10(t) to the  Registrant's
          Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended
          12/31/95).

10(u)     Form of Shareholders Agreement dated January 1,
          1996, between American Hallmark General Agency,
          Inc., Robert  D. Campbell,  Margaret Jones  and
          American Hallmark Agencies, Inc.  (incorporated
          by  reference   to   Exhibit   10(u)   to   the
          Registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-KSB  for
          the year ended 12/31/95).

10(v)     Form of Facilities  & Services Agreement  dated
          January  1,  1996,  between  American  Hallmark
          General  Agency,  Inc.,  Robert  D.   Campbell,
          Margaret Jones and American Hallmark  Agencies,
          Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
          10(v) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
          10-KSB for the year ended 12/31/95).
          
10(w)     Form of Indemnification Agreement dated January
          1,  1996,  between  American  Hallmark  General
          Agency,  Inc.,  Hallmark  Financial   Services,
          Inc., Robert  D. Campbell,  Margaret Jones  and
          American Hallmark Agencies, Inc.  (incorporated
          by  reference   to   Exhibit   10(w)   to   the
          Registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-KSB  for
          the year ended 12/31/95).

10(x)     Form of Shareholders Agreement dated January 3,
          1996, between American Hallmark General Agency,
          Inc., Robert  D. Campbell,  Richard Mason,  Sr.
          and Hallmark  Underwriters, Inc.  (incorporated
          by  reference   to   Exhibit   10(x)   to   the
          Registrant's Annual Report  on Form 10-KSB  for
          the year ended 12/31/95).

10(y)     Form of Facilities and Services Agreement dated
          January  3  1996,  between  American   Hallmark
          General  Agency,  Inc.,  Robert  D.   Campbell,
          Richard Mason,  Sr. and  Hallmark  Underwriter,
          Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
          10(y) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
          10-KSB for the year ended 12/31/95).

10(z)     Form of Indemnification Agreement dated January
          3,  1996,  between  American  Hallmark  General
          Agency,  Inc.,  Hallmark  Financial   Services,
          Inc., Robert  D. Campbell,  Richard Mason,  Sr.
          and Hallmark  Underwriters, Inc.  (incorporated
          by  reference   to   Exhibit   10(z)   to   the
          Registrant"s Annual Report  on Form 10-KSB  for
          the year ended 12/31/95).
<PAGE>
10(aa)    Form  of   Second   Amendment   to   Processing
          Agreement, effective November 30, 1995, between
          Peregrine Premium  Finance  L.C.  and  Hallmark
          Finance Corporation (incorporated by  reference
          to Exhibit  10(aa) to  the Registrant's  Annual
          Report  on  Form  10-KSB  for  the  year  ended
          12/31/95).

10(ab)    Form of 100% Quota Share Reinsurance  Agreement
          between State  & County  Mutual Fire  Insurance
          Company and American Hallmark Insurance Company
          of Texas effective  July 1, 1996  (incorporated
          by  reference   to   Exhibit   10(a)   to   the
          Registrant's Quarterly  Report on  Form  10-QSB
          for the quarter ended June 30, 1996).
          
10(ac)    Form  of  Quota  Share  Retrocession  Agreement
          between American Hallmark Insurance Company  of
          Texas   and    the   Reinsurer    (specifically
          identified  as  follows:  Dorinco,  Kemper  and
          Skandia), effective July 1, 1996  (incorporated
          by  reference   to   Exhibit   10(b)   to   the
          Registrant's Quarterly  Report on  Form  10-QSB
          for the quarter ended June 30, 1996).
          
10(ad)    Guaranty  Agreement  effective  July  1,   1996
          provided  by  Dorinco  Reinsurance  Company  in
          favor of State &  County Mutual Fire  Insurance
          Company (incorporated by  reference to  Exhibit
          10(c) to the  Registrant's Quarterly Report  on
          Form 10-QSB  for  the quarter  ended  June  30,
          1996).

10(ae)    Guaranty  Agreement  effective  July  1,   1996
          provided by Kemper Reinsurance Company in favor
          of State & County Mutual Fire Insurance Company
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)  to
          the Registrant's Quarterly  Report on Form  10-
          QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 1996).
          
10(af)    Guaranty  Agreement  effective  July  1,   1996
          provided   by   Skandia   America   Reinsurance
          Corporation in favor of  State & County  Mutual
          Fire   Insurance   Company   (incorporated   by
          reference to Exhibit 10(e) to the  Registrant's
          Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter
          ended June 30, 1996).
          
10(ag)    Form  of  Guaranty  of  Performance  and   Hold
          Harmless Agreement       effective July 1, 1996
          between Hallmark Financial  Services, Inc.  and
          Dorinco   America    Reinsurance    Corporation
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f)  to
          the Registrant's Quarterly  Report on Form  10-
          QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 1996).
<PAGE>
10(ah)    Form  of  Guaranty  of  Performance  and   Hold
          Harmless Agreement       effective July 1, 1996
          between Hallmark Financial  Services, Inc.  and
          Kemper  Reinsurance  Company  (incorporated  by
          reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the  Registrant's
          Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter
          ended June 30, 1996).
          
10(ai)    Form  of  Guaranty  of  Performance  and   Hold
          Harmless  Agreement  effective  July  1,   1996
          between Hallmark Financial  Services, Inc.  and
          Skandia   America    Reinsurance    Corporation
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h)  to
          the Registrant's Quarterly  Report on Form  10-
          QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 1996).

10(aj)    Form of Addendum No.  4 - Termination to  Quota
          Share Retrocession  Agreement between  American
          Hallmark Insurance Company  of Texas and  Vesta
          Fire   Insurance   Company   (incorporated   by
          reference to Exhibit 10(I) to the  Registrant's
          Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter
          ended June 30, 1996).

10(ak)    Form of Addendum  No. 3 -  Termination to  100%
          Quota  Share   Reinsurance  Agreement   between
          American Hallmark Insurance Company and State &
          County   Mutual    Fire    Insurance    Company
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j)  to
          the Registrant's Quarterly  Report on Form  10-
          QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 1996).

10(al)    Automobile Physical  Damage Catastrophe  Excess
          of Loss Reinsurance Agreement effective July 1,
          1996  between   American   Hallmark   Insurance
          Company of Texas and Kemper Reinsurance Company
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a)  to
          the Registrant's Quarterly  Report on Form  10-
          QSB for  the quarter  and ended  September  30,
          1996).

10(am)    Form of  100%  Quota  Share  Reinsurance  Agreement,     *
          effective January 1, 1997, between State and  County
          Mutual  Fire  Insurance   Company,  Vaughn   General
          Agency, Inc. and  American Hallmark General  Agency,
          Inc.

10(an)    Form of  General  Agency  Agreement,  effective          *
          January 1,  1997, between  Dorinco  Reinsurance
          Company, State and County Mutual Fire Insurance
          Company and Vaughn General Agency, Inc.

10(ao)    Form  of   Administrative  Services   Agreement          *
          between State and County Mutual Fire  Insurance
          Company,  Vaughn  General   Agency,  Inc.   and
          American Hallmark General Agency, Inc.
<PAGE>
10(ap)    Form of Loan  Agreement dated  March 11,  1997,          *
          between Hallmark Financial  Services, Inc.  and
          Dorinco Reinsurance Company.

10(aq)    Form of Promissory Note  dated March 11,  1997,          *
          with Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. as Maker
          and Dorinco Reinsurance Company as Payee.      
                        
10(ar)    Stock Pledge and Security Agreement dated March          *
          11,  1997,  between  ACO  Holdings,  Inc.   and
          Dorinco Reinsurance Company.
                                                                   
10(as)    Form of Loan  Agreement between  Hallmark Finance        *
          Corporation and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., dated 
          March 17, 1997.  
          
10(at)    Form of Promissory Note, dated March 17, 1997, with      *
          NationsBank of Texas, N.A. as Bank and Hallmark 
          Finance Corporation as Borrower.                     

10(au)    Form of Security Agreement dated March 17, 1997,         *
          between NationsBank of Texas, N.A. and Hallmark 
          Finance Corporation.
                              
22        List of subsidiaries of  the registrant (incorporated    
          by reference to Exhibit 22 to the registrant's Annual 
          Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended 
          December 31, 1991).

28        Schedule P of American Hallmark Insurance Company of     P
          Texas as filed with the Texas Department of Insurance 
          for the year ended December 31, 1996.
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT NOTES:
* = FILED HEREWITH
P = PAPER COPY FILED
<PAGE>

Report of Independent Accountants



To the Board of Directors
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.:

We have  audited the  accompanying consolidated  balance sheets  of  Hallmark
Financial Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996, and  1995,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'  equity,
and cash flows for the years then ended.  These financial statements are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted  our  audits  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those  standards require that  we plan and  perform the audit  to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether  the financial statements are  free
of material misstatement.   An  audit includes  examining, on  a test  basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial  statements.
 An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and
significant estimates made by management, as  well as evaluating the  overall
financial statement  presentation.   We believe  that  our audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of  Hallmark
Financial Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996, and  1995,
and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the
years  then  ended,   in  conformity  with   generally  accepted   accounting
principles.



                                   COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.


Dallas, Texas
March 21, 1997



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>    HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                         December 31, 1996 and 1995

           ASSETS                                1996          1995
           <S>                                   <C>           <C>
Investments:
  Debt securities, held-to-maturity         $ 5,160,137   $ 6,409,544
  Equity securities, available-for-sale         152,246       171,727
  Short-term investments, at cost which
  approximates market value                   3,380,059     3,615,327
          Total investments                   8,692,442    10,196,598

Cash and cash equivalents                     4,749,388     4,257,755
Prepaid reinsurance premiums                  8,480,257    11,726,968
Premiums receivable                           2,501,003     4,898,628
Installment premiums receivable
(net of allowance for doubtful accounts
  of $8,675 in 1996 and $20,275 in 1995)         23,935       299,182
Reinsurance recoverable                      20,058,062    19,335,746
Deferred policy acquisition costs             2,536,564     2,999,541
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net
 of accumulated amortization
 of $1,014,309 in 1996 and $856,231 in 1995   5,215,905     5,373,983
Deferred Federal income taxes                   330,718       567,969
Accrued investment income                        46,606        55,765
Other assets                                  1,128,882       798,216
                                           $ 53,763,762  $ 60,510,351
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
  Notes payable                            $    590,853  $    639,162
  Unpaid losses and loss adjustment
   expenses                                  20,697,393    22,323,090
  Unearned premiums                          11,310,250    15,659,897
  Reinsurance balances payable                2,946,034     3,489,357
  Deferred ceding commissions                 2,368,264     3,518,227
  Drafts outstanding                            838,007       684,430
  Accounts payable and other accrued 
    expenses                                  3,591,597     3,824,591
         Total liabilities                   42,342,398    50,138,754

Commitments and contingencies 
   (Notes 9 and 11)
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.03 par value,
  authorized 100,000,000 shares;
  issued 10,962,277 shares in 1996 and 1995     328,868       328,868
Capital in excess of par value               10,349,665    10,349,665
Retained earnings                             1,342,831       293,064
Treasury stock, 300,000 shares, at cost        (600,000)     (600,000)

        Total stockholders' equity           11,421,364    10,371,597
                                           $ 53,763,762  $ 60,510,351
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part
 of the consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>            
<CAPTION>    HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

                                                1996          1995  
       <S>                                      <C>           <C>
Gross premiums written                     $ 42,502,556  $ 49,158,955
Ceded premiums written                      (31,038,998)  (36,832,312)

        Net premiums written               $ 11,463,558  $ 12,326,643 
Revenues:
  Premiums earned                          $ 46,852,203  $ 43,410,319
  Premiums ceded                            (34,285,710)  (32,409,627)
        Net premiums earned                  12,566,493    11,000,692 
  Investment income, net of expenses            863,863       585,055
  Finance service charges                        27,470       628,747
  Processing fees                             1,802,606     1,414,283
  Service fees                                   88,439        79,779
  Other income                                   86,591        87,347

        Total revenues                       15,435,462    13,795,903

Benefits, losses and expenses:
  Losses and loss adjustment expenses        29,715,838    33,350,740
  Reinsurance recoveries                    (22,495,277)  (24,885,262)
        Net losses and loss adjustment
         expenses                             7,220,561     8,465,478 
 Acquisition costs, net                        (686,986)      441,101
 Other acquisition and underwriting
  expenses                                    5,208,456     2,081,279
 Operating expenses                           1,873,626     1,136,173
 Interest expense                                42,483        40,361
 Amortization of intangible assets              168,078       185,953
        Total benefits, losses and 
         expenses                            13,826,218    12,350,345

Income from operations before federal
  income taxes                                1,609,244     1,445,558
Provision for federal income taxes              559,477       190,801

        Net income                          $ 1,049,767   $ 1,254,757 
Net income per share of common stock-
 primary and fully diluted                  $       .09   $       .11
 
Weighted average shares outstanding          12,204,008    11,510,611
</TABLE>


                The accompanying notes are an integral part
                 of the consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>   HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
              for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

               Common Stock    Capital
             Number               in       Retained                  Total
               of       Par    Excess of   Earnings   Treasury  Stockholders'
             Shares    Value   Par Value  (Deficit)     Stock      Equity   
  <S>          <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
Balance at
December 31,
1994      10,962,277  $328,868 $10,349,665 ($961,693) ($600,000) $9,116,840

Net income     -         -           -      1,254,757      -       1,254,757

Balance at
December 31,
1995      10,962,277  $328,868 $10,349,665   $293,064 ($600,000) $10,371,597

Net income     -         -           -      1,049,767      -       1,049,767

Balance at
December 31,
1996      10,962,277  $328,868 $10,349,665 $1,342,831 ($600,000) $11,421,364
</TABLE>

                   The accompanying notes are an integral
              part of the consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>    HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

                                                1996         1995  
              <S>                               <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                               $  1,049,767   $ 1,254,757
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
    cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization expense       282,178       305,491
    Loss on sale of assets                      ( 2,971)        -   
    Change in deferred Federal income taxes     237,251      (567,969)
    Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums    3,246,711    (4,422,684)
    Change in premiums receivable             2,397,625    (4,898,628)
    Change in installment premiums
      receivable                                275,247     7,985,451
    Change in deferred policy acquisition
      costs                                     462,977      (885,782)
    Change in deferred ceding commissions    (1,149,963)    1,326,883
    Change in unpaid losses and loss
      adjustment expenses                    (1,625,697)    9,654,784
    Change in unearned premiums              (4,349,647)    5,429,986
    Change in reinsurance recoverable          (722,316)   (8,953,435)
    Change in reinsurance balances payable     (543,323)      770,318
    Change in all other liabilities             (79,417)    1,654,639
    Change in all other assets                 (103,113)     (389,138)
   
        Net cash provided (used) by
        operating activities                   (624,691)    8,264,673

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment          (339,523)     (184,540)
  Purchases of debt securities                 (530,422)   (3,018,214)
  Maturities, redemptions and capital
   distributions of investment securities     1,799,310       934,102
  Purchase of short-term investments               -       (3,515,327)
  Maturities of short-term investments          235,268       220,000
 
        Net cash provided by (used in)
         investing activities                 1,164,633    (5,563,979)

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Repayment of notes payable                 ( 48,309)     (243,700)

    Cash used in financing activities           (48,309)     (243,700)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents           491,633     2,456,994
Cash and cash equivalents at
   beginning of year                          4,257,755     1,800,761
Cash and cash equivalents at
   end of year                             $  4,749,388   $ 4,257,755
Supplemental cash flow information:
 Interest paid                             $     42,483   $    40,360
 Income taxes paid                         $    504,220   $   825,000
</TABLE>
                The accompanying notes are an integral part
                 of the consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
            HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Accounting Policies:

    General

    Hallmark  Financial  Services,   Inc.  ("HFS")  and  its   subsidiaries
    (collectively,  the  "Company"),  are  engaged  primarily  in  (1)  the
    marketing,   underwriting  and   premium  financing   of   non-standard
    automobile insurance, and (2) providing fee-based claims adjusting  and
    administrative services to  third parties.  The Company conducts  these
    activities through  its wholly-owned subsidiaries:   American  Hallmark
    Insurance  Company of  Texas  ("Hallmark"), American  Hallmark  General
    Agency,  Inc. ("AHGA"),  Hallmark  Claims Service,  Inc.  ("HCS"),  and
    Hallmark Finance Corporation  ("HFC").  Hallmark is a licensed  insurer
    in Texas and is regulated by  the Texas Department of Insurance.   AHGA
    is a managing general  agency currently selling policies written by  an
    unaffiliated  insurer  which are  reinsured  by  Hallmark;  HFC  offers
    premium financing through  an unaffiliated premium finance company  for
    annual  policies  sold  by AHGA;  and  HCS  provides  claims  adjusting
    services for Hallmark and third parties. 

    Principles of Consolidation

    The  accompanying   consolidated  financial   statements  include   the
    accounts  and operations  of HFS  and its  wholly-owned subsidiaries.  
    Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

    Basis of Presentation

    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in  conformity
    with generally  accepted accounting principles  which, as to  Hallmark,
    differ from statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted  for
    insurance companies by insurance regulatory authorities.

    Investments

    Debt securities are  reported at amortized cost.   The Company has  the
    positive intent and ability to hold all investments in debt  securities
    to  maturity.   Provisions for  possible losses  are recorded  only  on
    other-than-temporary declines in the value of an investment.

    Equity securities are reported  at market value.  Unrealized gains  and
    losses are recorded as a component of stockholder's equity.

    Short-term investments are  carried at cost which approximates  market.
    Short-term  investments  include  certificates  of  deposit   maturing
    within one year,  U.S. Government securities maturing within one  year,
    money market funds, and other interest-bearing deposits.

    Realized investment  gains and losses are  recognized in operations  on
    the specific identification method. 
<PAGE>
    Recognition of Premium Revenues

    Insurance premiums are earned pro rata over the terms of the  policies.
     Policy fees are recognized when received.  Insurance premiums  written
    include gross policy fees of $4,874,897 and $5,252,575 and policy  fees
    of $2,053,736 and $1,313,144,  net of reinsurance, for the years  ended
    December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
    
    Finance Service Charges

    The  majority of  Hallmark's  annual insurance  premiums  are  financed
    through the  Company's premium finance  program offered  by its  wholly
    owned subsidiary,  HFC.  Under  a servicing  and financing  arrangement
    with an  unaffiliated company, HFC receives  a processing fee which  is
    paid and recognized on an earned basis. (See Notes 9 and 11.)

    Cash Equivalents

    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity  of
    three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

    Property and Equipment

    Property  and  equipment,  aggregating  $1,096,825  and  $757,302,   at
    December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, included in other assets,  is
    recorded  at cost  and is  depreciated using  the straight-line  method
    over the  estimated useful lives of  the assets (five  to ten years).  
    Depreciation  expense for  1996 and  1995  was $114,099  and  $112,886,
    respectively.   Accumulated depreciation was  $611,609 and $500,480  at
    December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

    Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

    Policy  acquisition   costs,  mainly   commissions,  underwriting   and
    marketing expenses  that vary with, and  are primarily related to,  the
    production of  new and renewal  business, are deferred  and charged  to
    operations over periods in which the related premiums are earned.   The
    method  followed in  computing deferred  acquisition costs  limits  the
    amount of such deferred costs to their estimated realizable value.   In
    determining estimated  realizable value, the  computation gives  effect
    to the  premium to  be earned,  related investment  income, losses  and
    loss expenses and  certain other costs expected  to be incurred as  the
    premiums  are  earned.    Ceding  commissions  from  reinsurers,  which
    include  expense  allowances, are  deferred  and  recognized  over  the
    period premiums are earned for the underlying policies reinsured.   The
    change  in deferred  ceding commission  income  is netted  against  the
    change in deferred acquisition costs. 

    Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

    Losses and  loss adjustment expenses  represent the estimated  ultimate
    net  cost  of  all reported  and  unreported  losses  incurred  through
    December 31,  1996 and  1995.  The  liabilities for  unpaid losses  and
    loss  adjustment expenses  are  estimated using  individual  case-basis
    valuations and statistical analyses.
<PAGE>
    These estimates are subject to  the effects of trends in loss  severity
    and frequency.   Although considerable variability is inherent in  such
    estimates, management believes  that the liabilities for unpaid  losses
    and  loss  adjustment  expenses  are  adequate.    The  estimates   are
    continually reviewed and  adjusted as necessary as experience  develops
    or  new information  becomes known;  such adjustments  are included  in
    current  operations.    The liabilities  for  unpaid  losses  and  loss
    adjustment expenses at December 31, 1996 and 1995, are reported net  of
    recoverables for salvage and subrogation of approximately $521,000  and
    $377,000, respectively.

    Reinsurance

    Hallmark is routinely  involved in reinsurance transactions with  other
    companies.  Reinsurance premiums, losses, and loss adjustment  expenses
    are accounted  for on bases  consistent with those  used in  accounting
    for  the original  policies issued  and the  terms of  the  reinsurance
    contracts.  (See Note 4 for further discussion.)

    Income Taxes

    The Company files a  consolidated federal income tax return.   Deferred
    federal  income   taxes  reflect   the  future   tax  consequences   of
    differences between the tax  bases of assets and liabilities and  their
    financial  reporting amounts  at  each  year end.  Deferred  taxes  are
    recognized using  the liability method, whereby  tax rates are  applied
    to cumulative  temporary differences  based on  when and  how they  are
    expected  to  affect  the   tax  return.    Deferred  tax  assets   and
    liabilities are adjusted for tax rate changes.

    Intangible Assets
    
    When Hallmark,  AHGA, HFC, and  HCS were purchased  by HFS, the  excess
    cost over  the fair value of  the net assets  acquired was recorded  as
    goodwill and  is being amortized  on a straight-line  basis over  forty
    years.   Other intangible assets  consist of a  trade name, a  managing
    general agent's  license, and 3 non-compete  arrangements all of  which
    were fully amortized at December 31, 1996.

    The  Company continually  reevaluates  the propriety  of  the  carrying
    amount of  goodwill and other intangibles  as well as the  amortization
    period to  determine whether current  events and circumstances  warrant
    adjustments to  the carrying value and/or  revised estimates of  useful
    lives.    At  this time,  the  Company  believes  that  no  significant
    impairment of the  goodwill has occurred and  that no reduction of  the
    estimated useful life is warranted.

    Net Income Per Share

    The computation  of net  income per share  is based  upon the  weighted
    average number  of common shares  outstanding during  the period,  plus
    (in periods in which they have a dilutive effect) the effect of  common
    shares  contingently  issuable,   primarily  from  stock  options   and
    exercise of warrants.
<PAGE>
    Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

    The preparation  of financial statements  in conformity with  generally
    accepted accounting  principles requires management  to make  estimates
    and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and
    liabilities  at  the  date(s)  of  the  financial  statements  and  the
    reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.
     Actual results could differ from those estimates.
    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    Cash and Short-term Investments:  The carrying amounts reported in  the
    balance sheet for these instruments approximate their fair values.

    Investment  Securities:    Fair  values  are  estimated  using   values
    obtained from an independent pricing service. 

    Installment Premiums Receivable:  The carrying amounts reported in  the
    balance sheet  for these instruments approximate  their fair values  as
    the terms of the receivables are less than one year.

    Notes  Payable:   Based on  immateriality, it  was not  practicable  to
    estimate the fair value.

    Stock Option Plan

    In  October 1995,  The  Financial Accounting  Standard  Board  ("FASB")
    issued  Statement  of Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  Accounting  for
    Stock-based Compensation (SFAS No. 123).   Pursuant to SFAS No. 123,  a
    company  may elect  to continue  expense recognition  under  Accounting
    Principles  Board  Opinion  No. 25,  Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to
    Employees (APB 25) or  to recognize compensation expense for grants  of
    stock, stock options,  and other equity instruments to employees  based
    on fair  value methodology  outlined in  SFAS No.  123.   SFAS No.  123
    further  specifies   that  companies  electing   to  continue   expense
    recognition under APB 25 are required to disclose pro forma net  income
    and pro forma earnings per share as if the fair value based  accounting
    prescribed by SFAS No. 123 has  been applied.  The Company has  elected
    to continue expense recognition pursuant to APB No. 25 (See Note 7).

    New Accounting Pronouncements

    In June, 1996, the FASB  issued SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for  Transfer
    and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of  Liabilities."
    Those  standards  have   been  established  to  provide  a   consistent
    application of accounting  using a financial-components approach  based
    upon control  of the  related assets.   After a  transfer of  financial
    assets,  an entity  recognizes the  financial and  servicing assets  it
    controls  and  the  liabilities  it  has  incurred,  and   derecognizes
    financial assets when control has been surrendered and liabilities  are
    extinguished.  SFAS No. 125 is effective for transfer and servicing  of
    financial  assets and  extinguishments of  liabilities occurring  after
    December 31, 1996, and may only be applied prospectively.  The  Company
    does not believe  that the implementation of SFAS  No. 125 will have  a
    significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

    In February 1997, the FASB  issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per  Share".
    SFAS  No.  128  is   designed  to  improve  the  earnings  per   share
    information  provided  in  financial  statements  by  simplifying   the
<PAGE>    
    existing  computation guidelines  provided for  in APB  Opinion No.  15
    Earnings  Per  Share.    SFAS  No.  128  is  effective  for   financial
    statements for periods  ending after December 31, 1997. Management  has
    not yet determined  the effect, if any, SFAS No.  128 will have on  the
    Company's consolidated financial statements.

    In  February  1997,  the FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  129,  "Disclosure  of
    Information about  Capital Structure."  SFAS  129 is applicable to  all
    entities  and  requires  that  disclosure  about  an  entity's  capital
    structure  include  brief  discussion  of  rights  and  privileges  for
    securities  outstanding.   SFAS No.  129   is effective  for  financial
    statements for periods ending after December 15, 1997.

    Reclassification

    Certain  previously reported  1995 amounts  have been  reclassified  to
    conform to  current year presentation.   Such reclassifications had  no
    effect on net income or stockholders' equity.

2.  Investments:

    Major categories of net investment income are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
Years ended December 31,       

                                               1996      1995             
           <S>                                 <C>       <C>
      Debt securities                       $374,598  $330,280
      Equity securities                        9,689    11,689
      Short-term investments                 355,084   121,328
      Cash equivalents                       122,644   119,512
      Other                                    1,960     3,107 
                                             863,975   585,916

      Investment expenses                       (112)     (861)

      Net investment income                 $863,863  $585,055
</TABLE>    
    No  investment  in  any  entity  or  its  affiliates  exceeded  10%  of
    stockholders' equity at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
<PAGE>
    The amortized  cost and estimated market  value of investments in  debt
    securities by category is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                Gross        Gross  
                          Amortized   Unrealized    Unrealized     Market   
                             Cost        Gains        Losses       Value   
         <S>                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
At December 31, 1996

U.S. Treasury securities
  and obligations of U.S.
  government corporations
  and agencies              $2,434,973  $32,775     ($11,221)   $2,456,528
Mortgage Backed Securities   2,399,635   21,250      (65,721)    2,355,163
Obligations of state and
 local governments             325,529    6,452       (590)        331,391

 Total debt securities      $5,160,137  $60,477     ($77,532)   $5,143,082

At December 31, 1995

U.S. Treasury securities
  and obligations of U.S.
  government corporations
  and agencies              $3,467,482  $65,759     ($10,095)   $3,523,146
Mortgage Backed Securities   2,513,859   26,038      (46,625)    2,493,272
Obligations of state and
  local governments            428,203   15,458          -         443,661

  Total debt securities     $6,409,544 $107,255     ($56,720)   $6,460,079
</TABLE>
    The amortized cost and estimated market value of bonds at December  31,
    1996,  by contractual  maturity,  are as follows.  Expected maturities 
    may differ  from  contractual  maturities because  certain borrowers 
    may  have the  right to call or prepay obligations with or without 
    penalties.
<TABLE>                                                           
                                   Amortized         Market
    Maturity                          Cost           Value
       <S>                            <C>            <C> 
    1997                           $ 1,004,290  $ 1,001,406
    1998 - 2000                        927,371      920,969
    2001 - 2005                        502,777      525,250
    After 2005                         326,064      340,294
    Mortgage backed securities       2,399,635    2,355,163

                                   $ 5,160,137  $ 5,143,082
</TABLE>
    At December 31, 1996 and 1995, investments in debt securities, with  an
    approximate carrying value of $100,000 and $98,000, respectively,  were
    on  deposit with  the  Texas Department  of  Insurance as  required  by
    statutory regulations.

    Proceeds from investment  securities of $1,775,414 and $934,102  during
    1996 and  1995, respectively, were primarily  from maturities and  bond
    calls.
<PAGE>
3.  Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses:

    Activity  in  the  liability for  unpaid  losses  and  loss  adjustment
    expenses (in thousands) is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
                                          1996         1995
           <S>                            <C>          <C>
    Balance at January 1              $ 22,323     $ 12,668
      Less reinsurance recoverables     16,399        8,371

    Net Balance at January 1             5,924        4,297

    Incurred related to:
      Current year                       8,441        8,458
      Prior years                         (535)         502

    Total incurred                       7,906        8,960

    Paid related to:
      Current year                       5,085        4,020
      Prior years                        3,783        3,313

    Total paid                           8,868        7,333

    Net Balance at December 31           4,962        5,924
      Plus reinsurance recoverables     15,735       16,399

    Balance at December 31            $ 20,697     $ 22,323
</TABLE>
    Incurred  losses  of  $7,906,000 and  $8,960,000  for  1996  and  1995,
    respectively, include a decrease  of $535,000 for 1996 and an  increase
    of  $502,000  for  1995 due  to  respective  changes  made  in  reserve
    estimates for losses and LAE incurred in prior years.

4.  Reinsurance:

    Hallmark  is involved  in the  assumption  and cession  of  reinsurance
    from/to  other  companies.    The  Company  remains  obligated  to  its
    policyholders  in the  event  that the  reinsurers  do not  meet  their
    obligations under the reinsurance agreements.

    Effective  March   1,  1992,  Hallmark   entered  into  a   reinsurance
    arrangement  with  State  and  County  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company
    ("State &  County"), an  unaffiliated company,  to assume  100% of  the
    nonstandard auto business produced by AHGA and underwritten by State  &
    County. The  earned premiums assumed under  this agreement in 1996  and
    1995 were $46,827,628  and $43,212,837, respectively.  Funds  generated
    from business produced under this agreement are maintained in  accounts
    for the  benefit of State  & County.   At December 31,  1996 and  1995,
    Hallmark  held  for the  benefit  of  State &  County,  cash  and  cash
    equivalents of $3,275,519 and $1,439,760, respectively, and  investment
    securities   at   amortized  cost   of   $6,510,613   and   $7,243,756,
    respectively.

    The arrangement  is supplemented by  a separate retrocession  agreement
    effective July 1, 1996 between Hallmark and Kemper Reinsurance  Company
    ("Kemper"),  Dorinco   Reinsurance  Company  ("Dorinco")  and   Odyssey
    Reinsurance Corporation (AOdysseyA).   Prior to July 1, 1996,  Hallmark
<PAGE>    
    had  a  separate  retrocession  agreement  with  Vesta  Fire  Insurance
    Corporation ("Vesta").  Under both agreements, the Company retains  25%
    of the risk and cedes 75% to the reinsurers.

    Under the  retrocession agreement  with Kemper,  Dorinco, and  Odyssey,
    Hallmark  receives  a  provisional ceding  commission  of  30%.    This
    provisional commission  is adjusted annually over  a three year  rating
    period on a sliding scale based on annual loss ratios.  Based upon  its
    loss experience,  Hallmark can earn a  maximum commission of 33.5%  and
    is  guaranteed  a   minimum  commission  of  26%  regardless  of   loss
    experience.  For the year ended December 31, 1996, Hallmark  recognized
    a commission of 27.5% based on current loss experience.

    Effective  July  1, 1996,  Hallmark  entered  into an  Excess  of  Loss
    Reinsurance  Agreement with  Kemper whereby  Kemper reinsures  Hallmark
    for  physical  damage  catastrophe losses  in  excess  of  95%  of  the
    ultimate  net loss  over and  above  an initial  ultimate net  loss  of
    $100,000  on each  and every  loss occurrence,  subject to  a limit  of
    liability to  Kemper of $142,500  on each and  every loss occurrence.  
    Prior to July 1996, Hallmark's catastrophic occurrences were  reinsured
    under  an agreement  with Vesta.   There  were no  catastrophic  losses
    during 1996.  During  1995, there were two catastrophic occurrences  as
    defined  and covered  under the  agreements with  Vesta due  to  severe
    hailstorms  in  March  and  May.    Total  net  recoveries  under   the
    agreements were $129,000.

5.  Notes Payable:

    A summary of the Company's notes payable is as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                    December 31,  
                                                   1996      1995 
           <S>                                     <C>       <C>
  Note payable to individual                   $210,666  $258,975
  Note payable to unaffiliated
    finance company                             380,187   380,187
         Total                                 $590,853  $639,162
</TABLE>
    Scheduled annual  principal payments  on all  the foregoing  borrowings
    are as follows:

         Year
         1997                               $   433,517
         1998                                    58,915
         1999                                    65,084
         2000                                    33,337
         Total                              $   590,853

    The note payable to an  individual is collateralized by most assets  of
    AHGA and  requires monthly principal  and interest  payments of  $6,000
    through May 1, 2000, with interest at 10%.

    The entire note  payable to unaffiliated finance company with  interest
    at prime plus  one percent was due March 1,  1993. The Company has  not
    made payments  on the  note since November  1992, and  is in  technical
    default.  The note provides for an interest rate after maturity of  the
    maximum statutory interest rate. The Company believes it has the  right
    to  offset $240,000  which  is on  deposit  with a  subsidiary  of  the
<PAGE>    
    unaffiliated  finance company.   The  total principal  and interest  in
    arrears aggregates $754,148 at December 31, 1996.  Both the lender  and
    its subsidiary  are currently in  bankruptcy proceedings.   Upon  final
    settlement, management believes the  cost, if any, to the Company  will
    not exceed amounts accrued in these financial statements.

6.  Stockholders' Equity:

    Hallmark's 1996 and  1995 net income and stockholders' equity  (capital
    and surplus),  as determined  in accordance  with statutory  accounting
    practices, were $908,593  and $5,177,994, and $836,605 and  $4,774,444,
    respectively.  The  minimum statutory capital and surplus required  for
    Hallmark by the Texas Department of Insurance is $2,000,000.

    Texas state  law limits  the payment  of dividends  to stockholders  by
    property and casualty  insurance companies.  The maximum dividend  that
    may be paid without prior approval of the Commissioner of Insurance  is
    limited  to  the  greater  of  10%  of  statutory  surplus  as  regards
    policyholders as  of the preceding calendar  year end or the  statutory
    net investment  income of the  preceding calendar year.   No  dividends
    were declared or paid by Hallmark in 1996 or 1995.

7.  Stock Option Plans:

    The Company has two stock option plans for key employees, the 1991  Key
    Employee  Stock  Option  Plan and  the  1994  Key  Employee  Long  Term
    Incentive Plan, and  a non-qualified plan for non-employee directors.  
    The  number of  shares  reserved for  future  issuance under  the  1991
    employee plan,  the 1994 employee  plan and  the non-employee  director
    plan is  500,000, 1,500,000 and  1,350,000, respectively.   The  option
    prices under  the plans are not  to be less than  the closing price  of
    the common  stock on the day  preceding the grant date.    Pursuant  to
    the  stock  option  plans, the  Company  has  granted  incentive  stock
    options under Section  422 of the Internal Revenue  Code of 1986.   The
    stock options  granted to  employees vest  over a  3 year  period on  a
    graded schedule, 40% in the first 6 months and 20% on each  anniversary
    date of  the grant date.   The stock options  granted to the  directors
    vest over  a 6 year  period on a  graded schedule, 40%  in the first  6
    months  and 10%  on  each anniversary  date  of  the grant  date.    In
    accordance  with   APB  No.  25,   the  Company   has  not   recognized
    compensation expense for the stock options granted in 1996 and 1995.

    In  October 1992,  the  Company  issued warrants  to  purchase  981,333
    shares of its common stock ("Guaranty Warrants") to executive  officers
    and directors in consideration for the recipients' agreement to  pledge
    outstanding  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  they  owned  as
    security for a working capital  line of credit the Company proposed  to
    obtain from a commercial bank.  The Company subsequently abandoned  its
    efforts to obtain  the working capital line  of credit.  Each  Guaranty
    Warrant  covered the  same number  of shares  the recipient  agreed  to
    pledge.   No  value  was assigned  to  these warrants.    The  Guaranty
    Warrants  were   fully  exercisable   between  October   2,  1992   and
    October 1, 1996, at  which time they would  have expired to the  extent
    not exercised.  On March 28, 1996, the Board of Directors extended  the
    exercisability of the Guaranty Warrants through October 1, 1998.   This
    resulted in  the forfeiture  and is  deemed a  re-grant for  accounting
    purposes  of the  Guaranty Warrants  thus requiring  a new  measurement
    date.   The exercise price is  $.50 per share, an  amount equal to  the
<PAGE>    
    last reported  sale price  of the Common  Stock on  the American  Stock
    Exchange's Emerging Company Marketplace prior to October 2, 1992.   The
    Guaranty Warrants are not  transferrable, but may be exercised only  by
    their recipients (or  by a recipient's estate  in the event of  his/her
    death).

    A summary of the status of the Company's stock options and warrants  as
    of December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, and the changes during  the
    year ended on those dates is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                       1996                      1995           
                       Number                   Number
                    of Shares of   Weighted  of Shares of   Weighted
                     Underlying     Average   Underlying     Average
                    Options and    Exercise  Options and    Exercise
                      Warrants      Prices    Warrants       Prices  
     <S>                 <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>
Outstanding at
 beginning
 of the year          2,601,333     $ .42     2,516,333     $  .375
Granted at a
   discount             981,333     $ .50       230,000     $  .68
Granted at the
   money                350,000     $1.125       -            -
Granted at a
   premium                 -          -           5,000     $ 1.125
Total Granted         1,331,333     $ .66       235,000     $  .66

  Exercised                -          -          -            -  
  Forfeited            (981,333)    $ .50        -            -  
  Expired              (105,000)    $1.92      (150,000)    $  .375
Outstanding at                     
  end of year         2,846,333     $ .53     2,601,333     $  .42
Exercisable at
  end of year         2,332,333     $ .51     1,992,333     $  .53
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                     1996                  1995
            <S>                      <C>                   <C>
  Weighted-average FV of options
    granted at a discount           $ .11                  $.75
  Weighted-average FV of options
    granted at the money            $ .95                     -
  Weighted-average FV of options
    granted at a premium               -                   $.95
  Weighted-average FV of all options
    granted during the year         $ .33                  $.76
</TABLE>

     The fair value of each stock  option granted is estimated on the  date
     of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  the
     following weighted-average assumptions  for grants in  1995 and  1996,
     respectively: no  dividend yield  for both  years; risk-free  interest
     rates are different for each grant and range from 5.54% to 7.82%;  the
     expected lives of options are 7 years; and volatility of 100% for  all
     grants.
<PAGE>
     The  following  table  summarizes  information  about  stock   options
     outstanding at December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Options and                        Options and  
               Warrants Outstanding               Warrants Exercisable

                    Weighted Avg.
                     Remaining
Range of               Contr.
Exercise Outstanding   Actual  Weighted Avg.  Exercisable   Weighted Avg.
Prices  at 12/31/96    Life   Exercise Price  at 12/31/96   Exercise Price
 <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>
$.25
 to
$.70     2,491,333      4.89       $ .45      2,189,333        $ .44

$.71
 to
$1.188     355,000      9.03       $1.13        143,000        $1.13

$.25
 to
$1.188   2,846,333      5.4        $ .54      2,332,333        $ .51
</TABLE>

The pro forma effects  on net income  and earnings per  share for 1996  and
1995 from compensation  expense computed  pursuant to  SFAS No.  123 is  as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                 December 31, 1996          December 31, 1995
                        As Reported  Pro Forma    As Reported    Pro Forma
     <S>                    <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>
SFAS No. 123 Charge          -       $ 259,291         -        $   92,954
Net Income               $1,049,767  $ 878,635    $1,254,757    $1,193,407
Net Income Per
  Common Share           $     .09   $     .07    $      .11    $      .10
</TABLE>
     The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this pro forma disclosure  are
     not indicative of  future amounts.   SFAS No.  123 does  not apply  to
     awards prior to 1995, and the Company anticipates making awards in the
     future under its stock-based compensation plan.
<PAGE>
8.   Income Taxes:

     The composition of deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related
     tax effects as of December 31, 1996, and 1995, is as follows:
<TABLE>     
                                              1996             1995     
         <S>                                  <C>              <C>
 Deferred tax liabilities:
 Deferred policy acquisition costs,
   deductible for tax                      ($862,432)      ($1,019,844)
  Other                                      -                  (2,373)
          Total deferred tax liabilities    (862,432)       (1,022,217)
 Deferred tax assets:
   Unearned premiums                         192,439           267,439
   Loss reserve discounting,
    net of salvage and subrogation            65,207           140,211
 Deferred ceding commissions,
    non-deductible for tax                   805,210         1,196,197
   Accrued Expenses                           30,444            30,444
   Net operating loss carryforward            33,171            33,171
   Allowance for doubtful accounts            41,510               -     
        Other                                 58,347            20,286

           Total deferred tax assets       1,226,328         1,687,748

  Net deferred tax asset                     363,896           665,531
    Valuation allowance                       33,178            97,562
  Net deferred tax asset                  $  330,718       $   567,969
(/TABLE)

    A valuation  allowance is provided against  the Company's deferred  tax
    asset to the extent that management does not believe it is more  likely
    than not that future taxable  income will be adequate to realize  these
    future tax benefits.

    A reconciliation of the  income tax provisions based on the  prevailing
    corporate tax  rate of  34 percent to  the provision  reflected in  the
    consolidated  financial statements  for the  years ended  December  31,
    1996, and 1995, is as follows:

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                                 1996             1995 
               <S>                               <C>              <C>
     Computed expected income tax
      expense at statutory regulatory
      tax rate                                $ 547,143         $ 491,490
      Amortization of excess cost
        over net assets acquired                 53,959            53,024
      Tax-exempt interest                        (8,290)           (9,251)
      Key-man life insurance                      7,878             5,909
      Change in valuation allowance             (64,392)         (364,084)
      Other                                      23,179            13,713
      Income tax expense                      $ 559,477        $  190,801
(/TABLE>

    The  change in  the  valuation  allowance primarily  results  from  the
    utilization, based upon its recent operating history, of net  operating
    loss carryforwards for which a full valuation allowance had  previously
    been recorded. 
(PAGE)
    The Company has available, for federal income tax purposes, unused  net
    operating losses of $97,562 at December 31, 1996, which may be used  to
    offset future  taxable income.  The  net operating losses will  expire,
    if unused, as follows:

         Year
         2002                                 $   1,325
         2003                                    96,237
                                              $  97,562

9.  Commitments and Contingencies:

    The Company  has several leases,  primarily for  office facilities  and
    computer  equipment,  which  expire  in  various  years  through  2000.
    Certain  of these  leases  contain  renewal options.    Rental  expense
    amounted to  $681,326 and  $566,296 for  the years  ended December  31,
    1996 and 1995, respectively. 

    Future minimum lease  payments under noncancelable operating leases  as
    of December 31, 1996 are as follows:

         Year
         1997                              $    548,315
         1998                                   480,260
         1999                                   445,364
         2000                                   337,085

    Total minimum lease payments            $ 1,811,024

    Effective January 1, 1995,  HFC entered into a financing and  servicing
    arrangement  with an  unaffiliated premium  finance company,  Peregrine
    Premium Finance  L.C. ("Peregrine").   Under  the agreement,  Peregrine
    has agreed to provide a  credit facility of $13,500,000 as of  December
    31, 1996,  to fund  premium finance  notes (the  "Notes") generated  by
    financing State  & County  policies produced by  AHGA.   HFC, in  turn,
    processes  and  services  the  Notes  on  behalf  of  Peregrine  for  a
    processing  fee approximating  Peregrine's  operating profit  from  the
    Notes, net of imputed borrowing costs on the credit facility and  after
    deducting certain  expenses, including default  cost.   As of  December
    31, 1996 and 1995, Peregrine had issued notes totaling $ 8,969,747  and
    $11,831,771, respectively,  under the credit  facility.    The  imputed
    interest costs on the funds borrowed by HFC range from prime (8.25%  at
    December 31, 1996) plus one percent on approximately 80% of the  funded
    amount to  25% on  approximately 20% of  the funded  amount.   Although
    Peregrine's commitment to  HFC is not contingent upon Peregrine  having
    a  bank  credit  facility to  fund  some  portion  of  the  Notes,  the
    agreement provides  for the possible existence  of such a facility  and
    further  provides  that  HFC will  reimburse  Peregrine  for  any  fees
    charged by  the bank.   Under the agreement,  a bank  has committed  to
    provide approximately 80% of the funding of the Notes up to  $6,450,126
    and $8,570,373 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Under  this
    facility, HFC  reimbursed Peregrine $24,370  and $34,599  for 1996  and
    1995, respectively,  in bank commitment  fees representing one-half  of
    one  percent  on the  unused  portion  of the  bank  commitment  credit
    facility.  HFS guarantees HFC's performance and obligations under  this
    agreement.   Neither  the  Notes issued  by  Peregrine nor  the  credit
    facility amount outstanding  is recorded in the accompanying  financial
    statements.
<PAGE>
    At December 31, 1996, a standby  letter of credit of $150,000 had  been
    issued  by  a  financial  institution  under  an  agreement,   expiring
    December  29,  1997,  which  is  being  maintained  as  collateral  for
    performance  and  advances  received  on  a  reinsurance  contract.  At
    December 31,  1996, no  amounts were  outstanding under  the letter  of
    credit.   The letter  of credit requires  an annual  commitment fee  of
    $2,000  and is  collateralized by  a U.S.  Government Security  with  a
    total par value of $200,000 held in Hallmark's name.

    Effective August  1, 1994, the Company  adopted a 401(K) savings  plan.
    Employees who  have completed three months  of service are eligible  to
    participate.   Under this plan  employees may contribute  a portion  of
    their  compensation, and  the Company  may contribute  a  discretionary
    amount each  year.    The Company's contribution  for 1996 was  $82,000
    and for 1995 was $56,856.

    A  lawsuit filed  in  March 1995,  by  former directors,  officers  and
    agents of Hallmark  relates to a claim  for indemnification.  On  March
    5, 1997, a jury returned a verdict against the Company and in favor  of
    a  former   director  and  officer  of   Hallmark  in  the  amount   of
    approximately  $516,000 on  the basis  of   contractual  and  statutory
    indemnification  claims.   Although the  jury returned  a verdict,  the
    court has not  yet rendered judgment on  such verdict.  Therefore,  the
    case  is  presently  neither final  nor  appealable.  In  addition,  by
    agreement  of  the litigants,  the  issue  of attorneys'  fees  in  the
    lawsuit remains to be submitted to the court for determination.

    The Company believes the verdict  in this lawsuit was both legally  and
    factually incorrect.  The  Company intends to file a motion  requesting
    the court  to render judgment in  favor of the Company  notwithstanding
    the jury verdict.  If the jury verdict is not set aside or modified  by
    the trial court, the  Company presently intends to appeal the  judgment
    after it is rendered by the  court.  However, the Company is  presently
    unable to  determine the likelihood of  an unfavorable outcome to  such
    motion  or  appeals.   Therefore,  the  Company has  accrued  only  its
    estimated attorneys' fees of $235,000.

    The  Company is  involved in  other various  claims and  legal  actions
    arising  in  the ordinary  course  of  business.   In  the  opinion  of
    management, the ultimate disposition  of these matters will not have  a
    material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or  results
    of operations.

    From  time to  time,  assessments are  levied  on the  Company  by  the
    guaranty association of the State of Texas.  Such assessments are  made
    primarily  to  cover  the  losses  of  policyholders  of  insolvent  or
    rehabilitated insurers.   These assessments can be partially  recovered
    through  a  reduction  in   future  premium  taxes.    There  were   no
    assessments for 1996 and 1995.

10. Concentrations of Credit Risk:

    The Company maintains  cash equivalents in accounts with two  financial
    institutions in  excess of the  amount insured by  the Federal  Deposit
    Insurance Corporation.

    All  of  the   Company's  business  activity  is  with  customers   and
    independent agents located within the State of Texas.
<PAGE>
11.  Subsequent Event:

    Effective  March 11,  1997,  HFS entered  into  a loan  agreement  with
    Dorinco  ("Dorinco Loan  Agreement"),  an unaffiliated  company  and  a
    principal reinsurer  of Hallmark , whereby  HFS borrowed $7,000,000  to
    contribute to its wholly owned  premium finance subsidiary, HFC.  In  a
    related transaction, effective March 17, 1997, HFC entered into a  loan
    agreement ("Bank Credit Line")  with a bank whereby the bank  committed
    to provide a revolving credit facility of $8,000,000 for funding of  up
    to  60%  of  premium finance  notes  outstanding  for  State  &  County
    policies.  Proceeds  from the Dorinco Loan  Agreement were used to  pay
    $5,915,109 outstanding under HFC's financing and servicing  arrangement
    with  Peregrine (the  "Peregrine  Agreement"), liquidating  the  prime-
    plus-one  80%-tier  of   the  two-tier  financing  arrangement.     The
    Peregrine  Agreement's 20%  tier, with  a 25%  interest rate,  will  be
    utilized by HFC until approximately June 15, 1997 at the conclusion  of
    HFC's  90-day written  cancellation notification  period.   Thereafter,
    the Peregrine Agreement  will terminate upon the  later of the date  on
    which (1) all run-off is  complete and (2) no outstanding principal  or
    interest  on the  Notes  is due.    Until  such time  that  the  90-day
    cancellation is  satisfied, HFC  will utilize  remaining proceeds  from
    the Dorinco Loan Agreement to fund the Peregrine Agreement's 80%  tier.
     Beginning on  or about June  15, 1997, HFC  will commence funding  all
    new notes issued  by HFC with proceeds from  both the Dorinco Loan  and
    the Bank Credit Line. 

    The Dorinco Loan  Agreement provides for a  seven-year term at a  fixed
    interest rate of 8.25%.   Interest is payable monthly through  February
    28, 1999, with principal and interest payments commencing March 31,
    1999  through March  31, 2004.   Under  the Dorinco  Loan Agreement,  a
    penalty ranging from $80,000 to $120,000  is charged for prepaying  the
    loan prior to the fourth anniversary date except that after the  second
    anniversary date, up to 40%  of the outstanding balance may be  prepaid
    without penalty.

    Collateral securing  the Dorinco loan  is limited to  the stock of  HFC
    and a  commitment by HFS  to restrict the  stock of  Hallmark and  AHGA
    precluding its use as collateral  in any other transaction, as long  as
    certain  financial  covenants   defined  as  "triggering  events"   are
    maintained.  To avoid a triggering event, Hallmark must (1) maintain  a
    combined  ratio and  loss ratio  which does  not exceed  107% and  83%,
    respectively; (2)  maintain statutory surplus  of $4,200,000 and  incur
    no decreases to surplus in any  one year that exceeds 15% of the  prior
    year surplus,  and (3) HFC  must maintain a  certain interest  coverage
    ratio and stockholders' equity levels as defined in the agreement.   If
    a triggering event should occur, HFS  has ten days to pledge the  stock
    of  AHGA and  Hallmark as  additional collateral  securing the  Dorinco
    loan.   The  Dorinco  Loan  Agreement also  contains  covenants,  which
    require the Company to satisfy certain financial ratios which are  less
    restrictive  than  the  "triggering  event"  ratios  and,  among  other
    things,  restricts  capital expenditures,  payment  of  dividends,  and
    incurring of additional debt. 

    In addition,  the Dorinco Loan Agreement  requires that effective  July
    1, 1997,  Hallmark increase  the volume  of business  ceded to  Dorinco
    under the  July 1, 1996 reinsurance  treaty and satisfy certain  annual
    volume  levels ceded  over  the seven  year  term of  the  agreement.  
    Effective January  1, 1997,  the commission  structure under  Dorinco's
<PAGE>    
    reinsurance  treaty will  be amended  to include  more favorable  terms
    that allows Hallmark  to earn an additional  1% commission at a  higher
    loss ratio  than under  the current  structure and  also increases  the
    maximum ceding  commission that Hallmark  may earn by  1% up to  34.5%,
    but  reduces  the minimum  ceding  commission  from 26%  to  23%  under
    certain conditions.     

    The Bank Credit Line provides for an eighteen-month term which  expires
    September 17,  1998.  Fundings  under this line  are limited  to a  60%
    advance  rate against  a borrowing  base  of eligible  premium  finance
    notes receivable as defined  in the agreement.  The agreement  provides
    for monthly interest payments with interest rate options of prime  plus
    three-eighths floating or  the London Interbank Offered Rate  ("LIBOR")
    plus  two and  eight-tenths  with fixed  rate  tranches of  three,  six
    and/or twelve  months in $250,000-minimum increments  up to a total  of
    twelve tranches.  A one-half  of one percent commitment fee is  payable
    on any  unused portion of  the Bank Credit  Line.   To secure  advances
    under the  line, HFC must  grant the bank  a security  interest in  the
    premium finance notes  and HFS and certain subsidiaries must  guarantee
    HFC's  indebtedness.   The Bank  Credit  Line agreement  also  contains
    covenants, which,  among other things, require  the Company to  satisfy
    the  same  financial ratios  as  in  the Dorinco  Loan  Agreement,  and
    includes, but is not limited to, restrictions on capital  expenditures,
    payment of  dividends, and incurring of  additional debt, and  requires
    that the Company be in compliance  with all terms and covenants of  the
    Dorinco Loan Agreement. 



</TABLE>

                 100% QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT


THIS  100%  QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made
and  entered into as of the first day of January, 1997, by and among the
Reinsurer   specifically  identified  on  the  signature  page  of  this
Agreement,  (  Reinsurer  ),  STATE  AND  COUNTY  MUTUAL  FIRE INSURANCE
COMPANY,  an  insurance company organized under the laws of the State of
Texas  ("Company"), VAUGHN GENERAL AGENCY, INC., a corporation organized
under  the  laws  of  the State of Texas ( General Agent"), and AMERICAN
HALLMARK GENERAL AGENCY, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of
the State of Texas ( Program Administrator");


                          W I T N E S S E T H:


     THAT,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  hereinafter
contained  and  upon the terms and conditions hereinbelow set forth, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

                                PREAMBLE

     It is understood that the Company, the Reinsurer, the General Agent
and  the  Program  Administrator (hereinafter identified collectively as
the  "Parties")  hereto  wish  to  enter  into a reinsurance arrangement
through  which  the  Company is to bear no business, credit or insurance
risk  whatsoever  (save  the  risk  of the Reinsurer's insolvency).  The
Reinsurer shall hold the Company harmless and indemnify it for these and
all  risks.  The  Program Administrator shall perform all administrative
f u n ctions  for  the  business  subject  hereto  as  provided  in  the
Administrative  Services Agreement ("Administrative Services Agreement")
between  the  Company,  the General Agent and the Program Administrator.
The sole consideration provided by the Company, in exchange for the fees
as  agreed  to, is to permit the Policies (as hereinafter defined) which
are  reinsured 100% under this Agreement to be issued in the name of the
Company.  All provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to
be in accord with this Preamble.


                                ARTICLE I
                     CLASSES OF BUSINESS REINSURED

1.01 Effective  as  of the effective date of this Agreement, the Company
obligates  itself  to cede to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer obligates
itself  to  accept,  100%  of  the  Company's  gross liability under all
p o l icies,  certificates,  contracts,  binders,  agreements  or  other
proposals  or evidences of insurance, new and renewal policies, binders,
and contracts of insurance (hereinafter called "Policies") issued by and
on  behalf  of  the  Company  and classified by the Company, in its sole
discretion, as private passenger automobile in accordance with the Texas
Automobile  Manual,  including physical damage ( Auto Physical Damage ),
liability,  personal injury protection, uninsured/underinsured motorist,
medical  payments  and miscellaneous coverages as allowed by endorsement
in  Texas, during the term of this Agreement, produced by or through the
General  Agent  appointed by the Company at the request of the Reinsurer
as  provided  in  Article  XXI (THE GENERAL AGENT) of this Agreement and
administered by the Program Administrator.
<PAGE>
1.02 Subject  to Section 22.06 hereof, the maximum Policy limits subject
to this Agreement are as follows:

          Physical Damage:              Actual Cash Value (ACV), 
                                   not to exceed $40,023 per vehicle
          Bodily Injury per person:          $  20,023
          Bodily Injury per accident:        $  40,023
          Property Damage per Accident:      $  15,023
          Personal Injury Protection:        $   2,523 per person, per
                                                    accident
          Uninsured/Underinsured/B.I.:       $  20,023 per person
                                             $  40,023 per accident
          Uninsured/Underinsured/P.D.:       $  15,023 per accident

In the event of a statutory increase in limits by the State of Texas, or
travel by an insured to a state with greater statutory requirements, the
maximum  Policy  limits shall be increased to statutory limits in effect
plus $23.

1.04 For  purposes  of  this  Agreement  the maximum term for any Policy
issued hereunder shall be twelve months.

1.05 This  Agreement  shall  also  apply  to,  and  the  Reinsurer shall
reinsure, 100% coverage for personal injury protection as required under
Tex.  Ins. Code Ch. 5, Art. 5.06-3 or any successor statute thereto, for
the classes of business specified under Section 1.01 above.

1.06 Business  ceded  hereunder  shall  include  every  original Policy,
rewrite,  renewal  or  extension (whether before or after termination of
this  Agreement)  required  by  statute  or by rule or regulation of the
Texas  Department  of  Insurance,  or  other  authority having competent
jurisdiction, of any Policy of insurance ceded hereunder.

1.07 For  purposes of this Agreement the term  Accident Year  as used in
this  Agreement  shall  mean  12 consecutive months commencing with each
January 1.
<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE II
                               EXCLUSIONS

The  following  risks,  perils  and classes of business are specifically
excluded:

If  the General Agent binds or issues any business excluded, the Company
shall  notify  the  Reinsurer  promptly  upon  actual  knowledge of such
business  being  bound  or issued.  The Reinsurer shall provide coverage
for any such risk bound until canceled by the Company at any Reinsurer s
request.

(a)  All  business  not specifically described as business covered under
Section 1.01 of this Agreement.

(b)  Garagekeepers legal liability.

(c)  Vendors single interest.

(d)  Vehicles principally used as ambulances, fire and police units.

(e)  Commercial vehicles rated as such, and all automobile fleets.

(f)  Mobile homes.

(g)  Automobile dealers.

(h)  Loss   or  damage  caused  by  or  resulting  from  war,  invasion,
hostilities,  acts of foreign enemies, civil war, insurrection, military
or   usurped  power,  martial  law  or  confiscation  by  order  of  any
governmental or public authority, but not excluding loss or damage which
would  be  covered under a Policy or standard form containing a standard
war exclusion clause.<PAGE>
(i)  Business  excluded  by  the  attached  Nuclear  
Exclusion Clauses - Liability  -  Reinsurance  - U.S.A., No. 08-31.1 and 
Canada, No. 08-32.1 and  Physical  Damage  - Reinsurance - U.S.A., 08-33 
and Canada, No. 08-34.2.

(j)  Reinsurance issued for the account of other insurance companies.

(k)  Vehicles used in racing or speed events.

(l)  Taxis, limos, buses, livery.

(m)  Pools,  Association,  Syndicates  and  Insolvency  Funds    per the
attached  Pools, Associations, Syndicates and Insolvency Funds Exclusion
Clause 08-04.3.
<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE III
                        COMMENCEMENT OF LIABILITY

     The  liability  of  the  Reinsurer  shall commence obligatorily and
simultaneously  with  that of the Company as soon as the Company becomes
liable,  and  the premium on account of such liability shall be credited
to the Reinsurer from the original date of the Company's liability.


                               ARTICLE IV
                  REINSURANCE FOLLOWS PRIMARY POLICIES

     All  reinsurance for which the Reinsurer shall be liable, by virtue
of this Agreement, shall be subject, in all respects, to the same rates,
terms,  conditions,  interpretations,  waivers,  the exact proportion of
premiums paid to the Company without any deduction for brokerage, and to
the same modifications, alterations and cancellations, as the respective
insurance  of  the  Company  to which such reinsurance relates, the true
intent  of  this Agreement being that the Reinsurer shall, in every case
to  which this Agreement applies and in the proportion specified herein,
follow the fortunes of the Company.


                                ARTICLE V
                      COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION

5.01 The  effective  date  of  this  Agreement is at 12:01 a.m., Central
Standard  Time,  on  January  1, 1997, as respects losses arising out of
occurrences  commencing  under  Policies  written or renewed on or after
such  date  at  the offices of the Company.  This Agreement shall remain
continuously  in  force until terminated according to the provisions set
forth herein.

     5.02 This Agreement may be terminated as follows:

(a)  By  any Party hereto, as of 12:01 a.m., Central Standard Time, June
30,  1997  or any June 30 or January 1 thereafter, by providing at least
ninety  (90) days written notice to the other Parties, such notice to be
sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid;

(b)  Immediately by mutual consent of the Company and Reinsurer;

(c)  Immediately  upon written notice by the Reinsurer or the Company in
the  event  of  the  cancellation  or non-renewal of the General Agent's
license by the Texas Department of Insurance;

(d)  By  the  Reinsurer  after  thirty  (30)  days written notice to the
General  Agent  and the Company of the General Agent's failure to pay to
the Reinsurer all payments of premiums due hereunder, provided, however,
that in the event such payment is received by the Reinsurer prior to the
date  of  cancellation  stated  in  the  Reinsurer's written notice this
Agreement shall not be so terminated and said written notice shall be of
no  further force or effect. If the Reinsurer receives such late premium
within  a  ten  (10)  day  period  following receipt of such notice, the
Reinsurer shall inform the Company and the General Agent of such receipt
as  soon as the premium is received and the termination of the Agreement
for reason of default shall be rescinded;
<PAGE>
(e)  Immediately,  upon  written notice by the Company, if the Reinsurer
or  General  Agent  is  found  to  be  insolvent  by  a  State Insurance
Department   or  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  or  is  placed  in
supervision,  conservation,  rehabilitation,  or  liquidation,  or has a
receiver  or  supervisor  appointed.  By the Reinsurer, upon thirty (30)
days  written  notice,  if  the  Company or General Agent is found to be
insolvent  by  a  State  Insurance  Department  or  court  of  competent
jurisdiction,  or is placed in supervision, conservation, rehabilitation
or liquidation, or has a receiver or supervisor appointed;

(f)  By  the Company immediately and automatically without prior written
notice  should the Texas Department of Insurance require cancellation or
disallow credit for this reinsurance;

(g)  After  thirty  (30)  days  written notice by any party in the event
that the Company, the Reinsurer or the General Agent amalgamates with or
passes  under the control of any other company or corporation or changes
a majority of its officers or board of directors during the term of this
Agreement;
     
(h)  Immediately,  upon  written notice by the Reinsurer or the Company,
if American Hallmark General Agency, Inc. is replaced or is otherwise no
longer serving as the sole Program Administrator.
     
     (i)  As provided in Section 28.14 of this Agreement.

5.03 W h en  this  Agreement  terminates  for  any  reason,  reinsurance
hereunder  shall  continue to apply to the business in force at the time
and  date  of  termination  until  expiration  or  cancellation  of such
business.  It is understood that any Policies with effective dates prior
to  the  termination  date  but  issued  after  the termination date are
covered  under  this Agreement.  Additionally, the reinsurance hereunder
shall  continue to apply as to Policies which must be issued or renewed,
as  a matter of state law or regulation or because a producing agent has
not  been  timely canceled, until the expiration dates on said Policies.
The General Agent agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary,
its  appointment by the Company to produce business terminates when this
Agreement  terminates  unless  the  General  Agent's  authority has been
terminated  earlier;  except  that the Company shall provide the General
Agent with the limited agency authority needed to service the run-off of
the business, e.g., issue, cancel, offer renewal where required by law.

5.04    Upon  termination  of this Agreement, the Company, Reinsurer and
General  Agent  shall not be relieved of or released from any obligation
created  by  or  under  this Agreement in relation to payment, expenses,
reports,  accounting  or  handling,  which  relate to insurance business
reinsured  under  this  Agreement. The Parties hereto expressly covenant
and  agree  that  they will cooperate with each other in the handling of
all  such  run-off  insurance  business  until all Policies have expired
either  by cancellation or by terms of such Policies and all outstanding
losses and loss adjustment expenses have been settled.  While by law and
regulation,  the  Company  recognizes  its  primary  obligations  to its
Policyholders,  the  Reinsurer  and  General Agent recognize that to the
extent  possible there shall be no cost to or involvement by the Company
in  servicing  this  run-off.    Upon termination of this Agreement, the
General  Agent shall service the run-off of the business, and its duties
for  such  run-off  shall  include,  but not be limited to, handling all
claims,  and  handling  and servicing all Policies through their natural
expiration,  together  with  any Policy renewals, required to be made by
<PAGE>
provisions  of applicable law, whether or not the effective date of such
renewal  is  subsequent  to  the  effective date of cancellation of this
Agreement.   All costs and expenses associated with the handling of such
run-off  business  following  the  cancellation  or  termination of this
Agreement  shall  be  borne  solely  by  the General Agent; however, the
Reinsurer  shall be ultimately responsible for the run-off and shall pay
any  such  costs  and/or  expenses if the General Agent does not for any
reason  pay  or  cause  to  be paid such costs and expenses.  If for any
reason  the General Agent fails or is unable to service any such run-off
business  (or  any  business  while  the  Agreement is still in effect),
including  the  payment  of claims, then consistent with this Agreement,
the  Reinsurer's  obligation with respect to such run-off business shall
continue  and  the  Reinsurer  shall  appoint a successor to the General
Agent,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Company,  to administer and
otherwise  handle  the  run-off  as  provided  herein at the Reinsurer s
expense.  Such successor shall perform all of the duties and obligations
of  the  General  Agent with respect to servicing such run-off business,
including  the  payment of claims.  In addition, the Company in its sole
discretion  may  terminate  the  authority  of  the  General  Agent or a
successor  thereto  to  handle  such  run-off business and the Reinsurer
shall  then  appoint  a  successor  to the General Agent, subject to the
approval of the Company, at no cost to the Company. 

5.05 In  the  event  this  Agreement  is terminated, the Reinsurer shall
remain  liable  to  and  shall,  immediately upon request, reimburse the
Company  for any assessment made upon the Company by the Commissioner of
Insurance  of  the  State of Texas under Article 21.28-C (Texas Property
and  Casualty Insurance Guaranty Act) of the Texas Insurance Code, which
applies  to  the  risks  reinsured  hereunder  to  the effective date of
termination.   The Company shall likewise remain liable for, and account
to  the Reinsurer for any recovery of such assessment under Section 7 or
9  of  said Article, or any credit allowed to it against its premium tax
pursuant  to  Section  15  thereof,  applicable  to  the risks reinsured
hereunder.

5.06 This  Agreement  provides  for termination on a run-off basis.  The
relevant  provisions  of the Agreement shall apply to the business being
run-off.    It  is  also expressly agreed that the terms, conditions and
obligations  of  the  Preamble and Article IV, Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05
and  5.06,  Articles  X,  XI,  XII, XIII, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XX, XXI,
XXII,  XXIII,  XXIV, XXV and Section 28.14 shall survive the termination
of this Agreement.

5.07 Upon  termination,  the  Company,  at  its  option,  may  elect  to
terminate  the Reinsurer s liability for all losses occurring subsequent
to  termination.    The Reinsurer will return to the Company a portfolio
r e p resenting  the  unearned  premium  reserve  under  this  Agreement
appropriate to the mode of termination.

                               ARTICLE VI
                                TERRITORY

     This Agreement will cover wherever the Company s Policies cover.
     
                               ARTICLE VII
                                CURRENCY

     The currency to be used for all purposes of this Agreement shall be
United States of America currency.
<PAGE>

                              ARTICLE VIII
                         RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

     Nothing   herein  shall  in  any  manner  create  any  obligations,
establish  any  rights  or create any direct right of action against the
Reinsurer in favor of any third party, or other person not party to this
Agreement;  or  create any privity of contract between the Policyholders
and the Reinsurer.


                               ARTICLE IX
                           RETENTION AND LIMIT

     The  Company  shall cede and the Reinsurer shall accept 100% of the
Company's gross liability on each risk.


                                ARTICLE X
                        CEDING FEE TO THE COMPANY

10.01     The  Reinsurer  shall pay to the Company, or the General Agent
shall pay to the Company on behalf of the Reinsurer, a fee within forty-
five  (45)  days  following  the  end  of  each  month  to the Company's
designated  agent,  (T.B.A.  Insurance, Inc. (TBA)), as an allowance for
the  ceding  fee, 3% of Net Collected Premiums, plus the amount of state
premium  taxes  as  provided  in  the  Article  XIII and the cost to the
Company of audits performed as provided in the General Agency Agreement.
For purposes of calculating premium taxes due and the ceding fee allowed
the  Company,    Net Premiums  and  Net Collected Premiums  will include
100%  of  Policy fees.  Should any additional premium tax be assessed at
any time on written premium reinsured hereunder, the General Agent shall
pay  the Company such additional premium tax within (fifteen) 15 days of
being  informed  by  the  Company  of  such additional premium tax.  The
Parties  acknowledge  that  at the effective date of this Agreement, the
Texas  Department  of  Insurance  (or other state agency responsible for
collecting  premium  taxes)  requires  the  payment of estimated premium
taxes  in  advance  on  a  semi-annual  basis.  The General Agent shall,
therefore,  pay to the Company within five days prior to the due date of
any  such  estimated  premium  tax payment, the amount that would be due
based upon the business produced hereunder.


10.02     The  Reinsurer hereby guarantees that the Company will receive
the  ceding fee provided hereunder irrespective of any events, losses or
developments  for  the  term  of  this  Agreement.   Such payment is not
dependent  upon  the  performance  of  the  General  Agent, underwriting
experience, loss experience, whether premium is collected or not, or any
other  event  foreseen  or unforeseen by the parties at the inception of
this Agreement. 
<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE XI
                   PREMIUMS, COMMISSIONS AND PAYMENTS

11.01     In  consideration  of  the  acceptance by the Reinsurer of one
hundred  percent (100%) of the Company's liability on insurance business
reinsured  hereunder,  the  Reinsurer is entitled to one hundred percent
(100%)  of  the Net Collected Premiums (as hereinafter defined) received
by  the  General  Agent or the Reinsurer on Policies reinsured hereunder
less  the  provisional  ceding  commission  as detailed herein.  For the
purposes  of determining amounts payable to the General Agent hereunder,
"Net Collected Premiums" shall mean the actual gross premiums charged on
all original and renewal Policies written on behalf of the Company, plus
50%  of  Policy  fees,  less return premiums and received by the Program
Administrator  by  the end of each month.   Net Premiums  shall mean the
actual  gross  premiums  charged  on  all  original and renewal Policies
written  on  behalf  of the Company, plus 50% of Policy fee, less return
premiums.

(a)  The  Reinsurer  shall  allow the General Agent a provisional ceding
commission of 25% of Net Collected Premiums.

(b)  The  provisional  commission  allowed the General Agent as detailed
above  shall  be adjusted periodically in accordance with the provisions
set forth in ARTICLE XII - COMMISSION ADJUSTMENT. 

11.02     It  is expressly agreed that the ceding commission allowed the
General  Agent by the Reinsurer includes provision for premium taxes and
any  cost  for  audits  of  the General Agent as provided in the General
Agency  Agreement.    The  Reinsurer  shall  allow the General Agent the
ceding  commission as full compensation for all services rendered and in
full  reimbursement  for all expenditures made by the General Agent. The
General  Agent  shall not be required to return, as commission or return
commission,  monies  greater than the total commission paid or otherwise
payable to the General Agent.

11.03     In  the  event  the  Company  or  the  Reinsurer,  during  the
continuance of this Agreement or after its termination, refunds premiums
under  any  Policy of insurance by reasons of cancellation or otherwise,
the  General  Agent  shall  immediately  return  to  the  Reinsurer  the
commission  previously  received  by  it  on  the portion of the premium
refunded.

11.04     The  General  Agent shall not seek to recover from the Company
any  commissions  due,  and the Reinsurer shall not seek to recover from
the Company any return commissions due.

11.05     The  General  Agent  shall  pay  to the Reinsurer the positive
balance, if any, no later than forty-five (45) days following the end of
the  month  during  which  the  business was written, Net Premiums ceded
hereunder,  less  the  provisional ceding commission as provided herein,
and  less  loss  adjustment  expenses  and  loss  payments.  Should such
balance  be  a  negative  amount,  the  Reinsurer  will promptly pay the
General  Agent  upon  receipt  and  verification  of  the  amount due as
reported by the General Agent.
<PAGE>
                               ARTICLE XII
                          COMMISSION ADJUSTMENT

12.01(a)The final ceding commission shall be determined by the
     loss  experience  under  this  Agreement.    The General Agent will
calculate  an  adjusted  ceding  commission  for  each Underwriting Year
w i thin  60  days  following  24  months  from  the  inception  of  the
Underwriting  Year  based  on  premiums earned and losses incurred.  The
provisional ceding commission will be adjusted between the General Agent
and  the  Reinsurer  as  appropriate.  Adjustments for each Underwriting
Year  will continue to be made annually until all losses ascribed to the
Underwriting  Year  have  been  paid or closed, at which time the ceding
commission will become final.

     (b)  Premium  earned  for  the Underwriting Year shall mean all Net
Premiums  ceded  to this Agreement and ascribed to the Underwriting Year
less the unearned premium reserve at the time of the adjustment, if any.

     (c)  Losses  incurred for the Underwriting Year shall mean the loss
and  loss  expense  paid  by the Reinsurer (less salvages and recoveries
received)  on  losses  ascribed  to the Underwriting Year, plus loss and
loss expense reserves outstanding on losses ascribed to the Underwriting
Year,  and plus or minus any credit or debit carryforward as provided in
this Article.

12.02(a)  Should the ratio of losses incurred to premium earned be 73.0%
or higher, then the adjusted ceding commission shall be 23.0%.

     (b)  Should  the ratio of losses incurred to premium earned be less
than  73.0%,  then the adjusted commission shall be determined by adding
one-percent  (1.0%)  to  the  ceding  commission  for  each  one percent
reduction  of  loss  ratio subject to ceding commission of 25% at a loss
ratio  of  71.0%.  Should the ratio of losses incurred to premium earned
be less than 71.0%, then the ceding commission shall be further adjusted
by  adding seven-tenths of a percent (.70%) to the ceding commission for
each  one  percent reduction in the loss ratio below 71.0%, subject to a
maximum ceding commission of 32.0% at a loss ratio of 61.0% or less.

     (c)  Should  the  ratio  of  losses  incurred  to premium earned be
greater  than 73.0% or less than 61.0% the difference between the actual
loss ratio and 73.0% or 61.0%, as the case may be, will be multiplied by
the  earned  premium  for the Underwriting Year and carried forward as a
debit or credit to the ensuing Underwriting Year calculation.

12.05(a)  Upon  termination,  any  period  of  less  than 12 months from
inception  shall  be  considered as an Underwriting Year for purposes of
this Article; any period of less than 12 months from anniversary will be
considered as part of the preceding Underwriting Year.

     (b)  Should  this Agreement be terminated on a runoff basis wherein
the  Reinsurer  is  liable  for  losses  occurring  after  the  date  of
termination,  then such runoff period shall be considered as part of the
last Underwriting Year.

     (c)  The  General  Agent shall not seek to recover from the Company
any  commissions  due,  and the Reinsurer shall not seek to recover from
the  Company  any  return commissions due.  No funds are due the General
Agent from the Company.
<PAGE>
     (d)  From any commission, whether provisional or adjusted as herein
p r o vided,  shall  be  subtracted  all  ceding  fees,  premium  taxes,
assessments, penalties, or fines paid or payable by the Reinsurer or for
which the Reinsurer is liable hereunder.


                              ARTICLE XIII
      ASSIGNMENTS, ASSESSMENTS, PREMIUM TAXES, FINES AND PENALTIES

13.01     This  Agreement  shall  apply to risks assigned to the Company
under  any Assigned Risk Plan if, in the sole discretion of the Company,
such  risks were assigned to the Company because of the business written
and reinsured hereunder.

13.02     This  Agreement  shall  apply  to and the General Agent or the
Reinsurer  shall  immediately reimburse the Company 100%, as a result of
policies  reinsured  hereunder,  for  any  assessments  made against the
Company pursuant to those laws and regulations creating obligatory funds
(including,  but  not  limited  to,  insurance  guaranty  and insolvency
funds),  pools,  joint underwriting associations, FAIR plans and similar
plans,  or  any  assessments  made pursuant to the provisions of Article
21.28-C  (Texas  Property  and  Insurance  Guaranty  Act)  of  the Texas
Insurance  Code,  or  successor  statute  thereto.   Amounts owed by the
Reinsurer  under this Article shall be payable directly by the Reinsurer
to  the  Company.    The Reinsurer shall be entitled to receive from the
Company on or prior to the 31st day of March of each year thereafter (or
such  date  on  which  such  premium  taxes are paid) a sum equal to the
premium  tax  credit that is allowed to the Company with respect to such
assessments.   The premium tax credit allowed the Reinsurer hereunder is
to  be  on  a pro rata and first-in, first-out basis.  The Company shall
promptly return to the Reinsurer any amount of assessment refunded to or
credited to the Company pursuant to the provisions of Article 21.28-C of
the Texas Insurance Code.

13.03     The  Reinsurer  shall  also  pay  promptly and directly to the
Company  any  fines,  penalties, and/or any other charge incurred by the
Company  as  respects  the  business  reinsured hereunder arising out of
actions  or inactions of the General Agent, unless such fines, penalties
and/or  any  other  charge  was  a  direct result of any actual fraud or
violation  of  criminal  law  by  the  Company,  which  has been finally
determined  by a court of competent jurisdiction after the exhaustion of
all appeals.


                               ARTICLE XIV
                          ACCOUNTS AND REPORTS

14.01     Within  30  days  following the end of each month, the General
Agent  shall  furnish  the  Company  and  the  Reinsurer  a net account,
segregated by Underwriting Year showing:

1.   Net  Collected  Premiums  accounted  for during the month on a non-
installment premium basis; plus,

2.   Down payments and the portion of installment premiums billed during
the month; less,
<PAGE>
3.   Ceding commission due the Company as provided in this Agreement and
applied to item Nos. 1 & 2 above; less,

4.   Loss  and  loss  adjustment expense as defined in the Loss and Loss
Adjustment Expense Article; plus,

5.   Salvage and subrogation.

     6.   Commission due the General Agent.

     The  account will also bear notation of outstanding loss reserve at
the  end  of the month, unearned premium reserve at the end of the month
and  Net  Premiums  accounted  for  during  the  month on an installment
premium basis.

     If  the  balance  is  due the Company, the Reinsurer will remit any
balance  due  seven  (7)  days after its receipt and verification of the
Company s report.

14.03     Periodically  upon  request  the  General  Agent  will provide
statistical  or  other  data  as  may  be requested from time to time by
regulatory authorities, with data segregated by major classes.

14.04     In  order to facilitate the handling of the business reinsured
under  this  Agreement,  the General Agent agrees to furnish the Company
with  any additional reports necessary to provide the information needed
by  the  Company to prepare its monthly, quarterly and annual statements
to regulatory authorities.

                               ARTICLE XV
                    LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE

15.01     All  loss settlements made by the Company or the General Agent
under the terms of this Agreement whether under strict Policy conditions
or  by  way  of  compromise,  shall  be unconditionally binding upon the
Reinsurer  in  proportion  to  its  participation.   The Reinsurer shall
assume  100%  of the risks covered by this Agreement and shall be liable
for  and  pay  to  the Company 100% of all losses incurred in connection
with  the risks covered by this Agreement including, but not limited to,
judgments  and  settlements  and  all  interest  on said judgments.  The
Reinsurer shall also pay to the Company, or to the Program Administrator
on  behalf of the Company, an amount equal to 7% of ceded earned premium
to  cover  loss adjustment expenses, except that the Reinsurer shall pay
to  the  Company,  or  to  the  Program  Administrator  on behalf of the
Company, 100% of the following:<PAGE>
 1.  Legal Fees;
      2.  Court reporter fees, unless used by an adjuster in the
investigation of claims;
 3.  Court costs;
 4.  Expert witness fees;
 5.  Expert testimony fees;
 6.  Commercial photographs requested by an attorney and will include
photographs taken by the adjuster or commercial photographs requested by
the adjuster while investigating the claim;
 7.  Court maps or any diagram drawn to scale by a professional map
maker;
 8.  Fees for medical examinations and reports;
 9.  Private detectives or investigators  fees; and
10.  Medical audits.
<PAGE>
11.Appraisal fees.  However, it is understood that the cost for the
first 25 appraisal fees emanating from a single occurrence are included
in the 7% expense allowance referenced above.

The  Reinsurer shall also pay 100% of costs, expenses and fees resulting
from  a  declaratory judgment or injunctive action brought by an insured
or  other  person.   The Reinsurer shall, on the other hand, be credited
with 100% of any amount received by the Company as salvage or recovery.

15.02     The  Reinsurer  s  share  of losses, expense and loss recovery
shall  be  carried  into  the  monthly accounting for which provision is
hereinbefore  made.  When, as a result of any one loss or other casualty
covered  by Policies of the Company, the total amount of such loss shall
be  due  from  the  Reinsurer,  the Reinsurer upon demand by the Company
shall remit forthwith to the Company. 

15.03     The  Company will promptly notify the Reinsurer or the General
Agent of any claim, suit or action brought against the Company under any
of  the  Policies  when  actually  notified  of  a claim, suit or action
against  the  Company, and will promptly furnish to the Reinsurer or the
General   Agent   all   summons,   citations,   complaints,   petitions,
counterclaims  and other pleadings and legal instruments served upon the
Company  in  connection  therewith.  The Company hereby further empowers
the  Reinsurer  to  dispose of any salvage received as the result of any
loss  settlement  hereunder,  and  to  enforce  any right of the Company
against  any  person or organization for damages or equitable relief for
any  loss  under  any  of  the  Policies,  employing legal counsel where
necessary,  and all sums received as a result thereof will be treated as
current  loss  recoveries  by  the  Company  and Reinsurer.  The Company
further  agrees  to furnish the Reinsurer, on request, any and all legal
instruments  necessary  to implement the foregoing authorizations.  Upon
request, the Reinsurer shall furnish to the Company any or all documents
and correspondence relating to the subject matter hereof.

15.04     All  records  pertaining  to  claims  arising  under insurance
Policies issued on behalf of the Company through or by the General Agent
subject  to  this Agreement, shall be deemed to be jointly owned records
of  the  Company  and  the Reinsurer, and shall be made available to the
Company or the Reinsurer or their respective representatives or any duly
appointed  examiner  for  any  State within the United States; and these
records  shall  be  kept  in  the  State  of Texas.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  the  Reinsurer  is  authorized to maintain duplicate working
files  of all such records outside the State of Texas.  The Company, the
Reinsurer  and  the  General  Agent agree that they will not destroy any
such  records  in their possession without the prior written approval of
the  others,  except  that  the  Company shall not be required to retain
files longer than required by the guidelines set by the Texas Department
of Insurance.

15.05     The  Reinsurer  shall,  or  shall  cause  the General Agent to
establish  a  separate  claim  register  or  method  of recording claims
arising  under the Policies covered by this Agreement so that all claims
may  be  segregated and identified separate and apart from other records
of the Reinsurer or General Agent, with such claims register to identify
each  claim  on  an  individual  case  basis  both  as  to  identify the
insured(s)  and  the  claimant  and  the  reserve for loss and adjusting
expense. Such claim register shall be kept in a form whereby the Company
can,  at  any  time,  determine  the  status  of any claim arising under
<PAGE>
Policies  covered  by  this  Agreement.   Such records shall reflect the
amount  of  reserves  established  for the individual claim and the date
when such reserve was established, and if closed, whether such claim was
closed  with  or  without  payment, and if with payment, the amount paid
thereon.

15.06     The  General  Agent  will  advise  the  Reinsurer  by separate
report,  regardless  of any question of liability or coverage, any claim
involving the following:

     (a)  Fatalities.

     (b)  Bodily injuries involving:

          (i)  Brain stem, quadriplegic, paraplegic or severe paralysis;
          (ii) Serious burns;
          (iii)     Amputations of major limbs;
          (iv) Serious impairment of vision.

   (c)    Potential  coverage disputes or bad faith situations which may
give  rise to a payment for excess of Policy limits or extra contractual
obligations.

   (d)    Any  claims that do not fall within these categories, but have
a potential of significant liability to the Reinsurer.


                               ARTICLE XVI
                   LOSS IN EXCESS OF POLICY LIMITS/ECO

16.01     In  the  event  the  Company  pays or is held liable to pay an
amount  of  loss in excess of its Policy limit, but otherwise within the
terms  of  its  Policy  (hereinafter  called  "loss  in excess of Policy
limits")  or  any  punitive,  exemplary,  compensatory  or consequential
damages  other  than loss in excess of Policy limits (hereinafter called
"extra  contractual  obligations")  in  relation  to  handling  a  claim
reinsured  hereunder  or anything else related to the business reinsured
hereunder,  100%  of  the loss in excess of Policy limits and/or 100% of
the  extra contractual obligations shall be added to the Company's loss,
if  any,  under  the  Policy  involved,  and  the  sum  thereof shall be
reinsured 100% under this Agreement.

16.02     An  extra  contractual  obligation  shall  be  deemed  to have
occurred  on  the same date as the loss covered or alleged to be covered
under the Policy.

16.03     Notwithstanding  anything  stated herein, this Agreement shall
not  apply to any loss incurred by the Company as a result of any actual
fraud  and/or  violation  of  a  criminal  law  which  has  been finally
determined  by a court of competent jurisdiction after the exhaustion of
any appeals by an officer or director of the Company acting individually
or  collectively  in  collusion  with any individual, corporation or any
other  organization  or  party  involved in the presentation, defense or
settlement of any claim covered hereunder.
<PAGE>

                              ARTICLE XVII
                          ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

     The  Company  shall  not be prejudiced, in any way, by any omission
through  clerical  error, accident or oversight to cede to the Reinsurer
any reinsurance rightly falling under the terms of this Agreement, or by
erroneous  cancellation,  either partial or total, of any cession, or by
omission  to  report,  or by erroneously reporting any losses, or by any
other  error  or  omission,  but  any  such  error  or omission shall be
corrected immediately upon discovery.

                              ARTICLE XVIII
                            ACCESS TO RECORDS

     The Reinsurer or its duly appointed representatives shall have free
access  at any and all reasonable times to such books and records of the
Company  or  General Agent, its departmental or branch offices, as shall
reflect premium and loss transactions of the Company and/or the business
produced hereunder, for the purpose of obtaining any and all information
concerning  this Agreement or the subject matter thereof.  Likewise, the
Company  or its duly appointed representatives shall have free access at
any  and all reasonable times to such books and records of the Reinsurer
and/or  General  Agent,  its  departmental  or  branch  offices as shall
reflect premium and loss transactions of the Company and/or the business
produced hereunder, for the purpose of obtaining any and all information
concerning this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.


                               ARTICLE XIX
               REINSURER OR GENERAL AGENT SALE OR TRANSFER

     The Reinsurer or the General Agent agree to give the Company or its
designated agent, 90 days advance written notice of any sale or transfer
of such party's business, or such party's consolidation with a successor
firm, in order that the Company may, in its sole discretion:
     
(a)  Assign this Agreement to the successor; or

(b)  Enter into a new reinsurance agreement with the successor; or

(c)  Terminate  this  Agreement  as  provided in Section 5.02(g) of this
Agreement.


                               ARTICLE XX
                               INSOLVENCY

20.01     In  the  event  of insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance
shall be payable directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver,
conservator  or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the
Company  without  diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or
because  the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of
the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claims.

20.02     I t   is  agreed,  however,  that  the  liquidator,  receiver,
conservator  or  statutory  successor  of the Company shall give written
notice  to  the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Company
<PAGE>
indicating  the  Policy  or  bond  reinsured which claim would involve a
possible  liability on the part of the Reinsurer within thirty (30) days
after such claim is filed in the insolvency, conservation or liquidation
proceeding  or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such
claim,  the  Reinsurer may investigate such claims and interpose, at its
own  expense,  in  the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated,
any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its
liquidator,  receiver,  conservator  or statutory successor. The expense
thus  incurred  by  the  Reinsurer  shall  be chargeable, subject to the
approval  of  the  Court,  against the Company as part of the expense of
conservation  or  liquidation  to  the extent of a pro rata share of the
benefit  which  may  accrue  to  the  Company  solely as a result of the
defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

20.03     Where  two  or  more reinsurers are involved in the same claim
and a majority in interest elect to interpose defense to such claim, the
expense  shall  be  apportioned  in  accordance  with  the terms of this
Agreement as though such expense had been incurred by the Company.

20.04     It  is further understood and agreed that, in the event of the
insolvency of the Company, the reinsurance under this Agreement shall be
payable  directly  by the Reinsurer to the Company or to its liquidator,
receiver  or  statutory  successor, except (i) as provided by applicable
law,  (ii)  where  the  Agreement specifically provides another payee of
such reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the Company and (iii)
where  the  Reinsurer with the consent of the direct insured or insureds
has assumed such Policy obligations of the Company as direct obligations
of  the  Reinsurer to the payees under such Policies and in substitution
for the obligation of the Company to such payees.


                               ARTICLE XXI
                            THE GENERAL AGENT

21.01     The  Company, the Reinsurer and the General Agent have entered
into  a General Agency Agreement effective January 1, 1997 (the  General
Agency  Agreement  ),  a  complete  copy  of which is attached hereto as
Exhibit  A  and  fully  incorporated  herein  by  this  reference.   The
Reinsurer  has  selected  the  General  Agent to administer the business
reinsured  hereunder.   While for regulatory purposes, the General Agent
will  need to be appointed as the Company's agent, it is recognized that
the  General Agent is acting on behalf of the Reinsurer.  The Company is
making  no  evaluation  of  the General Agent's qualification and has no
obligation  to  audit or oversee the General Agent or furnish reports or
statistics  to the Reinsurer.  The Company shall file with the State all
reports  requested by the State based upon information received from the
General Agent.

21.02     The  Company will, at the request of the General Agent and the
Reinsurer,  appoint  producing  agents  to  produce business through the
General  Agent.    The  Company,  in  its sole discretion, may refuse to
appoint  any  such agent; provided, however, that such appointment shall
not  be unreasonably withheld.  The General Agent will not establish any
sub-general  agencies  or  any  agencies with the authority of a general
agency.    The  Reinsurer  shall  hold  the  Company  harmless  from and
indemnify  it  for  any  damage, liability, claim, expense, cost or fees
(including  attorneys   fees and expenses) of whatever kind or character
<PAGE>
caused directly or indirectly by any action of or failure to act, by any
such producing agent.

21.03     The  General Agent shall be responsible for the control of the
producing  agents  appointed  by  the  Company  at the request of and on
behalf  of the Reinsurer, including compliance with state licensing laws
and the financial condition of such agents.

21.04     The  Reinsurer  shall  guarantee payment to the Company of any
amounts  due  the  Company (or the Company s designated agent, TBA) from
business  produced by and/or policies issued by or through the producing
agents  appointed  by the Company at the request of and on behalf of the
General  Agent  and  the Reinsurer.  The Reinsurer and the General Agent
shall  be solely responsible for notifying such agents of this Agreement
and  of  any termination thereof, and the Reinsurer shall be responsible
for the consequences of any failure to provide such notification. 

21.05     The  General Agent shall not sue, or seek arbitration, against
the  Company  for any acts of the Reinsurer and shall indemnify and hold
the  Company  harmless  from  and  against  any damages, liabilities and
expenses incurred by reason of the Reinsurer s acts or failure to act. 

21.06     The  Company  shall conduct or have conducted the examinations
of  the  General Agent as provided in Section 5.13 of the General Agency
Agreement.   The examinations provided for herein shall be at no cost to
the  Company,  and  the  Reinsurer  shall indemnify and hold the Company
completely  harmless  as  respects  any liability, damage, charge, cost,
f i ne,  or  penalty,  the  Company  may  incur  as  a  result  of  such
examinations. 


                              ARTICLE XXII
                        HOLD HARMLESS PROVISIONS

22.01     In consideration of these presents and the reciprocal benefits
derived by the Company and the Reinsurer hereunder, the Reinsurer hereby
holds  the  Company  harmless from, and assumes all liability for, every
claim,  demand,  liability, loss, damage, cost, charge, attorneys  fees,
expense  of  suit,  order, judgment and adjudication of whatever kind or
character  incurred  by the Company in connection with this Agreement or
any  contract  or transaction related thereto, including but not limited
to  all  costs  and fees incurred by the Company in asserting its rights
hereunder,  in  connection  with or with respect to this Agreement.  The
Reinsurer  s  obligations  hereto  relate to, but are not limited to the
following:    all  liability  for  agents  balances, return premiums and
commissions;  deceptive  trade  practice  liability;  premiums,  100% of
Policy  fees, premium taxes or other charges (whether collected or not);
all actions or inactions by the intermediary identified in Article XXVI,
all actions or inactions by the General Agent or its sub-agents relating
to  this Agreement, the General Agency Agreement between the Company and
the  General Agent and any agreement with a premium finance company, all
a c t i o ns  or  inactions  of  the  Program  Administrator  under  the
Administrative  Services  Agreement,  and  all fees owing to the General
Agent under this and the aforementioned related agreements.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this provision shall not apply
to:
<PAGE>
     (a)  fraud, dishonesty, theft or collusion on part of any director,
officer or 
          employee of the Company or,

     (b)  Policies not reinsured hereunder, or

     (c)  the  Company's  failure to perform its duties and obligations
under this 
           Agreement due to the Company's willful misconduct.

22.02     In  the  event  any  provision,  term and/or condition of this
Agreement  is  inconsistent with the provisions, terms and/or conditions
of  Section 22.01 above, the provisions, terms and/or conditions of said
Section  22.01  shall  control  over  and  supersede  such  inconsistent
provisions, terms and/or conditions.

22.03     The  Company shall not be liable to the Reinsurer for premiums
unless  the  Company  itself  has  actually  received those premiums and
wrongfully  not  remitted  them  to the Reinsurer. The Reinsurer may not
offset  any  balances  on account of losses, loss adjustment expenses or
any  other  amounts  due  except as to premiums actually received by the
Company  itself  (as  distinct  from premiums not collected, or premiums
collected  by  the General Agent, or premium placed in the premium trust
account  pursuant to the General Agency Agreement) which have wrongfully
not been transmitted to the Reinsurer.

22.04     If  for  any  reason  the  General Agent fails or is unable to
administer  the  Policies  reinsured hereunder (whether the Agreement is
still  in  effect or the business is being run-off), the Reinsurer shall
appoint  a  party (acceptable and approved by the Company) to administer
the business and the Reinsurer shall be responsible for 100% of the cost
of  said  administration.  If  return premiums or other funds need to be
returned  to premium finance companies, Policyholders or sub-agents, the
Reinsurer shall pay these amounts if the General Agent does not.

22.05     The  Reinsurer shall not sue, or seek arbitration, against the
Company  for  any  acts  of  the  General Agent for any monies which the
General Agent owes unless the Company has actually received those monies
and has wrongfully not remitted them to the Reinsurer; and the Reinsurer
shall  indemnify  the  Company for any damages, liabilities and expenses
incurred  by  reason of the General Agent's acts or failure to act.  The
Company  is  not responsible for any commissions or other monies payable
to  the  General Agent in connection with this Agreement and the General
Agent  shall  not  sue, or seek arbitration against, the Company for any
actions by, or debts owing from, the Reinsurer.  The Reinsurer shall not
seek  to  recover from, or offset against, the Company any sums, whether
premiums  or  other  monies,  which  the  General  Agent  was  unable or
unwilling to remit to the Company or the Reinsurer.

22.06     In the event the Reinsurer, or any agent appointed pursuant to
this  Agreement,  binds  the Company for insurance coverage on insurance
risks  which  are in excess of the policy limits set forth in Article I,
and/or  are  not  within  the  terms of business specified in Article I,
and/or  are  not within the territory specified in Article I, and/or are
not excluded under Article II, whether intentional or not, the Reinsurer
and  General  Agency will do such things and take such actions as may be
necessary to reduce the Company's exposure to such risks and to hold the
Company  harmless against any liability or loss which may be incurred by
<PAGE>
the  Company  in  excess  hereof.  At the Company s request, the General
Agent  in accordance with applicable law, and policy terms, shall cancel
or  not  renew  any  risk  bound  which  is not in conformance with this
Agreement.    Any  such  insurance  coverage  on  insurance  risks bound
contrary to the limitations which are in excess of the policy limits set
forth  in  Article  I,  and/or  are  not  within the classes of business
specified  in  Article  I, and/or are not within the territory specified
win Article I, and or are excluded under Article II, whether intentional
or not, shall be 100% reinsured and subject to this Agreement.
     

                              ARTICLE XXIII
                           REGULATORY MATTERS

23.01     It  is the Parties' understanding that the Texas Department of
Insurance  views  premiums  which are over 90 days due (aged by item and
effective  date) to the Company as non-admitted assets.  In confirmation
of  the  liabilities  assumed by the Reinsurer under this Agreement, the
Reinsurer  hereby  assumes  100% of all liability and responsibility for
all  premiums  in  the course of collection.  It is expressly agreed and
understood  that  the Company's liability to the Reinsurer shall be only
for  any  premium  actually  collected by the Company and wrongfully not
transmitted to the Reinsurer.

23.02     The  Reinsurer shall agree, at no cost to the Company, to take
those actions (including, but not limited to, modifications in how funds
are handled and how accounts are cleared and settled) and agree to those
arrangements  necessary  to  ensure  that the Company suffers no adverse
impact because of this reinsurance program and is in compliance with the
laws   of  the  State  of  Texas  and  regulations  promulgated  by  any
g o v ernmental  entity  thereof,  including  the  Texas  Department  of
Insurance, in so far as this reinsurance program is concerned.


                              ARTICLE XXIV
                LOSS AND UNEARNED PREMIUM RESERVE FUNDING

     In  the  event that either (i) the Texas Department of Insurance or
other  state insurance department having jurisdiction over the Company's
loss  reserves  and  unearned  premium reserves requires cancellation or
disallows  credit for this reinsurance or (ii) the Reinsurer s A.M. Best
rating  at  any  time  is  lower than A-, the Reinsurer will immediately
secure  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  via  a  security  fund
agreement  to  be  executed  by  the  Reinsurer  and  the Company, which
security  fund  agreement shall be in form and content acceptable to the
Company.


                               ARTICLE XXV
                               ARBITRATION

25.01     As  a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, in
the  event  of  any  dispute  or difference of opinion hereafter arising
between the Company and the Reinsurer with respect to this Agreement, or
with  respect  to  these  Parties'  obligations  hereunder, it is hereby
mutually  agreed  that  such  dispute  or difference of opinion shall be
submitted to arbitration.
<PAGE>
25.02     One  arbiter (an "Arbiter") shall be chosen by the Company and
one Arbiter shall be chosen by the Reinsurer and an umpire (an "Umpire")
shall  be chosen by the Arbiters, all of whom shall be active or retired
disinterested  executive  officers of property and casualty insurance or
reinsurance companies.

25.03     In  the  event  that a party fails to choose an Arbiter within
thirty  (30)  days  following  a  written request by either party to the
other  to  name  an  Arbiter,  the  party who has chosen its Arbiter may
choose  the  unchosen Arbiter.  Thereafter, the Arbiters shall choose an
Umpire  before entering upon arbitration.  If the Arbiters fail to agree
upon  the  selection  for  the  Umpire within thirty (30) days following
their  appointment,  each Arbiter shall name three nominees, of whom the
other shall decline two, and the decision shall be made by drawing lots.

25.04     Each  party  shall present its case to the Arbiters and Umpire
within a reasonable amount of time after selection of the Umpire, unless
the  period is extended by the Arbiters and the Umpire in writing and/or
at  a  hearing in Dallas, Texas.  The Arbiters and Umpire shall consider
this   Agreement  as  an  honorable  engagement,  as  well  as  a  legal
obligation,  and  they  are relieved of all judicial formalities and may
abstain  from  following  the  strict rules of law regarding entering of
evidence.    The  decision  in writing by a majority of the Arbiters and
Umpire  when  filed  with  the Parties shall be final and binding on the
parties. Judgment upon the final decision of the Arbiters and Umpire may
be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

25.05     In  the  event  of  a  dispute  between  the  Company  and the
Reinsurer  concerning  this  Agreement  and the General Agency Agreement
(regardless  of  whether  either  party  has  claims against the General
Agent),  the  entire dispute between the Company and the Reinsurer shall
be subject to arbitration as provided in this Article XXV.

25.06     The  costs  of  the  arbitration,  including  the  fees of the
arbitrators  and  the umpire, shall be borne equally unless the Arbiters
and Umpire shall decide otherwise.

25.07     This  Agreement  shall  be interpreted under the laws of Texas
and  the  arbitration  shall  be governed and conducted according to the
Texas General Arbitration Act.


                              ARTICLE XXVI
                              INTERMEDIARY

     Sedgwick   Re,  Inc.  is  hereby  recognized  as  the  Intermediary
n e g o t iating  this  Agreement  for  all  business  hereunder.    All
c o mmunications,   including   notices,   premium,   return   premiums,
commissions,  taxes, losses, loss adjustment expenses, salvages and loss
settlements  relating  thereto  shall  be  transmitted  to  the Company,
General  Agent  or  the Reinsurer through Sedgwick Re, Inc., 1501 Fourth
Avenue  Suite  1400, Seattle, Washington 98101.  Payments by the Company
and/or  the  General  Agent  to  the  Intermediary  shall  be  deemed to
constitute payments to the Reinsurer.   Payments by the Reinsurer to the
Intermediary shall be deemed to constitute payment to the Company and/or
the General Agent only to the extent such payments are actually received
by the Company and/or General Agent.
<PAGE>

                              ARTICLE XXVII
                             SAVINGS CLAUSE

     If  any law or regulation of any Federal, State or local Government
of  the  United  States  of  America,  or the ruling of officials having
supervision  over insurance companies, should prohibit or render illegal
this  Agreement,  or  any  portion  thereof,  as  to risks or properties
located in the jurisdiction of such authority, either the Company or the
Reinsurer  may upon written notice to the other suspend or abrogate this
Agreement  insofar  as  it relates to risks or properties located within
such jurisdiction to such extent as may be necessary to comply with such
law, regulations or ruling.  Such illegality, shall in no way affect any
other  portion  thereof, provided however, that the Reinsurer or Company
may  terminate  or  suspend  this Agreement insofar as it relates to the
business to which such law or regulation may apply.


                             ARTICLE XXVIII
                              MISCELLANEOUS

28.01     This  Agreement has been made and entered into in the State of
Texas and the Agreement shall be subject to and construed under the laws
of  the  State  of Texas.  This Agreement shall be deemed performable at
the  Company's  administrative  office  in  Fort Worth, Texas, and it is
agreed  that the venue of any controversy arising out of this Agreement,
or any breach thereof, shall be in Dallas County, Texas.

28.02     All  notices required to be given hereunder shall be deemed to
have  been duly given by personally delivering such notice in writing or
by  mailing  it,  Certified Mail, return receipt requested, with postage
prepaid.    Any  Party may change the address to which notices and other
communications  hereunder  are  to  be  sent to such Party by giving the
other Party written notice thereof in accordance with this provision.

28.03     All acts and payments under this Agreement are performable and
payable  at  the  offices  of the Company in Fort Worth, Tarrant County,
Texas.    The address of the Company, for the purpose of this Agreement,
is  8200  Anderson Boulevard, Fort Worth, Texas,  76120.  The address of
the  Reinsurer for the purposes of this Agreement is as set forth on the
their  applicable signature page executed by the Reinsurer in connection
with  this  Agreement.  The address of the General Agent for the purpose
of  this Agreement is in care of American Hallmark General Agency, Inc.,
14651 Dallas Parkway, Suite 900, Dallas, Texas  75240.

28.04     This  Agreement  shall  be  binding  upon  the Parties hereto,
together  with  their respective successors and permitted assigns.  None
of  the  Reinsurer,  the  General Agent or the Program Administrator may
assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the
prior written consent of the Company.

28.05     This  Agreement  may  be executed in one or more counterparts,
each  of  which  shall  be deemed an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.

28.06     This  Agreement  may be amended, modified or supplemented only
by a written instrument executed by all Parties hereto.
<PAGE>
28.07     This Agreement is the entire agreement between the Parties and
supersedes  any  and  all  previous  agreements,  written  or  oral, and
amendments thereto.

28.08     A  waiver  by  the  Company, Reinsurer or General Agent of any
breach  or  default  by  the  other party under this Agreement shall not
constitute  a  continuing  waiver  or  a  waiver  by  the Company or the
Reinsurer of any subsequent act in breach or of default hereunder.

28.09     Headings  used  in  this  Agreement are for reference purposes
only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

28.10     The  Parties hereto intend all provisions of this Agreement to
be enforced to the fullest extent permitted. Accordingly, should a court
of  competent jurisdiction or arbitration panel determine that the scope
of  any  provision  is  too broad to be enforced as written, the Parties
intend  that  the court or arbitration panel should reform the provision
to  such narrower scope as it determines to be enforceable under present
or  future law; such provision shall be fully severable;  this Agreement
shall  be  construed  and  enforced  as  if  such  illegal,  invalid, or
unenforceable  provision  were  never  a  part hereof; and the remaining
provisions  of  this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and
shall  not  be  affected  by  the  illegal,  invalid,  or  unenforceable
provision or by its severance.

28.11     This  Agreement  is not exclusive and the Company reserves the
right  to  appoint  or  contract  with  other  reinsurers, agents and/or
managing agents in the territory covered by this Agreement.

28.12     T h e   Reinsurer  or  General  Agent  shall  not  insert  any
advertisement respecting the Company or the business to be written under
this  Agreement  in  any  publication  or  issue  any  circular or paper
referring  to  the  Company or such business without first obtaining the
written consent of the Company. The Reinsurer and/or General Agent shall
establish  and  maintain  records of any such advertising as required by
Texas statute and regulation.

28.13     Policy  cancellations  at  the  Company's request will be made
strictly  subject  to requirements imposed by the Company's underwriting
rules and practices or the Reinsurer's underwriting rules and practices,
as  approved  by the Company, and in compliance with applicable statutes
and   regulations  and  the  applicable  provisions  contained  in  this
Agreement  and  the pertinent Policy.  Such cancellation authority shall
be  exercised  only for causes inherent in the particular risk and shall
not  be  construed  as  authority  to  make  general  or  indiscriminate
cancellations  or  replacement  of  the  Policies  with those of another
Company,  except  upon  specific  written instructions from the Company.
When  directed  by  the  Company, the Reinsurer and/or the General Agent
will  cancel  any  and  all  Policies  produced by it for any reason the
Company deems necessary.

28.14     This  Agreement  shall  be  interpreted  in  conformance  with
applicable  Texas  law  and  regulation.  If it is found or ordered by a
court or regulatory body that a term or provision of this Agreement does
not  conform  to  such  law  or  regulation then this Agreement shall be
deemed to be amended and modified in accordance with such law.  However,
where  this  Agreement  is  found  not  to comply with applicable law or
<PAGE>
regulation,  the  Company  may  in  its  sole  discretion terminate this
Agreement immediately and without prior notice.

28.15     The Company agrees that the Reinsurer and/or the General Agent
shall have the right, with the approval of the Company, to determine the
rates  and  prepare  the  rate filing for the Company to file during the
term of this Agreement and during the term of the run-off.

                              ARTICLE XXIX
                         T.B.A. INSURANCE, INC.

29.01     The   Company  has  contracted  with  TBA  as  its  designated
intermediate agent to perform certain duties on the Company s behalf and
to issue certain checks on behalf of the Company in exchange for certain
fees.    The Reinsurer agrees that TBA is to bear no business, credit or
insurance  risk  and  can  bear no liability whatsoever to the Reinsurer
save  liability  for  any  actual  fraud or violation of criminal law it
commits,  which  has  been  finally  determined  by a court of competent
jurisdiction after the exhaustion of any appeals.  TBA shall receive all
the  protections  from  liability  which  are  contained  herein for the
benefit of the Company.

                               ARTICLE XXX

         PARTICIPATION:  100% QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT
                       EFFECTIVE: January 1, 1997

This  Agreement  obligates  the  Reinsurer for 100% of the interests and
liabilities set forth under this Agreement.

I N    W I TNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto,  by  their  authorized
representatives, have executed this Agreement as of the date first above
mentioned:

In Midland, Michigan, this                  day of                       
                       , 1996.

                         DORINCO REINSURANCE COMPANY
                         Midland, Michigan


                         By_________________________________
                                   (signature)

                          ___________________________________
                                     (name)

                          ___________________________________
                                       (title)
<PAGE>
     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Parties  hereto  by  their respective duly
authorized  representatives  have  executed  this Agreement as of the dates
first above mentioned.

     DATED: ________________       STATE AND COUNTY MUTUAL FIRE            
                                                                           
 INSURANCE COMPANY

                              BY:___________________________

                              ITS:__________________________


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Parties  hereto  by  their respective duly
authorized  representatives  have  executed  this Agreement as of the dates
first above mentioned.


     DATED: ________________       VAUGHN GENERAL AGENCY, INC.
                              BY: __________________________
     
                              ITS: _________________________


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Parties  hereto  by  their respective duly
authorized  representatives  have  executed  this Agreement as of the dates
first above mentioned.

     DATED: ________________       AMERICAN HALLMARK                       
                                                                           
         GENERAL AGENCY, INC.

                              BY: __________________________
     
                              ITS: _________________________


                         GENERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT


     THIS GENERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and
     entered into as of the first day of January, 1997, by and among
     DORINCO REINSURANCE COMPANY, an insurance company organized under
     the laws of the State of Michigan ("Reinsurer"), STATE AND COUNTY
     MUTUAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, an insurance company organized under
     the laws of the State of Texas ("Company"), and VAUGHN GENERAL
     AGENCY, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State
     of Texas ("General Agent");


                          W I T N E S S E T H:


          THAT, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter
     contained and upon the terms and conditions hereinbelow set forth,
     the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                PREAMBLE

          The Company, the Reinsurer, the General Agent and American
     Hallmark General Agency, Inc. ( Program Administrator ) have
     entered into that certain 100% Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement
     dated as of January 1, 1997, a true and complete copy of which is
     attached hereto as Exhibit A and fully incorporated herein by this
     reference (the "Reinsurance Agreement"), which Reinsurance
     Agreement requires the appointment of the General Agent to perform
     certain specified acts on behalf of the Company and Reinsurer.  The
     General Agent desires to perform the functions and duties necessary
     under the Reinsurance Agreement.  It is therefore mutually agreed
     by the parties that the General Agent will perform all functions
     necessary for the production, service, management and loss
     adjustment of policies issued under the Reinsurance Agreement in
     accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein and
     herein.  To the extent that there is any conflict between the terms
     of this Agreement and the Reinsurance Agreement, the Reinsurance
     Agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding any provisions to the
     contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other document, it is
     expressly understood that the execution and delivery of this
     Agreement and the Company's performance hereunder shall not under
     any circumstances be interpreted to affect, weaken or modify the
     Reinsurer's obligation to indemnify and hold the Company harmless
     of all business, credit and insurance risks as set forth in the
     Reinsurance Agreement.  The contractual assumption by the Reinsurer
     of all of these risks in the Reinsurance Agreement, along with the
     contractual assumption by the Program Administrator of certain
     duties under the related Administrative Services Agreement (as such
     term is defined in the Reinsurance Agreement), are conditions
     precedent to the Company's entering into this Agreement with the
     General Agent.
<PAGE>
                                ARTICLE I
                         APPOINTMENT AND DUTIES

     1.01 The Company, at the direction of the Reinsurer, hereby
     appoints the General Agent as its managing general agent for the
     purpose of producing and handling the business which is the subject
     of the Reinsurance Agreement issued or renewed on or after the
     effective date of this Agreement.  The Company, at the request of
     the Reinsurer, hereby grants authority to the General Agent to
     solicit, accept and receive applications for such classes of
     coverage as are specified in the Reinsurance Agreement; to secure,
     at its own expense, reasonable underwriting information through
     reporting agencies or other appropriate sources relating to each
     risk insured; to issue, renew and countersign policies,
     certificates, endorsements and binders which the Company may, from
     time to time, authorize to be issued, delivered, renewed and
     countersigned; and to collect and receipt for the premiums thereon
     and therefor; and to perform such other duties as are generally
     required of agents and general agents.

     1.02 All activities of the General Agent pursuant to this Agreement
     shall be in strict compliance with the terms of the Reinsurance
     Agreement and all rules, regulations and instructions of the
     Company, including, but not limited to, all rules, instructions and
     specifications included in the Company's rate manuals, rate
     brochures and rate schedules.

     1.03 The Company, at the Reinsurer's request, further authorizes
     the General Agent to perform all acts and duties under policies of
     insurance issued by the Company as would otherwise be performed by
     the Company, including, but not limited to, properly sending and/or
     receiving reports and notices, remitting and/or receiving monies
     due from or to the Company, and adjusting and paying losses or
     other claims.  The Company grants to the General Agent the
     authority to settle claims on behalf of the Company. However, the
     maximum dollar amount of such authority per claim shall not exceed
     $30,000.  For claims settlement in excess of $30,000, the General
     Agent may only settle such claims with prior approval of the
     Company and Reinsurer.  The Company retains final authority to
     determine any disputes relating to claims settlement and setting of
     loss reserves.  In performing each of the acts mentioned above, the
     General Agent shall be under the direct supervision and control of
     the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer shall be solely responsible for
     the acts of the General Agent. While there are acts of the General
     Agent which may be required by the State of Texas or any regulatory
     agency thereof to be performed on behalf of the Company, the
     Reinsurer shall remain ultimately responsible for such acts and
     will indemnify and hold the Company completely harmless for any
     damage, cost, liability, expense and/or loss (including attorneys'
     fees and expenses) incurred by the Company as respects such acts of
     the General Agent.  The General Agent must send to the Company a
     report, within thirty (30) days of determination, that a claim (i)
     involves a coverage dispute; (ii) involves a demand in excess of
     policy limits; (iii) alleges bad faith; (iv) alleges a violation of
     the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act; or (v) alleges a violation
     of the Texas Insurance Code, Article 21.21 (Unfair Competition and
     Unfair Practices).
<PAGE>
     1.04 The Company, at the Reinsurer s request, authorizes the
     Program Administrator to manage the claims adjustment for all
     losses for policies issued hereunder.  The Program Administrator is
     authorized to have claims adjusted through independent claims
     adjusters, subject to the supervision of the Reinsurer.  The
     selection of independent claims adjusters shall be subject to prior
     written approval of the Reinsurer and Company.  Such independent
     claims adjusters are not the agents of the Company and the Company
     shall be held harmless and indemnified by the Reinsurer for any
     liability, claim, demand, expense and/or cost of whatever kind or
     character as a result of, related to or connected with any action
     or inaction of such claims adjusters.

     1.05 The Company shall not be responsible for the General Agent's
     expenses and costs, including, but not limited to, salaries,
     bonuses, rentals, transportation facilities, clerk hire,
     solicitors' fees, postage, advertising, exchange, personal license
     fees, adjustment by the General Agent of losses under policies
     issued by the General Agent, or any other agency expenses
     whatsoever.  The General Agent's sole compensation shall be the fee
     agreed to by the Reinsurer and the General Agent as provided in
     Section 3.01 of this Agreement.

     1.06 The General Agent understands and agrees that it has no power
     or authority granted to it by the Company independent of the
     Reinsurance Agreement, and that this Agreement and the General
     Agent's authority hereunder shall cease immediately upon
     termination, for any reason, of this Agreement or of the
     Reinsurance Agreement (excepting only the General Agent's
     responsibilities with regard to run-off and other matters as set
     forth herein or in the Reinsurance Agreement).

     1.07 The General Agent shall not have the power to accept or bind
     risk other than as set forth herein, as set forth in the
     Reinsurance Agreement or as may be subsequently authorized by the
     Company and Reinsurer in writing.  The General Agent may not bind
     or cede reinsurance or retrocessions on behalf of the Company, may
     not commit the Company to participation in insurance or reinsurance
     syndicates, and may not commit the Company to a claim settlement
     with a reinsurer without the prior written approval of the Company. 
     If such prior written approval is given, the General Agent shall
     forward promptly a report to the Company concerning such
     transaction and/or payment.  The Company hereby authorizes the
     General Agent to collect payments for losses and loss adjustment
     expenses from a reinsurer.  The General Agent shall send a report
     to the Company concerning such transactions promptly.

     1.08 The General Agent acknowledges that this Agreement shall not
     become effective until the General Agent is duly appointed by the
     Company and on file with the Texas Department of Insurance.  The
     General Agent agrees that any producing agent receiving commission
     pursuant to this Agreement shall first be duly appointed by the
     Company and said appointment on file with the Texas Department of
     Insurance.  The General Agent further agrees to be responsible for
     the payment of any penalty assessed to the Company for any
     violation by the General Agent or any producing agent appointed by
     the General Agent pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof
     of any license or appointment provision of the Texas Insurance Code
<PAGE>     
     or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  If the
     General Agent fails to pay such penalty, the Reinsurer shall pay it
     immediately upon notification by the Company (either orally or in
     writing) of the General Agent's failure to pay such penalty.

     1.09 It is understood that the Reinsurer has acknowledged that the
     Company shall not be required to monitor the General Agent's
     compliance with the terms of either the Reinsurance Agreement or
     this Agreement and the Reinsurer shall be responsible for
     monitoring the General Agent's compliance with the Reinsurance
     Agreement and this Agreement.

     1.10 The authority and limitations of the General Agent to issue
     policies are as follows:

          (a)  the maximum annual premium volume the General Agent may
               produce under this General Agency Agreement is $12
               million;

          (b)  the basis of the rates charged are as provided in the
               Company's rate manuals, rate brochures and rate schedules
               which the General Agent shall follow;

          (c)  the only classes of business the General Agent is
               authorized to produce and handle under this Agreement are
               the classes of business specified in the Reinsurance
               Agreement;
               
          (d)  the maximum limits of liability for policies to be
               produced pursuant to this Agreement are set forth in the
               Reinsurance Agreement;

          (e)  the General Agent may issue policies under this Agreement
               only to insureds domiciled in the State of Texas; but
               this limitation shall not apply to losses if said
               policies provide coverage outside the aforesaid
               territorial limit;

          (f)  the General Agent shall only cancel policies as set forth
               in the policy form for the policies produced hereunder or
               as otherwise permitted by the laws of the State of Texas;

          (g)  the maximum term for any policy issued hereunder shall be
               twelve (12) months;

          (h)  the General Agent shall employ all reasonable and
               appropriate measures to control and keep a record of the
               issuance of the Company's insurance policies hereunder,
               including, but not limited to, keeping records of policy
               numbers issued and maintaining policy inventories;

          (i)  the excluded risks are those set forth in the Reinsurance
               Agreement.

     In underwriting policies, the General Agent shall follow the
     underwriting guidelines developed by the General Agent, the
     Reinsurer and the Company, and these guidelines are herein
     incorporated by reference.
<PAGE>
                               ARTICLE II
                                PREMIUMS

     2.01 It is expressly agreed and understood that all premiums
     collected by the General Agent are collected on behalf of the
     Company;  that such premiums are the property of the Company;  and
     that the General Agent has no interest in the premiums collected by
     it.  All premiums collected by the General Agent on the business
     produced under the Reinsurance Agreement shall be deposited in a
     bank account separate and apart from all other bank accounts of the
     General Agent which (i) reflects ownership of the account by the
     Company and (ii) is otherwise maintained in accordance with the
     requirements of Article 21.07-3, Section 3C of the Texas Insurance
     Code.  The only disbursements from such account shall be the
     payment of claims, claims expenses, return premiums and commission
     due the General Agent as authorized herein and in the Reinsurance
     Agreement and remittance of premiums to the Reinsurer.  The General
     Agent shall not make personal use of any funds in this separate
     account.  The commissions payable to the General Agent are debts
     due to the General Agent by the Reinsurer and the privilege herein
     granted of deducting commissions from said premiums should not be
     taken as a waiver by the Company of its exclusive ownership rights
     of premiums as provided herein.  Should any dispute arise between
     the Company, the Reinsurer and/or the General Agent regarding
     payment of premium, the General Agent shall remit immediately all
     money and property, without deductions for commissions, to the
     segregated account with full reservation of any and all rights
     reserved by the parties.

     2.02 The General Agent shall furnish to the Company and Reinsurer
     all necessary premium and loss data (in a form acceptable to the
     Reinsurer and the Company) no later than forty-five (45) days
     following the end of the month during which the business is written
     or losses are incurred to enable the Company to record statistics
     required by statutes, regulation or upon call by authorities having
     competent jurisdiction.  Such data shall include, but is not
     limited to, premiums written and unearned premium.  Said data shall
     be segregated by lines of insurance and location of risk.

     2.03 The keeping of an account with the General Agent on the
     Company's books as a creditor and debtor account is declared a
     record memorandum of business transacted and neither such keeping
     of an account, nor alteration in commission rate, nor failure to
     enforce prompt remittance or compromise or settlement or
     declaration of balance of account, shall be held to waive assertion
     of the trust relation as to premiums collected by the General
     Agent.

     2.04 The General Agent shall be liable for the payment of all
     original and advance premiums upon all policies of insurance
     written through the General Agent or any sub-agents of the General
     Agent.
<PAGE>
     2.05 The General Agent shall remit to the Reinsurer any funds of or
     due to the Company under this Agreement at the earlier of the
     following:  (1) forty-five (45) days from the end of the month in
     which collected premium is recorded;  or (2) ninety (90) days from
     the end of the month in which the coverage under this Agreement is
     issued.

     2.06 The General Agent shall hold all funds of or due the Company
     in a fiduciary capacity.

                               ARTICLE III
                    COMPENSATION TO THE GENERAL AGENT

     3.01 The Reinsurer shall allow the General Agent in full
     compensation for all services rendered and in full reimbursement
     for all expenditures made by the General Agent the fee specified in
     Article XI of the Reinsurance Agreement.  The Reinsurer shall pay
     the Company directly its ceding fee as specified in the Reinsurance
     Agreement (Article X), and the amounts for assignments,
     assessments, premium taxes, fines and penalties as specified in the
     Reinsurance Agreement (Articles X and XIII).  The General Agent
     shall not be required to return, as commission or return
     commission, monies greater than the total commission paid or
     otherwise payable to the General Agent.

     3.02 The Company shall not be liable for or responsible for any
     commissions or other monies payable to the General Agent in
     connection with this Agreement or the Reinsurance Agreement. The
     General Agent shall not sue or seek arbitration against the Company
     for any actions by, or debts owing from, the Reinsurer.

     3.03 In the event the Company or the Reinsurer, during the
     continuance of this Agreement or after its termination, refunds
     premiums under any policy of insurance by reasons of cancellation
     or otherwise, the General Agent agrees immediately to return to the
     Reinsurer the commission previously received by it on the portion
     of the premium refunded.

                               ARTICLE IV
                               SUB-AGENTS

     4.01 The General Agent may appoint such producing agents as shall
     be reasonably approved by the Reinsurer and the Company.  The
     General Agent may not terminate the appointment of such agents
     without the written authorization of the Company.

     4.02 The General Agent and the Reinsurer shall comply with, and
     shall be responsible to insure the compliance by all such producing
     agents with, the terms of this Agreement and the Reinsurance
     Agreement and all other written rules and regulations of the
     Company, and treat as confidential and use only in the interest of
     the Company all instructions, information and materials received
     from the Company.

     4.03 The General Agent and Reinsurer shall be solely responsible
     for the performances of any producing agents under all of the terms
     and provisions hereof, including, but not limited to, the
     collections of premiums and refunds of premiums.
<PAGE>
     4.04 Each such producing agent must receive a Class II appointment
     as an agent of the Company through the appropriate regulatory body
     of Texas as provided by law, before any application shall be
     accepted from him or other insurance performances on behalf of the
     Company are performed.  The Reinsurer and General Agent shall be
     ultimately responsible for the obligation of the producing agent to
     obtain a Class II appointment as provided herein.  The General
     Agent shall have each producing agent appointed with the Company.

     4.05 It is also specified that the General Agent and the Reinsurer
     shall be solely responsible for all commissions payable to any
     producing agents.  The Reinsurer, General Agent and any producing
     agent shall not seek to hold the Company liable through litigation,
     arbitration or otherwise for commissions payable to such producing
     agents.

     4.06 The Company, in its sole discretion with or without cause, and
     without prior written notice, may terminate the appointment of any
     producing agent.

                                ARTICLE V
                       ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF AGENT

     5.01 The General Agent shall, at all times during the period of
     this Agreement, comply with all laws of the State of Texas and all
     orders, policy decisions or other requirements of the Texas
     Department of Insurance.

     5.02 All books, records, accounts, documents and correspondence of
     the General Agent and any producing agent pertaining to the
     Company's and Reinsurer's business shall, at all times, be open to
     examination by any authorized representative of the Company,
     Reinsurer or Program Administrator.  The General Agent shall make
     copies of records available upon request by the Company, Reinsurer
     or Program Administrator, whether such request is before or after
     termination of this Agreement or the Reinsurance Agreement.  The
     General Agent must maintain separate records of business,
     including, but not limited to, underwriting files for each insurer
     for whom it acts as a general agent pursuant to the Texas Insurance
     Code, Article 21.07-3, Section 3C(b) or any amendment or successor
     thereto.  Such records must be maintained for five (5) years or
     until the completion of a financial examination by the insurance
     department of the state in which the Company is domiciled,
     whichever is longer.

     5.03 The General Agent shall maintain adequate accounting
     procedures and systems, at no cost or expense to the Company, and
     shall provide statistics in a timely manner for all reporting
     requirements under the Reinsurance Agreement or as shall be
     required from time to time by the regulatory authorities of the
     State of Texas or any other governmental agency or authority.  Such
     statistical information shall be provided to the Company by the
     General Agent at the General Agent's sole cost and expense.
     
     5.04 The General Agent shall forward to the Company and Program
     Administrator, no later than forty-five (45) days from the close of
     the month being accounted for, a report in detail of all policies
     of insurance written or placed, or liability increased or
<PAGE>     
     decreased, or policies continued or renewed or canceled by or
     through the General Agent during the month being accounted for,
     which shall include all premiums due thereon whether collected or
     not.  Such report shall show the net amount due to the Company and
     Reinsurer on all such business on the lines of business authorized
     to be written by the General Agent and the amounts paid in losses,
     loss adjustment expenses and commissions.  Such report shall also
     include, to the extent not already included, both insurance and
     reinsurance transactions and all transactions pursuant to Texas
     Insurance Code, Article 21.07-3, Section 3C(a) including:

          (i)   statement of written, earned and unearned premiums;

          (ii)  losses and loss expenses outstanding;

          (iii) losses incurred but not reported; and

          (iv)  any management fees.

     The report shall be received by or confirmed to the Company no
     later than forty-five (45) days from the close of the month for
     which business is reported.  The Company shall maintain such
     account reports on file for at least three (3) years and shall make
     the account reports available to the Commissioner of Insurance of
     the State of Texas (the "Commissioner") for review upon request.

     5.05 The General Agent shall account for and furnish to the
     Company, upon request, complete copies of all policies issued,
     copies of all spoiled, voided or otherwise unissued policies, and
     copies of all claim files created with respect to all loss
     occurrences under any policy issued under this Agreement.

     5.06 The title of all undelivered policies, books, supplies, or
     other property related to the reinsured business is in the Company,
     and these shall be delivered to the Company by the General Agent
     immediately upon the termination of this Agreement.  The General
     Agent agrees to surrender peaceably the same without compelling the
     Company to resort to any legal proceedings whatsoever.

     5.07 The General Agent shall not insert any advertisement
     respecting the Company or the business to be written under this
     Agreement and/or the Reinsurance Agreement in any publication or
     issue any circular or paper referring to the Company or such
     business without first obtaining the written consent of the
     Company. The General Agent shall establish and maintain records of
     any such advertising as required by Texas statute and regulation.

     5.08 The General Agent shall maintain on behalf of the Company and
     Reinsurer complete copies of all policies issued hereunder and
     copies of all claim files created with respect to all loss
     occurrences thereunder.  Any or all policies and/or claim files
     required to be maintained by General Agent pursuant to this Section
     5.08 may be maintained in electronic data storage form accessible
     by computer and if so stored in this fashion, no physical copy of
     such items need be maintained.  Where electronic claims files are
     maintained by the General Agent, any data from such files requested
     or required by the Company shall be provided within thirty (30)
     days or less if so requested by the Company.
<PAGE>
     5.09 The General Agent shall pay to the Reinsurer the positive
     balance, if any, no later than forty-five (45) days following the
     end of the month during which the business was written, of net
     collected premiums hereunder (being defined as premiums collected
     less return premiums) less the General Agent's commissions and less
     loss adjustment expenses and loss payments. Should such balance be
     a negative amount, the Reinsurer shall promptly pay the General
     Agent upon receipt and verification of the amount due as reported
     by the General Agent.

     5.10 The General Agent shall be solely responsible for procuring
     and renewal, extension, or new policy or insurance that may be
     required by any state or rule or regulation of any State Insurance
     Department with respect to policies originally written directly for
     the Company.  The General Agent and Reinsurer shall indemnify the
     Company and hold it harmless from any loss, damage, cost, claim or
     expense whatsoever that the Company may incur, or for which it may
     become liable, as a result of the said General Agent's failure,
     refusal or neglect to fulfill said responsibility.
 
     5.11 The General Agent agrees that its duties and obligations under
     this Agreement shall be due and owing also to the Company's and
     Reinsurer's successors and assigns.

     5.12 Nothing in this Article V shall be construed as requiring the
     Company to monitor the book of business which is the subject of the
     Reinsurance Agreement for the benefit of the Reinsurer.

     5.13 At no expense to the Company, the Company shall conduct or
     cause to be conducted a semi-annual examination of the General
     Agent, in compliance with 28 TAC Sec. 19.1204(b)(19).  Furthermore, if
     the Company's aggregate premium volume increases by thirty (30)
     percent in any thirty (30) day period, at no expense to the
     Company, the Company shall examine or cause to be examined within
     ninety (90) days the General Agent if it writes more than twenty
     (20) percent of the Company's volume and has also experienced a
     twenty (20) percent increase in premium volume during that same
     thirty (30) day period in compliance with 28 TAC Sec. 19.1204(b)(19).

     The examinations required under the preceding paragraph shall
     adequately provide the Commissioner with the information outlined
     in (a) through (e) below, shall be made available to the
     Commissioner for review, shall remain on file with the Company for
     a minimum of three (3) years and shall, at a minimum, contain
     information concerning the following:

          (a)  claims procedures of the General Agent;

          (b)  timeliness  of  claims  payments by the General Agent
               (i.e., lag time between date claim is reported and date
               claim is paid);

          (c)  timeliness of premium reporting and collection by the
               General Agent;

          (d)  compliance by the General Agent with underwriting
               guidelines under Section 1.10 hereof; and
<PAGE>
          (e)  reconciliation of policy inventory.

     5.14 The General Agent shall return any unearned premium due
     insureds or other persons on the business which is the subject of
     the Reinsurance Agreement;  if for any reason, the General Agent
     does not return such unearned premium, then the Reinsurer shall pay
     such amount and/or amounts.

     5.15 The General Agent shall be duly licensed as a managing general
     agent as required under Texas law.
     
     5.16 Should the Texas Department of Insurance make a request to the
     Company for any data required to comply with a statistical plan
     and/or data call, the General Agent shall be solely responsible to
     provide the Company with such data.  Should the request from the
     Texas Department of Insurance require the Company to contract the
     services of an outside source, such as an actuarial firm, to
     compile the data required, the General Agent shall be responsible
     for its proportionate share of the total cost for services
     rendered.

                               ARTICLE VI
                          TERM AND TERMINATION

     6.01 The effective date of this Agency Agreement is 12:01 a.m.,
     Central Standard Time, on January 1, 1997, and shall remain
     continuously in force unless canceled as follows:

          (a)  This Agreement may be canceled by any party giving at
               least ninety (90) days prior written notice to the other
               parties.  Notice shall be provided by registered mail,
               return receipt requested, and notice shall be deemed to
               have been provided on the date of mailing.

          (b)  Immediately by mutual consent of the Company and
               Reinsurer.

          (c)  At any time, by the Company, without prior notice in the
               event of any other party declaring bankruptcy or being
               declared or found bankrupt or insolvent, or being the
               subject of a cease and desist order, corrective order, or
               being placed in, or subject to, a proceeding of
               supervision, conservation, rehabilitation or liquidation.

          (d)  Automatically and Immediately  in the event of the
               cancellation or non-renewal of the General Agent's
               license or certificate of authority issued by the Texas
               Department of Insurance.

          (e)  Immediately upon written notice by the Company, if the
               Reinsurer or General Agent is found to be insolvent by a
               State Insurance Department or court of competent
               jurisdiction, or is placed in supervision, conservation,
               rehabilitation, or liquidation, or has a receiver or
               supervisor appointed.  By the Reinsurer, upon thirty (30)
               days written notice, if the Company or General Agent is
               found to be insolvent by a State Insurance Department or
               court of competent jurisdiction, or is placed in
<PAGE>               
               supervision, conservation, rehabilitation or liquidation,
               or has a receiver or supervisor appointed.

          (f)  If the General Agent shall default in making remittance
               for net premiums then this Agreement shall be terminated
               according to the terms provided in Section 5.02(d) of the
               Reinsurance Agreement.

          (g)  If the General Agent shall defraud or attempt to defraud
               the Company;  or any policyholder, then the Company may
               at its sole discretion cancel this contract by giving the
               General Agent written notice of cancellation served
               personally or by mail, which shall be effective
               immediately.

          (h)  Automatically and immediately, without notice upon
               cancellation or termination of the Reinsurance Agreement,
               including, but not limited to, termination of the
               Reinsurance Agreement by the Company as provided in
               Section 5.02(f) of the Reinsurance Agreement.

          (i)  As provided in Section 9.11 of this Agreement.

     6.02 It is expressly agreed and understood that nothing in this
     paragraph authorizes the General Agent to write any new business
     under this Agreement should the Reinsurance Agreement terminate,
     except the business that is required to be renewed or issued
     because of applicable law or regulation, as provided in Article V
     of the Reinsurance Agreement (any such business which is issued
     because of the requirements of law or regulation is 100% reinsured
     under the Reinsurance Agreement, as provided in Article V of the
     Reinsurance Agreement).

     6.03 The Company shall have no liability to the General Agent
     and/or Reinsurer by virtue of the Company's termination of this
     Agreement as set forth in this Article; it being expressly
     understood that partial consideration for the Company's grant of
     agency authority to the General Agent is the General Agent's and
     Reinsurer's promise that the Company shall not be responsible for
     any damages which might arise by virtue of any termination of this
     Agreement.

     6.04 In the event of termination of this Agreement, after the
     General Agent having promptly accounted for and paid over premiums
     for which it may be liable, the General Agent's records, use and
     control of expirations shall remain the property of the General
     Agent and left in its undisputed possession.

     6.05 In the event that this Agreement is terminated, the General
     Agent, for no additional fee, shall have the authority (unless
     revoked by the Company at its sole discretion in which case the
     Reinsurer shall appoint a successor at no cost to the Company) as
     provided in this Agreement to continue to perform all of its duties
     under this Agreement on the remaining policies during the run-off
     period.  The General Agent's duties during the run-off period shall
     include handling and servicing of all policies through their
     natural expiration, together with any policy renewals required to
     be made by the provisions of applicable law, whether or not the
<PAGE>     
     effective date of such renewal is subsequent to the effective date
     of cancellation of this Agreement.  Further, upon termination of
     this Agreement, the General Agent shall not be relieved of or
     released from any obligation created by or under this Agreement in
     relation to payment, expenses, reports, accounting or handling,
     which relate to the outstanding insurance business under this
     Agreement existing on the date of such termination.  The Company,
     General Agent and Reinsurer will cooperate in handling all such
     business until the business has expired either by cancellation or
     by the terms of the policies and all outstanding losses and loss
     adjustment expenses have been settled.

     6.06 As the Reinsurance Agreement provides for termination on a
     run-off basis, the relevant provisions of this Agreement shall
     apply to business being run-off.  It is also expressly agreed that
     the terms, conditions and obligations of the Preamble and Articles
     II, IV and V, Sections 6.03, 6.04, 6.05, 6.06 and 6.07, Articles
     VII and VIII, and Section 9.11 herein shall survive termination of
     this Agreement.

     6.07 The Company may suspend the authority of the General Agent
     during the pendency of any dispute regarding any event of default
     by the General Agent.

                               ARTICLE VII
                         T.B.A. INSURANCE, INC.
         The Company has contracted with T.B.A. Insurance, Inc. ("TBA")
     to perform certain duties on the Company's behalf and to issue
     certain checks on behalf of the Company in exchange for certain
     fees.  The General Agent and Reinsurer agree that TBA is to bear no
     business, credit or insurance risk and no liability whatsoever to
     the General Agent.  TBA shall be and is hereby granted all
     protections from, and indemnities against, all liabilities which
     are contained herein for the benefit of the Company.

                              ARTICLE VIII
                    HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFICATION

          The General Agent agrees to and does hereby indemnify and hold
     the Company harmless from and against any and all actions, causes
     of actions, suits, arbitrations, or proceedings of any kind,
     liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs, or expenses (including
     attorneys' fees and expenses), incurred by the Company by reason
     of, arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement or any
     action taken or inaction by the General Agent in breach of the
     terms of this Agreement or the terms of the Reinsurance Agreement,
     or which is not in full compliance therewith.  If the General Agent
     does not indemnify and hold the Company harmless as provided in
     this Article VIII, the Reinsurer shall fulfill the obligations of
     the General Agent and make the payments required of the General
     Agent pursuant to this Article VIII.

                               ARTICLE IX
                              MISCELLANEOUS

     9.01 This Agreement has been made and entered into in the State of
     Texas and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
     laws of the State of Texas.
<PAGE>
     9.02 This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto,
     together with their respective successors and permitted assigns.

     9.03 This Agreement is not exclusive and the Company reserves the
     right to appoint other agents in the territory covered by this
     Agreement and the General Agent reserves the right to act as
     General Agent for other insurers or reinsurers.

     9.04 The Company shall have no right of control over the General
     Agent as to time, means or manner of the General Agent's conduct
     within the terms of the Agreement and the Reinsurance Agreement and
     the authority herein granted and nothing herein is intended or
     shall be deemed to constitute the General Agent an employee or
     servant of the Company.  The General Agent shall at all times be an
     independent contractor.

     9.05 This Agreement shall be deemed performable at the Company's
     administrative office in Fort Worth, Texas, and it is agreed that
     the venue of any controversy arising out of this Agreement, or for
     the breach thereof, shall be in Dallas County, Texas.

     9.06 Neither the Reinsurer nor the General Agent shall assign any
     of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior
     written consent of the Company.  No verbal modification will be
     recognized by any party hereto and this Agreement cannot be
     modified by any subsequent practices or course of dealing by the
     parties inconsistent herewith.  If the Company, the General Agent
     or Reinsurer shall fail to take advantage of a breach, if any, by
     another party of the terms, conditions, covenants, or any of them
     herein contained, such failure shall not be deemed to constitute,
     or be construed as, a waiver of any rights on the part of the
     General Agent, Company or Reinsurer to thereafter enforce any of
     the said terms, conditions or covenants.
     
     9.07 This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only
     by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto.  All such
     amendments or changes shall specify the effective date of such
     amendments or changes.

     9.08 This Agreement supersedes any and all provisions, terms and/or
     conditions of any other general agency agreements, whether oral or
     written, by between and among the parties.

     9.09 The General Agent shall notify the Company in writing within
     thirty (30) days when there is a change in the ownership of 10% or
     more of the outstanding stock in the General Agent or when there is
     any change in the General Agent's principal officers or directors.

     9.10 The General Agent shall not offset balances due under this
     Agreement against balances due or owing under any other contract.

     9.11 This Agreement shall be interpreted in conformance with
     applicable Texas law and regulation.  If it is found or ordered by
     a court or regulatory body that any provision or term of this
     Agreement does not conform to such law or regulation then this
     Agreement shall be deemed to be amended, and modified to be in
     accordance with such law.  However, where this Agreement is found
     not to comply with applicable law or regulations, the Company may
<PAGE>     
     in its sole discretion terminate this Agreement immediately and
     without prior notice.
              
             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto by their respective
     duly authorized representatives have executed this Agreement as of
     the date first above mentioned.


     DATED:                        STATE AND COUNTY MUTUAL FIRE
                                   INSURANCE COMPANY


                                   BY:                           

                                   ITS:                               


     DATED:                        VAUGHN GENERAL AGENCY, INC.


                                   BY:                           
     
                                   ITS:                               


     DATED:                        DORINCO REINSURANCE COMPANY


                                   BY:                           
     
                                   ITS:                               
                                   



                    ADMINISTRATIVE  SERVICES  AGREEMENT


This  Administrative  Services Agreement ("Agreement") is hereby entered
into  by  State  and  County  Mutual Fire Insurance Company ("Company"),
Vaughn  General  Agency,  Inc.  ("General Agent") and  American Hallmark
General Agency, Inc. ("Program Administrator").

WHEREAS,  Dorinco  Reinsurance  Company  ("Reinsurer"),  General  Agent,
Company  and  Program Administrator have entered into a 100% Quota Share
Reinsurance  Agreement  ("Reinsurance Agreement") and Reinsurer, Company
and  General  Agent  have  entered  into a General Agency Agreement ("GA
Agreement"),  of  which  both  agreements  are  incorporated  herein  by
reference,    by  which  General  Agent  shall produce private passenger
automobile  insurance  business on behalf of Company and Reinsurer shall
reinsure Company for 100% of the liability of said business.

WHEREAS,  the  Reinsurance  Agreement  requires Program Administrator to
perform  all  administrative functions for the aforementioned automobile
insurance  business  and  provides  for payment to Program Administrator
for,  among  other  things, loss adjustment administration, professional
consulting and other administrative services.

NOW THEREFORE the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:


             DUTIES  AND  FUNCTIONS OF PROGRAM ADMINISTRATOR

1.   The  establishment  of and maintenance of the bank account referred
     to  in  Article  II,  paragraph  2.01 of the GA Agreement ("Premium
     Account"). 

2.   The collection of premiums remitted by General Agent, sub-agents or
     insureds  on  insurance  business  written  under  the terms of the
     Reinsurance  Agreement.    Such  premiums shall be deposited to the
     Premium Account.

3.   Cash  disbursements  from  the  Premium Account. Such disbursements
     shall be limited to payment of claims, claims expenses, reinsurance
     premiums,  return  premiums,  cash  management  fees,  professional
     consulting  fees,  commissions due General Agent, premium taxes and
     fees  due  to  Company.    All  cash disbursements from the Premium
     Account are to be in compliance with those disbursements authorized
     by this Agreement, the Reinsurance Agreement and GA Agreement.

4.   The  selection, appointment, supervision and compensation of claims
     adjusting  firm(s) and/or independent claims adjusters, as provided
     for  in  Article  I,  paragraph 1.04 of the GA Agreement, to settle
     claims  on  business  written  under  the  terms of the Reinsurance
     Agreement.

5.   The  supervision  of  loss settlements and total responsibility for
     assuring  that  all  claims, on business written under the terms of
     the  Reinsurance Agreement,  are settled and that all provisions of
     Articles  XV, XVI, XVII of the Reinsurance Agreement are adhered to
     and properly accounted for.
<PAGE>
6.   Accumulate  accounts  and reports referred to in Article XIV of the
     Reinsurance   Agreement,  Article  II  paragraph  2.02  of  the  GA
     Agreement  and  Article  V  paragraph 5.04 of the GA Agreement  and
     furnish  Company  and  Reinsurer, on behalf of General Agent,  with
     said  reports,  on  a  timely  basis, as required in the respective
     agreements.


                  COMPENSATION OF PROGRAM ADMINISTRATOR
                  
1.   G e n eral  Agent  shall  pay  to  the  Program  Administrator,  as
     compensation  for  cash  management services, a Cash Management Fee
     equal to one percent (1%) of the Net Collected Premiums (as defined
     in  Article  XI  of the Reinsurance Agreement) on insurance written
     under  the  terms  of  the Reinsurance Agreement plus fifty percent
     (50%)  of  the  remaining  policy  fees,  net of  the corresponding
     ceding fees and premium taxes, related to this same business.  This
     Cash  Management  fee  is payable to Program Administrator ten (10)
     days after the end of the month in
     which  the  Net  Collected Premiums are collected and shall be paid
     from the Premium Account and netted against payments due to General
     Agent.

2.   In  addition to the above Cash Management Fee, General Agent agrees
     to  pay  to  Program Administrator a Provisional Administration Fee
     equal  to  fifty percent (50%) of any  commission earned by General
     Agent  in  excess  of the adjusted ceding commission referred to in
     Article  XII,  paragraph  12.02 of the Reinsurance Agreement.  This
     Provisional  Administration Fee is payable to Program Administrator
     ten  (10)  days after the end of the month in which said commission
     is  determined  to  have  been earned by General Agent and shall be
     paid  from  the  Premium  Account  and  netted  against  commission
     payments due to General Agent.

3.   In  consideration for administrative and consulting services within
     the  terms  of  the Reinsurance Agreement,  Reinsurer has agreed to
     pay  to  Program  Administrator,  pursuant to Article XV, paragraph
     15.01,  on  behalf of the Company, an Administrative and Consulting
     Fee  equal  to  seven  percent  (7%) of the ceded earned premium of
     insurance  business  written  under  the  terms  of the Reinsurance
     Agreement.  This  Administrative  and  Consulting Fee is payable to
     Program  Administrator  ten (10) days after the end of the month in
     which  the  ceded  premium  is  earned.    In addition, the amounts
     payable  by  Reinsurer  under  Article  XV,  paragraph 15.01 of the
     Reinsurance Agreement shall be payable to the Program Administrator
     upon  presentation  of  proper documentation and shall be paid from
     the Premium Account. 

4.   Program   Administrator  and  General  Agent  will  share  equally,
     interest and other investment income, less bank service charges, if
     any,  earned  or  generated  by  monies  on  deposit in the Premium
     Account.    This  investment  income will be paid to the respective
     recipients  from the Premium Account ten (10) days after the end of
     the month in which earned.
<PAGE>

                                  TERM

The  effective date of this Agreement is at 12:01 a.m., Central Standard
Time,  January  1,  1997  and  shall  remain continuously in force for a
period  of three (3) years, unless, (1) terminated  by mutual consent of
the  Program  Administrator,  General  Agent  and Company, (2) Reinsurer
requests  termination  (in  which  case  this  Agreement shall terminate
thirty  (30) days after Reinsurer's written request to terminate) or (3)
the  incurred  losses,  including  IBNR, to premium earned (exclusive of
policy fees) ratio exceeds seventy-five percent (75%) from inception, at
any  time  during  the  term  of  of  this agreement (in which case this
Agreement  shall  terminate  thirty  days  after Program Administrator's
written notice of termination).

U p o n  termination,    all  duties  and  functions  of    the  Program
Administrator,  under this Agreement, shall cease, with the exception of
the Program Administrator's responsibilities regarding the settlement of
claims.    Program  Administrator's responsibilities under items 4 and 5
above  under  Duties and Responsibilities of Program Administrator shall
continue  for  a  period of twelve (12) months after termination of this
Agreement.    This  responsibility shall be limited to the settlement of
claims  on  insurance  business for which Program Administrator has been
compensated.


                    HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFICATION


Program Administrator and General Agent agree to and do hereby indemnify
and hold Company harmless from any and all actions, proceedings, claims,
demands,  costs, damages, judgements, expenses, causes of action, suits,
arbitrations,  or  proceedings  of any kind, liabilities, losses ,claims
(including  bad  faith,  punitive  damages,  exemplary damages, fraud by
agent  or  class action), damages, cost or expenses of attorneys or cost
incurred by Company by reason of, arising out of, or relating in any way
to  its  settling  of claims pursuant to this Agreement, relating to any
other  matter  under this agreement, or any action taken or not taken by
Program  Administrator  or  General Agent in breach of the terms of this
Agreement, the Reinsurance Agreement or the GA Agreement.



WHEREAS,  the  Company.  General  Agent  and  Program Administrator have
entered  into  this Agreement, now therefore a representative of each of
these with authority to enter into this Agreement shall have affixed his
signature hereto.
<PAGE>

EXECUTED this        day of January, 1997.


STATE AND COUNTY MUTUAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY


Signature:                                                              

Name and Title:                                                    



VAUGHN GENERAL AGENCY, INC



Signature:                                                             

Name and Title:                                                    



AMERICAN HALLMARK GENERAL AGENCY, INC.


Signature:                                                              

Name and Title:                                                     



                               LOAN AGREEMENT

     THIS  LOAN  AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into on
this               day of March, 1997, by and between Hallmark Financial
Services,  Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation  (the  "Borrower"), and DORINCO
REINSURANCE COMPANY (the  Lender ), a Michigan corporation.

     Borrower and Lender agree as follows:

     1.    Definitions.    For purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms have the following meanings:

          a.   "ACO" means ACO Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation which
is wholly owned by HFS.

          b.   "Affiliates"    means    the    Subsidiaries,    Hallmark
Underwriting, Inc., a Texas corporation, and American Hallmark Agencies,
Inc., a Texas corporation.  "Affiliate" means any of the Affiliates.

          c.   "Agreement"   means  this  Loan  Agreement,  as  amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time in writing.

          d.   "AH"  means American Hallmark Insurance Company of Texas,
a Texas domiciled insurance company which is wholly owned by HFS.

          e.   "AHGA"  means  American  Hallmark General Agency, Inc., a
Texas corporation which is wholly owned by ACO.

          f.   "Borrower"  means  Hallmark  Financial  Services, Inc., a
Nevada corporation.

          g.   "Business  Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday
or other day on which Lender is not open for business.

          h.   "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986, as
amended from time to time.

          i.   "Combined  Ratio"  means  a  combined ratio determined in
accordance  with  statutory  accounting  practices  from  time  to  time
prescribed  or  permitted  by  the  Texas Department of Insurance or the
National  Association  of Insurance Commissioners for stock property and
casualty insurance companies in Texas.

          j.   "Commissioner"  means  the  Commissioner  of  the  Texas
Department of Insurance.

          k.   "Environment" means any water, including, but not limited
to,  surface  water,  ground  water and water vapor, any land, including
land  surface  or  subsurface,  stream  sediments,  air, fish, wildlife,
plants and all other natural resources or environmental media.

          l.   "Environmental  Laws"  means all federal, state and local
environmental,  land  use,  zoning,  health,  chemical  use, safety, and
sanitation  laws,  statutes,  ordinances,  regulations,  codes and rules
relating  to the protection of the Environment and/or governing the use,
storage,  treatment,  generation,  transportation, processing, handling,
production  or disposal of hazardous substances (as defined in 42 U.S.C.
Section    9601(14))   and   the   policies,   guidelines,   procedures,
<PAGE>
interpretations,  decisions, orders and directives of federal, state and
local governmental agencies and authorities with respect thereto.

          m.   "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended from time to time.

          n.   "Events  of  Default" means the occurrence of one or more
events set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement.

          o.   "Federal  Bankruptcy  Code"  means Title 11 of the United
States Code, entitled "Bankruptcy," as amended, or any successor federal
bankruptcy law.

          p.   "Gross  Premium  Written" means gross premiums determined
in  accordance  with  statutory  accounting  practices from time to time
prescribed  or  permitted  by  the  Texas Department of Insurance or the
National  Association  of Insurance Commissioners for stock property and
casualty insurance companies in Texas.

          q.   "HCS"  means  Hallmark  Claims  Services,  Inc.,  a Texas
corporation which is wholly owned by ACO.

          r.   " H FC"  means  Hallmark  Finance  Corporation,  a  Texas
corporation which is wholly owned by ACO.

          s.   "HFC  Interest  Coverage  Ratio"  means,  for  any period
specified  below,  the ratio of (i) the sum obtained by adding (A) HFC's
pre-tax  net  income  determined  in  accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (but before deduction of dividends, distributions,
management  fees  and  marketing  fees)  for  such  period, plus (B) HFC
Interest  Expense for such period, to (ii) HFC Interest Expense for such
period.    The Interest Coverage Ratio shall be determined (x) as of the
last  day of the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 1997, December 31,
1997, and March 31, 1998, for the period commencing on July 1, 1997, and
ending  on  the  last day of each such fiscal quarter, and (y) as of the
last  day of each fiscal quarter ending in the period beginning April 1,
1998  through  and  including  the Expiration Date, for the twelve-month
period ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter.

          t.   "HFC  Interest  Expense"  means for any period the sum of
(i)  HFC's  aggregate  interest  expense  determined  in accordance with
generally  accepted  accounting principles (including the portion of any
obligation allocable to interest expense under a capital lease) for such
period,  plus  (ii)  HFC's  bad  debt  expense  determined  in  a manner
consistent  with the Borrower's internally prepared financial statements
dated November 30, 1996.

          u.   "Indebtedness"  means  any  obligation,  indebtedness  or
liability  now  or  hereafter owed by Borrower to Lender pursuant to the
Transaction Documents.

          v.   "Lender"  means  Dorinco  Reinsurance Company, a Michigan
corporation, and any successors or assigns.
<PAGE>
          w.   " L o ss  Ratio"  means  the  loss  ratio  determined  in
accordance  with  statutory  accounting  practices  from  time  to  time
prescribed  or  permitted  by  the  Texas Department of Insurance or the
National  Association  of Insurance Commissioners for stock property and
casualty insurance companies in Texas.

          x.   "NationsBank  Loan  Documents"  means  the Loan Documents
described  and  defined  in  that  certain  Loan  Agreement of even date
herewith between HFC and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.

          y.   "Net  Premium  Written"  means net premiums determined in
accordance  with  statutory  accounting  practices  from  time  to  time
prescribed  or  permitted  by  the  Texas Department of Insurance or the
National  Association  of Insurance Commissioners for stock property and
casualty insurance companies in Texas.

          z.   "Outstanding  Debt" means any obligation, indebtedness or
liability  now or hereafter owed by HFC pursuant to the NationsBank Loan
Documents.

          aa.       "Pledge  Agreement"  means  the  Stock  Pledge  and
Security  Agreement  described  in  Section 3 pursuant to which Borrower
pledges to Lender, as security for the Indebtedness, the Pledged Stock.

          bb.       "Pledged  Stock" means all of the following, whether
now  owned  or hereafter acquired: (i) all of the issued and outstanding
capital  stock  of HFC, (ii) all certificates, options, rights, warrants
and  other  securities  issued  as  an  addition  to, in substitution or
exchange  for,  or on account of such shares of capital stock, and (iii)
all proceeds of the foregoing.

          cc.       "Promissory  Note" means the Promissory Note of even
date  herewith  in  the  original principal amount of $7,000,000.00 from
Borrower, as maker, payable to the order of Lender, in the form attached
hereto  as  Exhibit  A,  and all extensions, renewals, substitutions and
modifications thereof.

          dd.       "Restricted  Stock"  means  all  of  the  following,
whether  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired:  (i) all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of AH and AHGA, (ii) all certificates, options
rights,  warrants  and  other  securities  issued  as an addition to, in
substitution  or  exchange  for, or on account of such shares of capital
stock, and (iii) all proceeds of the foregoing.

          ee.       "Solvent"  means,  with  respect  to  any  person or
entity,  on  a  particular  determination  date,  that on such date such
person  or  entity  is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts
and  other  liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as
they mature in the normal course of business.

          ff.       "Statutory  Capital  and Surplus"  means capital and
surplus  determined  in  accordance  with statutory accounting practices
from  time  to  time  prescribed or permitted by the Texas Department of
Insurance  or  the  National  Association of Insurance Commissioners for
stock property and casualty insurance companies in Texas.
<PAGE>
          gg.       "Subsidiaries"  means  ACO,  AH, AHGA, HCS, and HFC.
"Subsidiary" means any of the Subsidiaries.

          hh.       "Transaction  Documents"  means  this Agreement, the
Promissory  Note,  the  Pledge  Agreement, and all amendments, renewals,
substitutions and restatements of any of the preceding documents.

     2.   Promissory  Note Commitment.  Lender will loan to Borrower the
sum  of  $7,000,000.00  upon  the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement  and  the Promissory Note for the purpose of enabling Borrower
to make a $7,000,000 capital contribution to HFC.

     3.   Collateral.  In order to secure the Indebtedness, Borrower has
caused  ACO  to pledge to Lender the Pledged Stock pursuant to the terms
of  the Pledge Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.  Lender shall not
presently  have  or claim any security interest in the Restricted Stock.
Upon  the occurrence of any "triggering event" specified below, Borrower
shall, and shall cause ACO to, within ten (10) days, execute and deliver
to  Lender  a  Stock  Pledge and Security Agreement in substantially the
same  form  as  Exhibit B (without any material change thereto) covering
the  Restricted  Stock,  together  with  certificates  representing  the
Restricted  Stock,  and thereafter such Restricted Stock shall be deemed
Pledged  Stock  for  purposes  of  this Agreement.  For purposes of this
Section 3, a "triggering event" means:

          a.   If  as  of  the  end  of any fiscal quarter AH's Combined
Ratio  for  the  four  (4) immediately preceding fiscal quarters of AH's
operations exceeds 107%;

          b.   If  as  of  the end of any fiscal quarter AH's Loss Ratio
for   the  four  (4)  immediately  preceding  fiscal  quarters  of  AH's
operations exceeds 83%;

          c.   If  as  of the end of any fiscal quarter the HFC Interest
Coverage Ratio is less than 1.8 to 1.0; 

          d.   As of the date of any reporting period required by law or
the  Texas  Department  of  Insurance,  the  stockholders' equity of HFC
(determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles)
shall  be  less  than  the  amount set forth below for the calendar year
indicated:

               1997                     $7,890,000
               1998                     $8,200,000
               1999                     $8,650,000
               2000                     $9,200,000
               2001 and thereafter      $9,450,000; or

          e.   As of the date of any reporting period required by law or
the  Texas Department of Insurance, the Statutory Capital and Surplus of
AH  shall  be  less than $4,200,000 or shall have decreased by more than
15% from the comparable reporting period of the preceding calendar year.

     4.   Conditions  to  this  Agreement.   This Agreement is effective
only upon fulfillment of the following conditions to the satisfaction of
Lender on or prior to the date of execution of this Agreement:
<PAGE>
          a.   C o rporate  Action.    Borrower  shall  have  taken  all
necessary and appropriate corporate action authorizing Borrower to enter
into  and  perform  this  Agreement and to execute and deliver to Lender
this  Agreement, the Promissory Note, the Pledge Agreement and any other
documents  reasonably requested by Lender.  Further, Borrower shall have
delivered  to  Lender certified copies of such corporate resolutions and
such other corporate documents as Lender may reasonably request.

          b.   Corporate  Documents.    Borrower shall have furnished to
Lender:

               (i)  a  certificate  of  Borrower's  and a certificate of
AH's, HFC s and AHGA s good standing in the State of Texas, issued as of
a date satisfactory to Lender;

               (ii)      c e r tificate  of  incumbency  specifying  the
officers of Borrower; and

               (iii)     such  other  documents as Lender may reasonably
request.

          c.   Borrower's  Opinion.    Borrower  shall have delivered to
Lender an opinion of Borrower's counsel in form and content satisfactory
to Lender and its counsel.

          d.   Transaction  Documents.  Borrower shall have delivered or
caused  to  have  been  delivered to Lender all Transaction Documents in
form and content satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

          e.   Reinsurance  Treaty.    Borrower  shall have caused AH to
offer,  for  the  time  period  set forth in the table contained in this
paragraph,  to reinsure a portion of its Personal Lines Auto Quota Share
Reinsurance with Lender, the form and content of such reinsurance treaty
to  be substantially similar to Exhibit D attached to and made a part of
this  Agreement,  in  amounts  sufficient  to  allow  for  the following
schedule of ceded premiums:
                              Treaty Years               Ceded
                                                        Premium

                          07/01/97 to 06/30/98       $ 20,000,000
                          07/01/98 to 06/30/99       $ 21,600,000
                          07/01/99 to 06/30/00       $ 23,328,000
                          07/01/00 to 06/30/01       $ 25,194,240
                          07/01/01 to 06/30/02       $ 27,209,779
                          07/01/02 to 06/30/03       $ 29,386,562
                          07/01/03 to 06/30/04       $ 31,737,486

                    f.   Due  Diligence.   Lender shall have conducted a
          due  diligence investigation of Borrower and its Affiliates in
          scope and content satisfactory to Lender.

                    g.   Other Documents.  Borrower shall provide copies
          of all documentation as Lender reasonably requests.

                    h.   Other  Matters.   All matters incidental to the
          execution  and  delivery  of the Transaction Documents and all
          actions   required  by  the  Transaction  Documents  shall  be
          satisfactory to Lender.
<PAGE>
               5.   Representations and Warranties.  To induce Lender to
          enter  into  this  Agreement and to loan to Borrower the funds
          described in this Agreement, Borrower represents and warrants.

                    a.   C o r p orate  Existence.    Borrower  and  its
          Affiliates  are  duly  organized, validly existing and in good
          standing  under  the laws of the State of their incorporation,
          and  each  has  the  power  to own its assets and carry on its
          business as now being conducted.

                    b.   Corporate  Capacity.    The execution, delivery
          and performance of the Transaction Documents to which Borrower
          is  a  party are within Borrower's corporate powers, have been
          duly  authorized  by  all  necessary and appropriate corporate
          action,  and are not in contravention of any law or regulation
          or  the  terms of Borrower's Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws
          or  amendments  thereto,  or  of any agreement, undertaking or
          other  document  to  which  Borrower  is  a  party or by which
          Borrower  or  any of Borrower's property is bound or affected.
          T h e  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  the  Pledge
          Agreement  is  within  ACO's  corporate  powers, has been duly
          authorized  by all necessary and appropriate corporate action,
          and  is  not  in contravention of any law or regulation or the
          terms of ACO's Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or amendments
          thereto, or of any agreement, undertaking or other document to
          which  Borrower  or ACO is a party or by which Borrower or ACO
          or any of their respective property is bound or affected.

                    c.   Financial Condition. 

                         (i)  Borrower  has  furnished to Lender its and
          AH's  most  current audited annual financial statements, which
          s t atements  fairly  and  accurately  reflect  the  financial
          condition  and  results of operations of Borrower and AH as of
          the  date  and  for  the  period  referred  to,  and have been
          prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted accounting
          principles  consistently  applied during the interval involved
          and  from  interval  to  interval.    Since  the  date of such
          financial  statements,  there  have  not  been  any materially
          adverse  changes  in  the  financial  condition  or results of
          operations  reflected  in  such  financial statements, nor has
          AH's  Statutory  Capital  and Surplus decreased by $250,000 or
          more.  

                         (ii) Borrower  has  furnished to Lender its and
          AH's  most  current  quarterly  consolidated and consolidating
          financial  statements.    Since  the  date  of these financial
          statements,  there  have not been any material adverse changes
          in  the financial condition or results of operations reflected
          in such financial statements, except as disclosed to Lender.

                    d.   Taxes.    All  federal  and  other  tax returns
          required to be filed by Borrower and by AH have been filed and
          all  taxes  required by such returns have been paid, except to
          the extent that the same are now being contested in good faith
          and  by  appropriate proceedings.  Neither Borrower nor AH has
          received  any  notice from the Internal Revenue Service or any
          other taxing authority proposing additional taxes.
<PAGE>
                    e.   Litigation.    Except  as  disclosed to Lender,
          there  are  no  actions,  suits, proceedings or investigations
          pending  or,  to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against
          Borrower  or  AH  or  any  basis therefor, which, if adversely
          determined, could, in any case or in the aggregate, materially
          adversely  affect the property, assets, financial condition or
          business  of Borrower or AH, or impair the right or ability of
          Borrower  or  AH  to  carry on its operations substantially as
          conducted on the date of this Agreement.  For purposes of this
          paragraph,  "material"  means  a  $250,000 or more decrease in
          AH's Statutory Capital and Surplus. 

                    f.   V a l idity  of  Transaction  Documents.    The
          Transaction  Documents to which Borrower is a party constitute
          t h e  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligations  of  Borrower,
          enforceable  in accordance with their respective terms, except
          as  enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy and
          insolvency  laws  and  the  laws  affecting  creditors' rights
          generally.   The Pledge Agreement constitutes the legal, valid
          and  binding obligation of ACO, enforceable in accordance with
          its   terms,  except  as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by
          applicable   bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws  and  the  laws
          affecting creditors' rights generally.

                    g.   Consents,  Licenses, etc.  No consent, license,
          approval  or authorization of, or registration, declaration or
          filing  with,  any  court,  regulatory  or  governmental body,
          authority  or  person or entity is required in connection with
          t h e    valid  execution,  delivery  or  performance  of  the
          Transaction Documents.  

                    h.   No  Violations.    Borrower  and  AH are not in
          violation  of  any  term  of  their Articles of Incorporation,
          Bylaws  or,  except  as  disclosed to Lender, any agreement or
          instrument  to which they or their property are a party or are
          bound,  and  the  execution  and  delivery  of the Transaction
          Documents shall not cause a default or result in the violation
          of any such agreements.

                    i.   Contingent Liabilities.  Except as set forth in
          the  NationsBank  Loan  Documents,  there  are  no  suretyship
          agreements,  guaranties  or  other  contingent  liabilities of
          Borrower  and  AH  that  have not been disclosed in writing to
          Lender.

                    j.   Compliance with Laws.  Borrower and AH each are
          in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and
          other legal requirements with respect to its business, and the
          use,  maintenance  and  operation  of  the  real  and personal
          property owned or leased by it in the conduct of its business,
          except  where  the  failure  to  so  comply  would  not have a
          material  adverse  effect on the financial condition, business
          or operation of either Borrower or AH.
<PAGE>
                    k.   Affiliates'  Capital  Stock.   Each Affiliate's
          total authorized capital shares, the par value of such shares,
          a n d  the  number  of  such  shares  authorized,  issued  and
          outstanding,  are  as  set  forth on Exhibit C.  All shares of
          each  Affiliate  are  of  one  class  and  all  shares of each
          Affiliate have been validly issued in full compliance with all
          federal and state laws, and are fully paid and non-assessable.
          No  other  shares  of  any  class  or  type  are authorized or
          outstanding   respecting  each  Affiliate.    The  record  and
          beneficial  ownership  of  the  issued and outstanding capital
          stock of each Affiliate is as set forth in Exhibit C.

                    l.   No Defaults.  Except as disclosed to Lender, no
          event  or condition is existing which constitutes, or upon the
          lapse  of  time  or  the  giving  of  notice,  or  both, would
          constitute an event of default under any agreement or evidence
          of  indebtedness relating to any obligation of Borrower or any
          Affiliate, except where such default would not have a material
          adverse   effect  on  the  financial  condition,  business  or
          operation of Borrower or any Affiliate.

                    m.   R e s trictions  on  Pledged  Stock.    Neither
          Borrower  nor  any  Affiliate  is  a  party  to  any  buy-sell
          agreement  or  similar  agreement  restricting  the  pledge or
          t r ansfer  of  its  capital  stock  other  than  restrictions
          contained  in  the  Transaction  Documents and the NationsBank
          Loan Documents.

                    n.   No Options, Warrants, etc.  Except as disclosed
          to  Lender,  there  is  not outstanding any option, warrant or
          other  right  requiring  or  permitting  Borrower or others to
          purchase   or  convert  any  obligation  into  shares  of  any
          Affiliate's capital stock.  

                    o.   Title  to  Assets.  As of the date of execution
          of  this Agreement, Borrower and its Subsidiaries each are the
          legal  and  beneficial  owner  of  all  of  their  assets  and
          properties  (including,  without limitation, the Pledged Stock
          and  the  Restricted Stock) as disclosed in Borrower's and its
          Subsidiaries'   consolidated   and   consolidating   financial
          statements.  Borrower and its Subsidiaries own such assets and
          properties free and clear of all security interests, liens and
          other encumbrances other than the encumbrances created by 

                         (i)  ACO's pledge of the Pledged Stock, 

                         (ii) the NationsBank Loan Documents,
           
                         (iii)     existing  encumbrances  disclosed  in
          B o r rower's   consolidated   and   consolidating   financial
          statements, 

                         (iv) p u rchase  money  security  interests  in
          equipment  used  in  the  normal  course  of  Borrower's or an
          Affiliate's business, and 

                         (v)  operating  or capital equipment leases for
          use in the ordinary course of business.  
<PAGE>
                    p.   ERISA.    Borrower  and  its  Affiliates are in
          compliance  with  all of the provisions of ERISA and no events
          or  circumstances have occurred or exist which could result in
          Borrower  or  any  Affiliate incurring a material liability or
          contingent liability under the provisions of ERISA.
                    q.   E n vironmental  Matters.    Borrower  and  its
          Affiliates  are  not  subject  to  any  existing,  pending  or
          threatened  suit,  claim,  notice  of violation or request for
          information  under  any  Environmental Laws.  Borrower and its
          Affiliates  have  not  provided  any  notice or information to
          regulatory authorities under any Environmental Laws.  Borrower
          and  its  Affiliates  are in compliance with all Environmental
          Laws.

                    r.   Solvency.    Borrower  and  its  Affiliates are
          S o l vent,  both  before  and  after  giving  effect  to  the
          transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

                    s.   Lien  on  Pledged  Stock.    Upon execution and
          delivery  of  the Pledge Agreement and delivery of the Pledged
          Stock  to  Lender,  the  Pledge Agreement shall create a valid
          lien  upon  and  first priority perfected security interest in
          the  Pledged  Stock  and  the  proceeds  of the Pledged Stock,
          s u b ject  to  no  prior  security  interest,  lien,  charge,
          encumbrance  or  agreement  purporting  to  grant to any third
          party a security interest in the Pledged Stock.

                    The representations and warranties contained in this
          Agreement  survive  closing  of  the transactions described in
          this Agreement.

               6.   Affirmative  Covenants.   So long as any part of the
          Indebtedness  remains  unpaid  or  this  Agreement  remains in
          effect,  Borrower  shall comply with the affirmative covenants
          listed below:

                    a.   I n f o rmation  to  be  Furnished  to  Lender.
          Borrower shall and shall cause AH to furnish to Lender:

                         (i)  as  soon  as  available,  a  copy  of each
          annual  or  quarterly  report of, including but not limited to
          finances  and results of the National Association of Insurance
          Commissioners  Insurance  Regulatory Information System tests,
          Borrower  and  AH filed with the Texas Department of Insurance
          or any other insurance regulatory authority;

                         (ii) as  soon  as  available, but no later than
          one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days after the end of each fiscal
          y e a r,  audited  consolidated  and  consolidating  financial
          statements  of  Borrower,  AH  and  HFC, as of the end of such
          year,  which  have  been prepared in accordance with generally
          a c c epted  accounting  principles  and  present  fairly  and
          accurately  the  financial condition and results of operations
          of  Borrower,  AH  and  HFC, for said period, which statements
          shall  consist  of  balance  sheets  and related statements of
          income,  retained  earnings  and  cash flow, all in reasonable
          d e t ail  and  certified  by  Borrower's  independent  public
          accountants;
<PAGE>
                         (iii)     as  soon  as  available, but no later
          than  forty-five  (45)  days  after  the  end  of  each fiscal
          quarter,  unaudited  consolidated  and consolidating financial
          statements  of  Borrower,  AH  and  HFC, as of the end of such
          fiscal  quarter,  which  contain  non-material variations from
          generally  accepted  accounting  principles and present fairly
          a n d  accurately  the  financial  condition  and  results  of
          operations  of  Borrower,  AH  and HFC, for said period, which
          statements   shall  consist  of  balance  sheets  and  related
          statements  of income, retained earnings and cash flow, all in
          reasonable  detail  and  certified  to  be true and correct by
          Borrower's chief financial officer or President;

                         (iv) as  soon  as  available,  copies of all of
          Borrower's  reports  on  Form 10-KSB, Form 10-QSB and Form 8-K
          filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

                         (v)  as soon as available all independent third
          party audits, insurance regulatory agency audits and actuarial
          reports of Borrower, AH, or HFC;

                         (vi) i m m ediate  notice  in  writing  of  any
          material  event  or circumstance which bears upon the accuracy
          or  reliability  of  the  information  previously furnished to
          Lender;

                         (vii)     prompt  notice  in  writing,  in such
          detail  as  Lender  may  reasonably  request,  of all material
          litigation   and   all   material   proceedings   before   any
          governmental or regulatory agencies affecting Borrower, AH, or
          HFC;

                         (viii)    within  ten  (10) days after Borrower
          obtains  knowledge  of  the occurrence of any Event of Default
          under  this  Agreement,  or  any Transaction Document which is
          continuing  or  of  any condition not remedied which, upon the
          lapse  of  time  or  the  giving  of  notice,  or  both, would
          constitute  an  Event  of Default under this Agreement, or any
          Transaction Document notice of such occurrence together with a
          detailed  statement  of  the steps taken to cure the effect of
          such event or condition; and

                         (ix) as  soon  as  practicable, but in no event
          later than thirty (30) days after Lender's request, such other
          information  respecting the financial condition and results of
          operations  of  Borrower, AH, or HFC, as Lender may reasonably
          request from time to time.

                    b.   Examinations.    Borrower shall and shall cause
          AH  and  HFC  to,  at any time during normal working hours and
          from  time  to  time,  permit  Lender or its agents to inspect
          Borrower's,  AH  s and/or HFC s books and records, which books
          and records shall be kept in good order and reasonable detail.

                    c.   Taxes.    Borrower  shall  and  shall cause its
          A f f i liates  to  promptly  pay  and  discharge  all  taxes,
          assessments  and  other governmental charges prior to the date
          on which penalties are attached thereto.
<PAGE>
                    d.   Good  Standing;  Business.   Borrower shall and
          shall  cause  its  Affiliates  to take all reasonable steps to
          preserve  their corporate existence and their right to conduct
          business as presently conducted.  

                    e.   Compliance with Laws.  Borrower shall and shall
          cause  its  Affiliates  to comply with any applicable federal,
          state  or  local  laws,  rules,  regulations  and  other legal
          requirements with respect to their business, including but not
          limited  to  compliance  with  all  Environmental Laws and the
          provisions  of  ERISA and the Code with respect to all pension
          plans.  

                    f.   License,  Permits,  etc.    Borrower  shall and
          s h a ll  cause  its  Affiliates  to  maintain  all  of  their
          franchises,   grants,   authorizations,   licenses,   permits,
          consents,  certificates  and orders, if any, in full force and
          effect  until  their respective expiration dates, except where
          the  failure  to  maintain such items will not have a material
          adverse  effect  on  either  Borrower or its Affiliates, their
          financial condition, business or operation.

                    g.   Maintenance of Ownership.  Borrower shall cause
          its  Affiliates  to  at  all  times  maintain  the  percentage
          ownership  of  each  class  of  their  issued  and outstanding
          capital stock as set forth in Exhibit C.

                    h.   Insurance.   Borrower shall and shall cause its
          Affiliates  to  maintain  or  cause to be maintained insurance
          with  responsible and reputable insurance companies acceptable
          to  Lender  in  such amounts and covering such risks as may be
          reasonably  required by Lender; provided, however, that Lender
          acknowledges  and  agrees that the current insurance carriers,
          amounts and risks covered are now satisfactory.

                    i.   Books  and  Records.   Borrower shall and shall
          cause  its  Affiliates  to  maintain,  at  their  own cost and
          expense,  accurate and complete books and records which comply
          in  all  material  respects with generally accepted accounting
          principles  and, with respect to AH, with statutory accounting
          principles.

                    j.   Defend Pledged and Restricted Stock.  

                         (i)  Borrower    shall    cause    all    stock
          certificates representing shares of the issued and outstanding
          capital  stock  of  AHGA and AH to contain a reference to this
          Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

                         (ii) Borrower  shall,  and  shall cause ACO to,
          defend  at  its  own expense, the Pledged Stock and Restricted
          Stock against the claims and demands of all third parties.

                    k.   Use  of  Proceeds.    Borrower  shall  use  the
          proceeds  of the Promissory Note to purchase additional shares
          of  the  capital  stock  or otherwise contribute to the equity
          capital of HFC.
<PAGE>
                    l.   Management.    Borrower may make changes in and
          additions  to  its management group so long as either Ramon D.
          Phillips or Linda H. Sleeper remains primarily responsible for
          t h e  management  of  Borrower.    In  the  event  of  death,
          resignation,  or  incapacity  of  both  Ramon  D. Phillips and
          Linda H. Sleeper, Borrower shall obtain Lender's acceptance of
          the  named replacement, such acceptance not to be unreasonably
          withheld.

                    m.   Statutory Capital and Surplus.  

                         (i)  B o rrower  shall  cause  AH  to  maintain
          Statutory Capital and Surplus of at least $2,650,000 as of the
          date  of  each reporting period required by law or required by
          the Texas Department of Insurance.

                         (ii) Borrower  shall  cause HFC to maintain the
          f o l l owing  minimum  stockholders'  equity  (determined  in
          accordance  with  generally accepted accounting principles) as
          of  the  date  of  each  reporting  period  required by law or
          required by the Texas Department of Insurance:

                          1997                 $  7,780,000
                          1998                 $  8,000,000
                          1999                 $  8,300,000
                          2000                 $  8,800,000
                          2001                 $  9,300,000
                    n.   Board  Meetings.   Borrower shall advise Lender
          of  and hereby grants to Lender the right to be present at all
          Board  meetings  of  Borrower.    Borrower  shall  cause  each
          Affiliate to advise Lender and grant to Lender the right to be
          present at all Board meetings of such Affiliate.  

                    o.   Reinsurance Treaty.  Borrower shall cause AH to
          continue  to offer, for the time period set forth in the table
          contained  in  this  paragraph,  to  reinsure a portion of its
          Personal  Lines  Auto Quota Share Reinsurance with Lender, the
          f o r m    and  content  of  such  reinsurance  treaty  to  be
          substantially similar to Exhibit D attached hereto, in amounts
          sufficient  to  allow  for  the  following  schedule  of ceded
          premiums:

                              Treaty Years               Ceded
                                                        Premium

                          07/01/97 to 06/30/98       $ 20,000,000
                          07/01/98 to 06/30/99       $ 21,600,000
                          07/01/99 to 06/30/00       $ 23,328,000
                          07/01/00 to 06/30/01       $ 25,194,240
                          07/01/01 to 06/30/02       $ 27,209,779
                          07/01/02 to 06/30/03       $ 29,386,562
                          07/01/03 to 06/30/04       $ 31,737,486

                    p.   Affiliate  Transactions.   All transactions for
          the  duration  of  the  Transaction Documents between or among
          Borrower,  each Affiliate, and any director, officer, employee
          and/or  agent  of  Borrower  or any Affiliate shall be in good
          faith and commercially reasonably.
<PAGE>
               7.   Negative Covenants. 

                    a.   Ratios.  

                         (i)  Borrower  shall  not  permit AH's ratio of
          gross premium to surplus (calculated by dividing Gross Premium
          Written  by  Statutory Capital and Surplus) to be above 10.0:1
          as  of  the  date  of  any report required by law or the Texas
          Department of Insurance.

                         (ii) Borrower  shall  not  permit AH's ratio of
          net  premium  to  surplus  (calculated by dividing Net Premium
          Written by Statutory Capital and Surplus) to be above 3.0:1 as
          of  the  date  of  any  report  required  by  law or the Texas
          Department of Insurance.

                         (iii)     Borrower shall not permit the average
          of  AH's  Combined  Ratio  as  of  the  end  of  any  four (4)
          immediately  preceding  fiscal  quarters of AH's operations to
          exceed 115%.

                         (iv) Borrower  shall  not permit the average of
          AH's  Loss  Ratio  as  of  the end of any four (4) immediately
          preceding fiscal quarters of AH's operations to exceed 87%. 

                         (v)  Borrower shall not permit the HFC Interest
          Coverage  Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less
          than 1.5 to 1.0.

                    b.   Change in Ownership or Business.  

                         (i)  Borrower  shall not, nor permit AH, HFC or
          AHGA to, change the nature of their respective business except
          as provided in this Agreement. 
                        (ii) Borrower  shall  not  permit  AH  to write
          directly or indirectly the following lines of business, or its
          e q u ivalent:  mortgage  guaranty,  ocean  marine,  financial
          guaranty,  medical  malpractice,  earthquake  (as  a  separate
          coverage),  group  accident  and  health,  credit accident and
          health  (group  and  individual),  other  accident and health,
          workers    compensation,  products  liability,  aircraft  (all
          perils),  fidelity,  surety, boiler and machinery, credit, and
          international.

                    c.   Dividends.    Borrower shall not pay or declare
          any  cash or other dividends or distributions on its corporate
          stock.    Borrower  shall  not permit AH to pay or declare any
          cash  or  other  dividends  or  distributions on its corporate
          stock  if such payment or declaration would result in an Event
          of Default.

                    d.   Intercompany   Service  Agreements.    Borrower
          shall  not,  nor  permit AH to, amend or adjust the commission
          structure  of  its intercompany service agreements in place at
          the date of execution of this Agreement, to the extent that it
          materially adversely affects AH financially. 
<PAGE>           
                    e.   Disposition  of  Assets, Security Interests and
          other Encumbrances.  Borrower shall not, nor permit AH, HFC or
          AHGA to, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of
          its  assets  or properties or any interest therein, or create,
          incur  or  suffer  to  exist  any mortgage, security interest,
          lien,  license or other encumbrance upon any of its properties
          or  assets,  whether  nor  owned or hereafter acquired, except
          (a)  ACO's  pledge  of  the Pledged Shares (and Borrower's and
          ACO's  pledge  of the Restricted Shares, if effected) pursuant
          to  this  Agreement, (b) security interests created or arising
          pursuant to the NationsBank Loan Documents, (c) purchase money
          security  interests  in equipment used in the normal course of
          B o rrower's,  AH's,  HFC's  or  AHGA's  respective  business,
          (d)  operating  or  capital  equipment  leases  for use in the
          ordinary  course  of  business,  and (e) existing encumbrances
          d i s closed  in  Borrower's  consolidated  and  consolidating
          financial statements.

                    f.   Investments  and Advances.  Borrower shall not,
          nor  permit  AH  to,  make any investment in or advance to any
          person,  firm  or  corporation,  other than advances (i) to or
          investments  in  Affiliates,  and  (ii)  to  employees  in the
          ordinary  course  of business, not to exceed $50,000.00 to any
          employee.

                    g.   Guaranties.   Borrower shall not, nor permit AH
          to,  become  a  guarantor,  surety or otherwise liable for the
          debts  or  other  obligations  of  any  other  person, firm or
          corporation,  except  for  (a)  obligations  arising under the
          NationsBank  Loan Documents, (b) obligations under reinsurance
          agreements,  and  (c)  obligations of Affiliates, provided the
          aggregate liability of either Borrower or AH on obligations of
          all  other  Affiliates  shall  not  exceed  $500,000,  further
          provided no single transaction shall exceed $200,000. 

                    h.   Disposition of Pledged Stock.  Without limiting
          the  generality  of  any  other  provision  of this Section 7,
          Borrower shall not, nor permit ACO to,

                         (i)  s e l l,  convey,  transfer  or  otherwise
          dispose of any of the Pledged Stock or Restricted Stock or any
          interest  therein,  or  create,  incur  or permit to exist any
          pledge,  mortgage,  lien,  charge, encumbrance or any security
          interest  whatsoever  in or with respect to any of the Pledged
          Stock  or  the Restricted Stock or the proceeds thereof, other
          than that created under the Transaction Documents;

                         (ii) consent   to  or  approve  or  permit  the
          issuance  of  any  additional  shares  of any class of capital
          stock  of  HFC,  AH  or  AHGA  or  any  securities convertible
          voluntarily  by  the  holder thereof or automatically upon the
          occurrence  or  non-occurrence of any event or condition into,
          or  exchangeable  for,  any  such  shares,  or  any  warrants,
          options,  rights  or other commitments entitling any person to
          purchase or otherwise acquire any such shares; 
<PAGE>
                         (iii)     consent  to  or approve or permit any
          amendment,  restatement  or  substitution  of  the Articles of
          Incorporation  and/or  Bylaws  of  HFC, AH or AHGA without the
          prior  written consent of Lender, it being hereby acknowledged
          b y    B orrower  that  any  such  amendment,  restatement  or
          substitution  shall not be effective unless so consented to by
          Lender  and  that  Lender may give or withhold such consent in
          each instance in Lender's sole and absolute discretion; or
           
                         (iv) consent to or approve or permit HFC, AH or
          AHGA  to  sell,  dispose  of,  encumber  or grant a lien on or
          security  interest  in  all  or  any  material  portion of its
          property or assets.

                    i.   Affiliates'  Stock.   Borrower shall not permit
          any Affiliates to consent to or approve or permit the issuance
          of  any additional shares of any class of capital stock of any
          Affiliate,  or  any  securities convertible voluntarily by the
          holder  thereof  or  automatically upon the occurrence or non-
          occurrence  of  any  event  or condition into, or exchangeable
          for,  any  such  shares,  or  any warrants, options, rights or
          o t her  commitments  entitling  any  person  to  purchase  or
          otherwise  acquire  any  such shares other than to the present
          owner  of  the capital stock of such Affiliate as set forth in
          Exhibit C.

                    j.   Miscellaneous.    So  long  as  any part of the
          Indebtedness  remains  unpaid  or  this  Agreement  remains in
          effect,  Borrower  shall  not,  nor  permit AH to, without the
          express prior written consent of Lender: 

                         (i)  Create,   incur  or  permit  to  exist  or
          otherwise  become  liable  for,  directly  or  indirectly, any
          indebtedness  for  borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
          price  of  real  or personal property in excess of $500,000 in
          the  aggregate,  provided,  however, no individual transaction
          shall  exceed  $200,000 except (i) trade indebtedness incurred
          in the ordinary course of business, (ii) the Indebtedness, and
          (iii) the Outstanding Debt.

                         (ii) M e rge  or  consolidate  with  any  other
          company   or  companies;  enter  into  any  joint  venture  or
          partnership with any person, firm or corporation other than an
          Affiliate;  or  convey,  lease  or  sell  all  or any material
          portion  of  its  property  or assets or business to any other
          person,  firm  or corporation, other than the purchase or sale
          of assets in the ordinary course of business.

                         (iii)     Consent  to  or approve or permit any
          m a terial  amendment,  restatement  or  substitution  of  the
          Articles of Incorporation and/or Bylaws of AH, it being hereby
          acknowledged  by Borrower that any such amendment, restatement
          or  substitution shall not be effective unless so consented to
          by Lender and that Lender may give or withhold such consent in
          each  instance  in Lender's sole and absolute discretion.  For
          purposes  of this Section 7, and without limiting the scope of
          this  Section  7,  any  change  in capital structure or in the
<PAGE>          
          relative   rights,  preferences  or  limitations  relating  to
          capital stock shall be deemed a material change.

               8.   Events of Default.

                    a.   D e f aults.    Each  of  the  following  shall
          constitute an Event of Default for purposes of this Agreement:

                         (i)  Borrower  fails  to  pay  within  ten (10)
          Business  Days  of  the due date principal, interest, costs or
          expenses due under the Transaction Documents;

                         (ii) Borrower  makes a misstatement of material
          fact  in  the  Transaction  Documents or any other document or
          certificate relating to the Agreement;

                         (iii)     Borrower  fails to observe or perform
          any covenant, term or agreement set forth in Section 3 hereof;

                         (iv) Borrower  fails  to observe or perform any
          other covenant, term or agreement of the Transaction Documents
          and  such  failure  is  not  cured  within  thirty  (30)  days
          following notice thereof from Lender;

                         (v)  Filing  by  or against Borrower or AH of a
          petition   or   request   for   liquidation,   reorganization,
          arrangement,  adjudication  as a bankrupt, relief as a debtor,
          or  other  relief  under the bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
          laws  of  the  United  States  or  any  state  thereof  now or
          hereafter in effect;

                         (vi) If Borrower or AH seeks, consents to or is
          subjected  to  the  appointment  or  taking  possession  of  a
          receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  trustee, custodian or other
          similar  official for it or for any substantial portion of its
          property,  or if a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter
          any  decree  effectuating  such an appointment or ordering the
          winding up or liquidation of Borrower or AH;

                         (vii)     B o r rower  or  AH  ceases  business
          operations,  makes  a  general  assignment  for the benefit of
          creditors or consents to or has filed against it any formal or
          informal   proceeding  for  the  dissolution,  liquidation  or
          winding-up of the affairs of Borrower or AH; provided however,
          if  such  action  is  brought against Borrower or AH, Borrower
          shall have 60 days to cause such action to be dismissed;

                         (viii)    An  admission  in writing by Borrower
          or AH that it is not Solvent;

                         (ix) If any judgment against Borrower or AH not
          covered  by  insurance or any attachment or other levy against
          any  of  its  property  for an amount in excess of $200,000.00
          remains  unpaid, unstayed on appeal, undischarged, unbonded or
          undismissed for more than thirty (30) consecutive days;
<PAGE>
                         (x)  If  any  governmental  agency, department,
          commission or authority delivers to Borrower or AH a cease and
          desist  order,  letter  of  unsafe practices or conditions, an
          order of correction, or similar directive under applicable law
          o r   commences  any  action  which  could  result  in  taking
          possession,  reorganization  or liquidation of Borrower or AH,
          and  such  letter,  action  or other directive is permitted to
          remain  uncured  or  undismissed for more than forty-five (45)
          consecutive days;

                         (xi) All  or  a  controlling  interest  in  the
          capital  stock  of  Borrower  is  sold,  assigned or otherwise
          transferred  or  a  security  interest or other encumbrance is
          granted  or  otherwise acquired therein or in respect thereto,
          in a single transaction or series of related transactions;

                         (xii)     Borrower  or  AH commences any action
          or proceeding to contest the validity or enforceability of any
          Transaction  Document or any lien or security interest granted
          or obligations evidenced by any Transaction Document; or

                         (xii)     A  writ  or  order  of  attachment or
          garnishment  in  excess  of $250,000 is issued or made against
          any of the property, assets or income of Borrower.

                    b.   Remedies  upon Default.  Upon the occurrence of
          an  Event  of Default under this Agreement, Lender may declare
          all  of  the  Indebtedness  due  and  owing, without notice to
          Borrower,  whereupon  all  such Indebtedness and other amounts
          shall thereupon be and become immediately due and payable.  In
          addition,  Lender  may  pursue  or  exercise any and all other
          rights,  remedies,  privileges and powers given Lender by this
          Agreement,  the  Promissory  Note,  or any other instrument or
          document now or hereafter given as security for payment of the
          Indebtedness  or any other obligations under this Agreement or
          any applicable law due to a default thereunder.  No failure on
          the  part  of  Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising,
          any  right  hereunder, under the Promissory Note, or under any
          documents  securing the Indebtedness shall operate as a waiver
          thereof,  nor shall any singular or partial exercise by Lender
          hereunder or under the Promissory Note or such other documents
          preclude  any  other  or  further  exercise  thereof,  or  the
          exercise of any other right.

                         Borrower  agrees that upon the occurrence of an
          Event  of  Default  under  this Agreement, the proceeds of any
          property or collateral in the possession of Lender or in which
          Lender  has  a security interest, whether or not such property
          or  collateral  is held as security for the Indebtedness under
          this  Agreement,  may be held and/or applied by Lender, at its
          discretion,  to  the  payment  of  the  Promissory  Note,  the
          Indebtedness  and  any  other  indebtedness  owed to Lender by
          Borrower,  at  such times and in such order as Lender may from
          time to time deem appropriate.

               9.   Miscellaneous.
<PAGE>
                    a.   P e r formance  of  Borrower's  Duties.    Upon
          Borrower's  failure  to  perform  any  of its duties under the
          T r a n saction  Documents,  Lender  has  the  right,  but  no
          obligation, to perform any or all such duties.

                    b.   Notice  of  Sale.  Without in any way requiring
          notice  to  be  given in the following manner, Borrower agrees
          that  any  notice  by  Lender  of  sale,  disposition or other
          intended  action  under  or in connection with this Agreement,
          whether  required  by the Uniform Commercial Code of the State
          of  Michigan  or  otherwise,  constitutes reasonable notice to
          Borrower  if  such  notice is given in the manner described in
          Section  9.j. of this Agreement and at least fifteen (15) days
          prior to such action.

                    c.   Exercise  of  Lender's  Rights.    No course of
          dealing  between  Lender and Borrower and no delay or omission
          by  Lender  in  exercising  any  right  or  remedy  under  the
          Transaction  Documents  or  with  respect  to the Indebtedness
          shall  operate  as a waiver of any such right or remedy, or of
          any  other  right or remedy, and no single or partial exercise
          of  any such right or remedy shall preclude any other right or
          remedy, or exercise of, or further exercise of any other right
          or remedy.  All rights and remedies of Lender are cumulative.

                    d.   Successors and Assigns.  Lender and Borrower as
          used  in  this Agreement include the successors and assigns of
          those  parties,  except  Borrower  does  not have the right to
          assign its rights under or any interest in this Agreement.

                    e.   Indemnification.     Borrower  agrees  to  pay,
          indemnify  and  hold  Lender  harmless  from  and  against all
          liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
          judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind
          or  nature  whatsoever  (including reasonable attorneys' fees,
          costs  and  expenses)  which  arise  out  of, relate to or are
          connected  in any manner with the negligent or willful acts or
          omissions  of  Borrower,  including,  without  limitation, any
          costs  or  expenses  incurred  by  Lender  in  connection with
          enforcing  its  rights  to  indemnification  pursuant  to this
          subparagraph.    The  provisions  of this subparagraph survive
          payment of the Indebtedness.

                    f.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement
          are  independent  and  separable  from each other, and no such
          p r o v i sion  shall  be  affected  or  rendered  invalid  or
          unenforceable  by  virtue  of the fact that for any reason any
          other provision may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in
          part.    If  any  provision of this Agreement is prohibited or
          u n e n forceable  in  any  jurisdiction,  such  provision  is
          ineffective  in  such  jurisdiction only to the extent of such
          prohibition  or  unenforceability,  and  such  prohibition  or
          unenforceability  does  not  invalidate  the  balance  of such
          provision  to the extent it is not prohibited or unenforceable
          nor  render  prohibited or unenforceable such provision in any
          other jurisdiction.
<PAGE>
                    g.   Modifications.    No  modification or waiver of
          any  provision  of,  nor  consent to any departure by Borrower
          from  this  Agreement is effective unless in writing signed by
          an  authorized representative of Lender and Borrower, and such
          waiver  or  consent is effective only in the specific instance
          and  for  the purpose for which given.  No notice to or demand
          on  Borrower  in  any  case  entitles Borrower to any other or
          further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

                    h.   G o v erning  Law.    This  Agreement  and  the
          Transaction   Documents  delivered  in  connection  with  this
          Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the
          laws  of  the  State  of  Michigan.   Exercise of any right or
          remedy  in  the  event  of default is likewise governed by the
          laws of Michigan.

                    i.   Further  Assurances.    Borrower agrees to take
          such  additional actions and execute such further documents as
          Lender  may  reasonably request in order to give effect to the
          transactions described in this Agreement.

                    j.   N o t ices.    Except  as  otherwise  expressly
          provided  in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document,
          each  notice,  request or demand pursuant to this Agreement or
          any  Transaction  Document  shall  be in writing and mailed by
          United  States  mail,  postage prepaid, certified mail, return
          receipt requested, addressed as follows:

                    If to Borrower:

                    Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
                    14651 Dallas Parkway, Suite 900
                    Dallas, TX 75240
                    Attention: Ramon D. Phillips
                    (214) 404-1637
                    (214) 788 0520 (facsimile)

                    If to Lender:

                    Dorinco Reinsurance Company
                    1320 Waldo Avenue
                    Midland, MI  48642
                    Attention: David E. Chamberlain
                    (517) 636-7156 
                    (517) 638-9963 (facsimile)

                    N o tices  shall  be  deemed  given  five  (5)  days
          following  the  date  deposited  in  the United States mail as
          evidenced  by the postmark of the United States Post Office in
          which the notice was deposited.

                    k.   Singular   and  Plural.    Whenever  used,  the
          singular  number  includes  the plural, and the plural numbers
          includes  the  singular,  and the use of any gender applies to
          all genders.
<PAGE>
                    l.   Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed
          in  any  number of counterparts, and by Borrower and Lender on
          separate  counterparts,  each  of  which  when so executed and
          delivered will be an original, but all of which together shall
          constitute one in the same Agreement.

                    m.   Section Headings.  The captions and headings of
          the  sections  and  subsections  of  this  Agreement  are  for
          convenience  of  reference  only  and  are  not  to be used to
          interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement. 

                    n.   ORAL    AGREEMENTS.      ORAL   AGREEMENTS   OR
          COMMITMENTS  TO  LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT OR TO FOREBEAR FROM
          ENFORCING  REPAYMENT OF A DEBT INCLUDING PROMISES TO EXTEND OR
          RENEW   SUCH  DEBT  ARE  NOT  ENFORCEABLE.    TO  PROTECT  YOU
          ( B O R R OWER)  AND  US  (LENDER)  FROM  MISUNDERSTANDING  OR
          DISAPPOINTMENT,  ANY AGREEMENTS WE REACH COVERING SUCH MATTERS
          ARE  CONTAINED  IN  THIS  WRITING,  WHICH  IS THE COMPLETE AND
          EXCLUSIVE  STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN US, EXCEPT AS WE
          MAY LATER AGREE IN WRITING TO MODIFY IT. 

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed
          this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


          BORROWER:

          HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.



          By:
          Name:          Linda H. Sleeper
          Title:    Executive Vice President
          ATTEST:


          [CORPORATE SEAL]




          LENDER:

          DORINCO REINSURANCE COMPANY



          By: 

          Name:     Paul D. Brink
          Title:    President & CEO
<PAGE>
                                     EXHIBIT E


                          STOCK CERTIFICATE RESTRICTIONS


                    "Sale, transfer, pledge or other
                    disposition of the shares represented by
                    this certificate is restricted pursuant to
                    a Loan Agreement dated March     , 1997,
                    between Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
                    and Dorinco Reinsurance Company."
                    


                               PROMISSORY NOTE


$7,000,000.00                                             March 11, 1997


     FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED, the undersigned, Hallmark Financial Services,
Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation with its principal offices at 14651 Dallas
Parkway,  Suite 900, Dallas, TX 75240, ("Maker"), hereby unconditionally
promises  to pay to the order of DORINCO REINSURANCE COMPANY, a Michigan
corporation with its principal offices at 1320 Waldo Avenue, Midland, MI
48642  ("Payee"),  by  wire  transfer  so  as  to constitute immediately
available  funds,  or  as otherwise directed, the principal sum of Seven
Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00), in lawful money of the United States of
America,  together  with  interest (calculated on the basis of a 360 day
year),  on  the  unpaid  principal  balance  from  day-to-day remaining,
computed  from  the date of advance until maturity at the rate per annum
which  shall  from  day-to-day be equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum
rate allowable by law, or (b) eight and one-quarter percent (8.25%).

     The  principal  of  and  interest  upon  this Note shall be due and
payable as follows:

     (a)  Interest,  computed  as  aforesaid,  shall  be due and payable
          monthly  as  it  accrues,  beginning  on  March  31, 1997, and
          thereafter,  on the last business day of each succeeding month
          thereafter and on March 31, 2004 (the "Termination Date"); and

     (b)  The  unpaid  principal amount of this Note shall be payable in
          sixty consecutive monthly installments commencing on March 31,
          1999, and continuing on the last business day of each calendar
          month  thereafter  until  and  including the Termination Date.
          Each  such  installment  shall  be  in an amount equal to one-
          sixtieth  (1/60th)  (rounded  to  the  nearest  $1.00)  of the
          original  principal  amount  of  this Note, provided, however,
          that  the  final  payment  on the Termination Date shall be an
          amount  equal  to  the then-unpaid principal of this Note plus
          any other amounts payable hereunder.

     All  past-due  principal and, to the extent permitted by applicable
law,  past-due interest upon this Note shall bear interest at the lesser
of maximum rate allowable by law, or the rate per annum which shall from
day-to-day be equal to thirteen percent (13%).

     All  payments  shall be made to Citibank, N.A., New York (ABA #021-
00-0089)  for  credit to the account of Payee, Account Number 3900-6944,
if by wire, or, if by check, to Box #8157, Citibank, P.O. Box 7247-8157,
Philadelphia, PA 19170.

     The  occurrence  of  any  one or more of the following events shall
constitute an Event of Default under this Note:

     (a)  t h e    failure  to  pay  any  amount  hereunder  within  ten
          (10)  business  days  of the due date (whether at maturity, by
          reason of acceleration or otherwise); or

     (b)  any  other event of default under that certain Loan Agreement,
          dated as of March 10, 1997, between Maker and Payee.
<PAGE>
     Maker  agrees that if such Event of Default under this Note occurs,
then,  at  the  option of Payee, all or any part of the unpaid principal
balance  of  this Note and accrued interest shall immediately become due
and payable without notice or demand.  Failure of Payee hereof to assert
any right contained herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver thereof.

     Maker  may  prepay this Note, in whole or in part, with the payment
of  liquidated  damages.   If Maker prepays, in whole or in part, before
the   first  anniversary  date  of  this  Note  but  before  the  second
anniversary  date,  the liquidated damages are equal to $120,000.00.  If
Maker prepays, in whole or in part, after the second anniversary date of
this  Note but before the third anniversary date, the liquidated damages
are  equal to $100,000.00.  If Maker prepays, in whole or in part, after
the   third  anniversary  date  of  this  Note  but  before  the  fourth
anniversary  date,  the  liquidated  damages  are  equal  to $80,000.00.
However,  Maker  may  repay up to 40% of this Note at any time after the
second  anniversary without liquidated damages.  Maker may prepay all or
any  portion  of  this  Note  after  the fourth anniversary date without
liquidated damages or other penalty.

     In  the  event  any one or more of the provisions of the Note shall
for  any  reason  be  held  to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in
whole or in part or in any respect, or in the event that any one or more
of the provisions of this Note operate or could prospectively operate to
invalidate this Note, then and in either of those events, such provision
or  provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make
the  application  of  such provision or provisions valid and enforceable
and  shall not affect any other provision of this Note and the remaining
provisions  of  this  Note  shall remain operative and in full force and
effect  and  shall  in  no  way  be  affected,  prejudiced, or disturbed
thereby. 

     Maker  hereby  forever  waives  presentment,  demand  for  payment,
protest,  notice  of  protest,  notice of dishonor of this Note, and all
other  demands  and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance,
performance,  and  enforcement  of  this  Note.  Maker further agrees to
indemnify  and hold harmless Payee for all costs of collection including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees and expenses that Payee may incur by reason
of  Maker's  failure promptly to pay when due the indebtedness evidenced
by this Note.

     This  Note shall be paid without deduction by reason of any setoff,
defense, or counterclaim of Maker.

     No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Note nor consent to
any  departure by Maker therefrom shall in any event be effective unless
the  same  shall be in writing and signed by Payee, and then such waiver
or  consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the
specific purpose for which given.

     No  failure  on  the  part  of  Payee  to exercise, and no delay in
exercising,  any  right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any
other  or  further  exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
The  remedies  herein  provided  are cumulative and not exclusive of any
remedies provided by law. 
<PAGE>
     This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws  of  the State of Michigan and shall be binding upon the successors
and  assigns  of  Maker and shall inure to the benefit of the successors
and assigns of Payee.

                                   HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.


                                   By:
                                   Name:     Linda H. Sleeper
                                   Title: Executive Vice President



                           ACO HOLDINGS, INC.

                   STOCK PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


     THIS STOCK PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made this
11th  day  of  March,  1997,  by and between ACO HOLDINGS, INC., a Texas
corporation ("Pledgor"), and DORINCO REINSURANCE COMPANY ("Lender").

                                RECITALS

     T h e  following  recitals  constitute  a  material  part  of  this
Agreement:

     I.   Pursuant  to  the terms of a Loan Agreement (hereinafter "Loan
Agreement")  of even date herewith between Lender and Hallmark Financial
S e r v i ces,  Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation  ("Borrower"),  Lender  is
concurrently  herewith  extending  to  Borrower  a loan in the principal
amount  of  $7,000,000.00, to be evidenced by Borrower's promissory note
(the  "Note")  which is secured by Pledgor's pledge of the Pledged Stock
(as defined below) pursuant to this Agreement.

     II.  For  convenience,  the  Loan  Agreement,  the  Note  and  this
Agreement,  as the same are hereafter modified, amended or extended, are
sometimes  hereinafter  collectively  referred  to  as  the "Transaction
Documents".

     III. Pledgor represents and warrants to Lender that Pledgor has and
will continue to receive substantial benefit from the loans by Lender to
Borrower and that, in consideration of such benefit, Pledgor is pledging
the  Pledged  Stock  to  Lender  to  secure  the Obligations (as defined
below).

     IV.  Pledgor further represents and warrants to Lender that Pledgor
has  received  reasonably equivalent value in exchange for the pledge of
the  Pledged  Stock  to Lender and that Pledgor (i) was not insolvent on
the  date  of  the  pledge  of the Pledged Stock to Lender; (ii) was not
engaged  in and was not about to engage in a business or transaction for
which  it  had  unreasonably  small  capital; or (iii) did not intend to
incur,  or  believe  that  it  would  incur,  debts that would be beyond
Pledgor's ability to pay as such debts matured.

     V.   This  Agreement and the rights hereby granted shall secure the
following (the "Obligations"):

          A.   All  present  and  future  liabilities,  indebtedness and
     obligations  of  Borrower to Lender of every kind, type, nature and
     description, arising under the Transaction Documents;

          B.   All costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, of all
     legal  actions  or  proceedings  brought  by Lender to enforce this
     Agreement  or  any  other Transaction Document, all other costs and
     expenses  paid  or incurred in respect of or in connection with the
     Pledged  Stock,  and any other sums that may become due and payable
     to Lender by Pledgor; and

          C.   The  observance  and performance by Pledgor of all terms,
     provisions,   covenants  and  obligations  of  Pledgor  under  this
     Agreement and all other Transaction Documents.
<PAGE>
     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the foregoing and the mutual
covenants  and  agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable
c o n sideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:     

     1.   Pledged  Stock. The term "Pledged Stock" shall mean the shares
of  capital  stock  described in Schedule 1 which is attached hereto and
made  a  part  hereof  and  all  other shares of capital stock, options,
rights  and  warrants  issued  to Pledgor by the issuer of the aforesaid
capital  stock  described in Schedule 1, together with all certificates,
options,  rights  and  other  distributions issued as an addition to, in
substitution  or  exchange  for,  or  on  account of, any such shares of
capital  stock, options, rights and warrants arising from any and all of
the  foregoing  or  relating  thereto,  and  all  proceeds  of  all  the
foregoing, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor.

     2.   Pledged Stock; Security For Obligations.

          (a)  As  security  for  the  prompt  payment,  performance and
     satisfaction  of  the Obligations, Pledgor hereby pledges, assigns,
     hypothecates  and transfers to Lender the Pledged Stock, and grants
     Lender a lien on and security interest therein.

          (b)  If  Pledgor  shall  become  entitled  to receive or shall
     receive at any time or from time to time, in connection with any of
     the Pledged Stock, any:

               (i)  stock  certificate,  including,  but not limited to,
          any certificate representing a stock dividend or in connection
          with  any  increase or reduction of capital, reclassification,
          merger,  consolidation, sale of assets, combination of shares,
          stock split, spin-off or splitoff;

               (ii)      o p tion,  warrant  or  right,  whether  as  an
          addition  to  or  in  substitution or exchange for the Pledged
          Stock or otherwise;

               (iii)     dividend  or  distribution payable in property,
          including,  but not limited to, any securities issued by other
          than the issuer of the Pledged Stock; or

               (iv)      dividends  or  distributions of any kind, type,
          nature or description;

          Then Pledgor shall, subject to subparagraph 2(d) below, accept
     the  same as Lender's agent, in trust for Lender, and shall deliver
     them  forthwith to Lender or its nominee in the exact form received
     with,  as  applicable,  Pledgor's endorsement in blank for transfer
     when  necessary, or appropriate stock powers duly executed in blank
     for  transfer, to be held by Lender, or its nominee, subject to the
     terms hereof, as part of the Pledged Stock.

          (c)  Upon  the  occurrence  of  an Event of Default (as herein
     defined), Lender, at its option, may have any or all of the Pledged
     Stock  registered in the name of Lender or its nominee, and Pledgor
     hereby  covenants  that,  upon Lender's request, Pledgor will cause
     the  issuer  of  the  Pledged Stock to effect such registration. In
     connection  with  such  registration, Pledgor hereby designates and
<PAGE>     
     appoints  Lender  as  the  agent and attorney-in-fact of Pledgor to
     execute  any  and  all  documents  and  instruments  in the name of
     Pledgor  and  to do any and every act which Pledgor might do on its
     own  behalf  in  order  to  effectuate  the  change  in  registered
     ownership of any or all of the Pledged Stock upon the occurrence of
     an  Event  of  Default.    Pledgor hereby agrees that the foregoing
     powers granted to Lender hereunder are coupled with an interest and
     are  irrevocable  so  long as any of the Obligations remain unpaid.
     Pledgor shall nevertheless retain all voting rights with respect to
     the  Pledged  Stock  until  the  occurrence of an Event of Default.
     Immediately  and  without further notice, upon the occurrence of an
     Event of Default, Lender or its nominee shall have, with respect to
     the  Pledged  Stock,  at  Lender's  option,  the  right but not the
     obligation  to  exercise  all  voting  rights,  all other corporate
     rights  and all conversion, exchange, subscription or other rights,
     privileges or options pertaining thereto as if it were the absolute
     owner thereof, including, but not limited to, the right to exchange
     any  or  all  of  the Pledged Stock upon the merger, consolidation,
     reorganization,  recapitalization  or  other  readjustment  of  the
     issuer  thereof,  or upon the exercise by such issuer of any right,
     privilege  or  option  pertaining  to  the  Pledged  Stock, and, in
     connection  therewith,  to  deliver any of the Pledged Stock to any
     c o m m ittee,  depository,  transfer  agent,  registrar  or  other
     designated  agency  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  it  may
     determine,  all  without  liability  except to account for property
     actually  received by it; but Lender shall have no duty to exercise
     any of the aforesaid rights, privileges or options and shall not be
     responsible  to  Pledgor  for  any  failure to do so or delay in so
     doing.

          (d)  So  long  as  no  Event  of  Default  has occurred and is
     continuing, all cash dividends on all or any portion of the Pledged
     Stock shall be paid to Borrower and Borrower shall not be deemed to
     accept  said  dividends  as  Lender's  agent  in  trust for Lender.
     Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, any cash dividends
     on  all or any portion of the Pledged Stock shall be paid to Lender
     in reduction of the Obligations unless Lender otherwise consents in
     writing.

     3.   Events  of  Default.    The occurrence of any of the following
events  shall  constitute  and  is  hereby  defined  to  be an "Event of
Default" hereunder:

          (a)  any  failure  or neglect to observe or perform any of the
     terms,  provisions,  promises,  agreements  or  covenants  of  this
     Agreement within thirty (30) days of written notice of such failure
     or neglect; or

          (b)  any  warranty,  representation  or statement contained in
     this  Agreement  or  otherwise made or furnished to Lender by or on
     behalf  of  Pledgor  in connection with the Obligations shall be or
     shall  prove to have been false or incorrect when made or furnished
     or shall at any time hereafter become false or incorrect; or

          (c)  the  occurrence  of  an  Event  of Default under the Loan
     Agreement after all applicable cure periods, if any.
<PAGE>
     4.   Remedies.  Upon  the  occurrence of an Event of Default and at
any time thereafter, Lender may, at its option, in its sole and absolute
discretion  and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, without
further  demand  or  notice of any kind, pursue any or all of its rights
and  remedies under any or all of the Transaction Documents or at law or
in  equity  in  such  order  and  manner as Lender may elect in its sole
discretion,  including,  without  limitation,  any  one  or  more of the
following:

          (a)  Lender  may declare all Obligations to be immediately due
     and  payable, without presentment, protest or notice of any kind to
     Pledgor  or  any  other  person  (all of which are hereby expressly
     waived by Pledgor).

          (b)  Lender  may,  without  demand  of  performance  or  other
     demand,  advertisement  or  notice  of  any kind (except the notice
     specified  below  with  respect  to the time and place of public or
     private  sale) to or upon Pledgor or any other person (all of which
     are,  to  the  extent  permitted  by law, hereby expressly waived),
     forthwith  realize  upon  the  Pledged Stock or any part thereof or
     interest  therein,  and  may forthwith sell or otherwise dispose of
     and  deliver  the  Pledged  Stock  or  any part thereof or interest
     therein,  or  agree  to  do so, in one or more parcels at public or
     private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker's board or at any of
     Lender's  offices  or  elsewhere,  at such prices and on such terms
     (including, without limitation, a requirement that any purchaser of
     all   or  any  part  of  the  Pledged  Stock  purchase  the  shares
     constituting  the  Pledged  Stock  for  investment  and without any
     intention  to make a distribution thereof) as it may deem best, for
     cash or on credit, or for future delivery without assumption of any
     credit  risk, with the right to Lender or any purchaser to purchase
     at any such sale the whole or any part of the Pledged Stock free of
     any  right or equity of redemption in Pledgor which right or equity
     o f    r e d emption  is  hereby  expressly  waived  and  released.
     Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  in  this  Agreement  to the
     contrary,  Pledgor  agrees that Lender, in its sole discretion, may
     determine  that a sale, public or private, of all or any portion of
     the  Pledged  Stock is not in Lender's best interest, and Lender is
     hereby  expressly  authorized  to  retain  all  or  any part of the
     P l edged  Stock  indefinitely  until  Lender  deems  in  its  sole
     discretion  that  a  sale would be in its best interest. Until such
     sale,  Lender may, in its sole discretion, elect to hold all or any
     part  of  the  Pledged Stock and be treated as the beneficial owner
     thereof  and  shall  be entitled to collect all income and proceeds
     therefrom  and  Pledgor shall cause the issuer of the Pledged Stock
     to  treat Lender in all respects as if Lender were a shareholder of
     issuer  and with all the rights applicable to such status as to the
     Pledged Stock.

          (c)  The  proceeds  of any such disposition or other action by
     Lender shall be applied as follows:

               (i)  first,   to  the  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in
          connection  therewith  or incidental thereto or to the care or
          safekeeping of any of the Pledged Stock or in any way relating
          to  the rights of Lender hereunder, including, but not limited
          to, attorneys' fees and legal expenses;
<PAGE>
               (ii)      second,  to the satisfaction of the Obligations
          in  such  order  of  priority as Lender shall determine in its
          sole discretion;

               (iii)     third,  to  the  payment  of  any other amounts
          required  by  applicable  law  (including, without limitation,
          Section 9-504(1)(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code); and

               (iv) fourth,  to  the  extent of any surplus proceeds, to
          the person(s) legally entitled thereto.

          (d)  Lender  need not give more than fifteen (15) days' notice
     of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which
     a  private  sale  may take place, which notice Pledgor hereby deems
     and agrees to be commercially reasonable.

          (e)  Pledgor  hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by
     applicable  law  any  right  Pledgor  may have to require Lender to
     marshall assets or sell the Pledged Stock, or any other collateral,
     in any particular order of priority.

     5.   Rights  and  Remedies  Not  Exclusive.    Notwithstanding  any
provision  in  this  Agreement  or  in  any  Transaction Document to the
contrary,  the  rights  and  remedies  provided  herein and in the other
Transaction  Documents  and  in  all  other  agreements, instruments and
documents  delivered  pursuant  to or in connection with the Transaction
Documents are cumulative and are in addition to and not exclusive of any
rights  or  remedies  provided by law or under the principles of equity,
including,  without  limitation,  the  rights  and remedies of a secured
party  under  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  and  all  such rights and
remedies  may  be  enforced  partially,  successively,  alternatively or
concurrently,  and  any  action  by  Lender to enforce any of its rights
and/or remedies shall not stop or prevent Lender from pursuing any other
right or remedy which it may have hereunder or by law.

     6.   Notices.   Pledgor will promptly deliver to Lender all written
notices,  and  will  promptly  give  Lender  written notice of any other
notices  received  by  it  with respect to the Pledged Stock, and Lender
will  promptly  give like notice to Pledgor of any such notices received
by  it or its nominee. Any notice given pursuant to this Agreement shall
be  in  writing  and shall be deemed received upon (i) receipt of actual
notice  by  Pledgor or Lender, or (ii) five (5) business days after such
notice  is  deposited in the United States Mail, certified or registered
mail,  return  receipt  requested with postage prepaid, and addressed as
follows:

          To Lender:

               Dorinco Reinsurance Company
               1320 Waldo Avenue
               Midland, MI 48642
               Attention: David E. Chamberlain
               (517) 636-7156
               (517) 636-9963 (facsimile)
<PAGE>
          To Pledgor:

               ACO Holdings, Inc.
               c/o Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
               14651 Dallas Parkway, Suite 900
               Dallas, TX 75240
               Attention: Ramon D. Phillips
               (214) 404-1637
               (214) 788-0520 (facsimile)

Any  party may from time to time change its address to which notices are
to be sent or delivered hereunder by giving prior written notice of such
change to the other party hereto as above provided.

     7.   Further Documents. Pledgor shall at any time, and from time to
time,  upon  the  written  request  of  Lender, execute and deliver such
further  documents  and  do  such  further acts and things as Lender may
reasonably  request to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including,
but not limited to, delivering to Lender upon the occurrence of an Event
of  Default  irrevocable  proxies with respect to the Pledged Stock in a
form satisfactory to Lender. Until receipt thereof, this Agreement shall
constitute  Pledgor's  proxy to Lender or its nominee to vote all shares
of  Pledged  Stock then registered in Pledgor's name upon the occurrence
of an Event of Default.

     8.   Return  of Pledged Stock. Upon the satisfaction in full of all
Obligations and the satisfaction of all additional costs and expenses of
Lender  as  provided  herein,  this Agreement shall terminate and Lender
shall deliver to Pledgor at Pledgor's expense, such of the Pledged Stock
as  shall  not  have  been  sold  or  otherwise applied pursuant to this
Agreement.

     9.   Lender's  Duties.  Beyond  the  exercise of reasonable care to
assure  the  safe  custody  of  the  Pledged Stock while held hereunder,
Lender shall have no duty or liability to preserve any rights pertaining
thereto  and  shall  be  relieved  of all responsibility for the Pledged
Stock upon surrendering it or tendering surrender of it to Pledgor.

     10.  Specific  Performance.  Pledgor  acknowledges that a breach of
any  of  its covenants set forth in this Agreement may cause irreparable
injury  to  Lender; that Lender will have no adequate remedy at law with
respect  to  such  breach;  and  that,  as a consequence thereof, all of
Pledgor's  covenants  set  forth in this Agreement shall be specifically
enforceable  against  Pledgor  and  Pledgor hereby waives, to the extent
such waiver is enforceable under law, and shall not assert, any defenses
against  an action for specific performance of such covenants except for
a defense that no Event of Default has occurred.

     11.  No  Waiver.  No  course of dealing between Pledgor and Lender,
nor  any  failure  to  exercise,  nor any delay in exercising any right,
remedy,  power  or privilege of Lender hereunder or under any other Loan
Document  shall  operate  as  a  waiver  thereof nor shall any single or
partial  exercise of any such right, remedy, power or privilege preclude
any  other remedy or the further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, remedy, power or privilege.
<PAGE>
     12.  Prohibition  of  Indirect  Action.  Any  act  which Pledgor is
prohibited  from doing hereunder or under any other Transaction Document
shall  not be done or allowed to be done indirectly through an affiliate
thereof or by any other indirect means.

     13.  Expenses.  Pledgor agrees to promptly pay all expenses, costs,
c h arges,  fees  and  disbursements  of  any  kind,  type,  nature  and
description,  including  reasonable attorneys' fees and all court costs,
incurred by Lender in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement.

     14.  Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement are severable,
and  if  any clause or provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid
or  unenforceable  in  whole  or  in part in any jurisdiction, then such
invalidity   or  unenforceability  shall  affect  only  such  clause  or
provision  or  part  thereof  in  such jurisdiction and shall not in any
manner  affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction or any
other clause or provision in this Agreement.

     15. Governing Law; Construction.

          (a)  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by and construed in
     accordance  with  the  laws  of the State of Michigan, except as to
     matters covered by applicable Federal law or regulation.

          (b)  I n   construing  this  Agreement,  words  of  masculine,
     feminine  or  neuter  gender shall mean and include the correlative
     words of the other genders, and words importing the singular number
     shall  mean and include the plural number, and vice versa. The term
     " p e r s on"  shall  mean  any  individual,  sole  proprietorship,
     partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,  unincorporated organization,
     association,  corporation,  institution  or  other  entity,  or any
     combination  of  any  of the foregoing, as the context may require.
     The  headings  in the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for
     convenience  of  reference  only  and  shall  not constitute a part
     hereof.

          (c)  No  inference in favor of, or against, any party shall be
     drawn from the fact that such party has drafted any portion of this
     Agreement,  each  party  having  been represented by counsel of its
     choice  in  connection with the negotiation and preparation of this
     Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

     16.  Sole Discretion of Lender. Whenever Lender's judgment, consent
or approval is required hereunder for any matter or Lender shall have an
option  or  election  hereunder  ("Decision Power"), such Decision Power
shall  be  exercised in the good faith, reasonable discretion of Lender.
Pledgor  acknowledges that unless specifically limited herein, Lender is
entitled  to  exercise its Decision Power in a manner most beneficial to
it.

     17.  Amendments.  This  Agreement  may be amended only by a written
     instrument signed by all the parties hereto.

     18.  Conflict  Among  Provision. In the event of a conflict between
any  provision  of  this  Agreement  and  the  provisions  of  any other
document,  instrument  or  agreement  which  grants  Lender  a  security
interest in all or any part of the Pledged Stock, the provisions of this
Agreement shall control.
<PAGE>
     19.  Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
to  the  benefit  of  the  parties  hereto  and  their respective heirs,
administrators,   personal   and   legal   representatives,   executors,
successors,  transferees  and  assigns;  provided, however, that Pledgor
shall not be permitted to assign any of its obligations hereunder.

     20.  Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts,  each  of  which shall be deemed an original, and shall be
binding  upon any person executing the same (whether or not all intended
signatures  hereon  are  obtained),  and  all  of  which  together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

     21.  Venue.  Venue of any action brought pursuant to this Agreement
or  any  other Transaction Document shall, at the election of Lender, be
in (and, if any such action is originally brought in another venue, such
action  shall,  at the election of Lender, be transferred to) a state or
F e deral  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  located  in  or  having
jurisdiction  over  Midland  County,  Michigan.    Each  party  to  this
Agreement hereby waives any objection to the jurisdiction of or venue in
any  such  court and to the service of process described in the Michigan
or  Federal  Rules  of  Civil  Procedure.   Each party to this Agreement
hereby  waives any right to claim that any such court is an inconvenient
forum or any similar defense.

     22.  NO SETOFF OR COUNTERCLAIM; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

          (A)  NO  SETOFF OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY KIND CLAIMED BY PLEDGOR
     SHALL  STAND  AS  A  DEFENSE  TO  THE  JUDICIAL ENFORCEMENT OF THIS
     AGREEMENT  AGAINST PLEDGOR, IT BEING HEREBY SPECIFICALLY AGREED AND
     STIPULATED THAT ANY SUCH SETOFF OR COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MAINTAINED
     BY SEPARATE SUIT.

          (B)  LENDER  AND  PLEDGOR  HEREBY  AGREE TO TRIAL BY COURT AND
     I R R EVOCABLY  WAIVE  JURY  TRIAL  IN  ANY  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING
     (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY COUNTERCLAIM) ARISING OUT OF OR
     IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER
     TRANSACTION  DOCUMENT,  THE  RELATIONSHIP  CREATED  THEREBY, OR THE
     ORIGINATION,  ADMINISTRATION  OR  ENFORCEMENT  OF  THE INDEBTEDNESS
     EVIDENCED AND/OR SECURED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION
     DOCUMENT.

          IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties have executed this as of the
day and year first above written.

PLEDGOR:
ACO HOLDINGS, INC.

By:
Name:     Linda H. Sleeper
Title:    Executive Vice President

ATTEST:

By:
   Raymond A. Kilgore, Secretary

[CORPORATE SEAL]
<PAGE>

                                       EXHIBIT 1

                                     PLEDGED STOCK

                 
                      All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
                 Hallmark Financial Corporation
                 


                             Loan Agreement
                                                                        

                          As of March 17, 1997

                                 Between
BORROWER

HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION
14651 Dallas Parkway, Suite 900
Dallas, Texas  75240

BANK

NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
901 Main Street, 7th Floor
P.O. Box 83100
Dallas, Texas  75283-1000

     In consideration of the Loan or Loans described below and the
mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, Bank and Borrower agree as follows:

     1.0  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  In addition to any other terms defined
herein, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth with
respect thereto:

     "ACO" means ACO Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation which is wholly
owned by HFS.

     "Adjusted Eligible Premium Finance Agreements" at any time, means
the Eligible Premium Finance Agreements adjusted to reflect the addition
or subtraction, as appropriate of:  (a) amendments to any Eligible
Premium Finance Agreement; (b) miscellaneous corrections to Eligible
Premium Finance Agreements; (c) cash receipts (not otherwise included in
the definition of Eligible Premium Finance Agreements); (d) any Eligible
Premium Finance Agreement which has been canceled; (e) earned late
charges; (f) earned set up fees; (g) returned checks (uncollected net of
returned check charges); (h) interest and write-offs; (i) change in
unearned interest; and (j) return premiums in course of collections.

     "Adjusted LIBO Rate" means, for any Interest Period, a rate of
interest per annum equal to the sum of two and eight-tenths of one
percent (2.80%) plus the LIBO Rate for the applicable Interest Period. 

     "Adjusted Prime Rate" means a rate of interest per annum equal to
the Prime Rate plus three-eighths of one percent (0.375%). 

     "Affiliate" of any person means any other person or entity (i)
which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries
controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such
person or entity, (ii) which beneficially owns or holds 15% or more of
the equity of such person or entity, or (iii) of which 15% or more of
the equity is beneficially owned or held by such person or entity or a
subsidiary of such person or entity; "control" means the power to direct
the management and policies of such person or entity directly or
indirectly, whether through the ownership of equity, by contract or
otherwise.
<PAGE>
     "AH" means American Hallmark Insurance Company of Texas, a Texas
domiciled insurance company which is wholly owned by HFS.

     "AHGA" means American Hallmark General Agency, Inc., a Texas
corporation which is wholly owned by ACO.

     "Bank Reserve" means, for any period, the amount applicable to such
period as set forth in Schedule 1.0 attached hereto.

     "Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
of the United States of America or any successor governmental body.

     "Borrowing Base" at any time, shall be equal to the remainder of
(i) the sum of (A) 60% of Adjusted Eligible Premium Finance Agreements
plus (B) 60% of Eligible Return Premiums as determined in accordance
with this Agreement, minus (ii) the Bank Reserve.

     "Business Day" means (i) a day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day
on which Bank is authorized to be closed in the State of Texas, and (ii)
if the applicable Business Day relates to a LIBO Rate Tranche, a day on
which dealings in Dollar deposits are also carried on in the London
interbank market and banks are open for business in London.

     "Combined Ratio" means a combined ratio of AH calculated in
accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the
Texas Department of Insurance or the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners.

     "Consequential Loss" means any loss, cost, or expense incurred by
Bank because Borrower pays all or some portion of the Loan prior to the
last day of the applicable Interest Period and includes, without
limitation, the amount (if any) by which (i) the interest which would
have been payable on the prepaid amount had it not been paid prior to
the last day of the Interest Period exceeds (ii) the interest earned to
the extent Bank is able to redeposit the same so prepaid for the balance
of such Interest Period and also includes all expenses and penalties
incurred by Bank in so redepositing such sum.

     "Contested in Good Faith" means, as to any payment, tax,
assessment, charge, levy, lien, encumbrance or claim, contesting the
amount, applicability or validity thereof in good faith by appropriate
proceedings or other appropriate actions promptly initiated and
diligently conducted in a manner satisfactory to Bank, provided (a) a
deposit of funds or other security satisfactory to Bank in the full
amount of such contested payment, tax, assessment, charge, levy, lien,
encumbrance or claim has been provided for in a manner satisfactory to
Bank, and (b) the enforcement of the contested payment, tax, assessment,
charge, levy, lien, encumbrance or claim is stayed in a manner
satisfactory to Bank pending the resolution of such contest. 

     "Default" means any act or occurrence specified in Section 9.0,
without regard to whether any requirement for notice or lapse of time,
or both, or any other condition has been satisfied.

     "Dollars" or "$" means lawful money of the United States of
America.
<PAGE>
     "Dorinco Loan Documents" means that certain loan agreement dated as
of March 10, 1997, by and between HFS and Dorinco Reinsurance Company,
the promissory note, the security agreement, and all other documents,
instruments, security agreements, pledge agreements, negative pledge
agreements, certificates and agreements executed and/or delivered by
Borrower, any Guarantor or any third party to Dorinco Reinsurance
Company in connection with such loan agreement dated March 10, 1997.

     "Eligible Premium Finance Agreements" means all amounts due from
makers pursuant to those Premium Finance Agreements prepared on a form
approved by the Texas Department of Insurance which comply with all
requirements of the Texas Insurance Code and the Texas Department of
Insurance Regulations and which have been created in the ordinary course
of Borrower's business and upon which Borrower's right to receive
payment is absolute, unconditional and not contingent upon the
fulfillment of any condition whatsoever, and shall not include any of
the following: 

     (a)  any Premium Finance Agreement, the payment of which an insurer
or reinsurer has disputed or denied;

     (b)  any Premium Finance Agreement, the payment of which an insurer
or reinsurer has a right of setoff, defense or discount;  

     (c)  any Premium Finance Agreement which reflects a transaction
having less than ten percent (10%) equity in the premium (i.e.,
representing the financing of more than 90% of the insurance premium of
the particular insurance product);  

     (d)  any Premium Finance Agreement in default which has a balance
due from its maker after realization against all collateral securing
such Premium Finance Agreement; 

     (e)  any Premium Finance Agreement arising out of the funding of an
insurance premium for an insurance product issued by, pursuant to, or in
the Texas Automobile Insurance Plan; 

     (f)  any Premium Finance Agreement arising out of the funding of an
insurance premium for any insurance product originated by an agent doing
business outside of the State of Texas or which is an insurance product
otherwise governed by or subject to the laws of a state other than the
State of Texas;  

     (g)  any Premium Finance Agreement arising out of a transaction
where the insurance product is issued or written by an entity other than
AH on behalf of State and County Mutual Fire Insurance Company;

     (h)  any Premium Finance Agreement which does not have 75% or more
of the premium balance reinsured by a third party insurance company with
an A.M. Best rating of A- or higher; or 

     (i)  any Premium Finance Agreement arising out of a transaction
where the managing agent therefor is an entity other than AHGA

     "Eligible Return Premiums" means amounts owed to Borrower by
insurers or reinsurers which are not more than 5 days past due from the
original due date as required by applicable Governmental Authorities,
the obligation of insurers or reinsurers to pay Borrower having arisen
<PAGE>
from the cancellation of an insurance policy funded by Borrower;
provided, however, this definition shall not include any amounts
included in the definition of Eligible Premium Finance Agreements.

     "Event of Default" means any act or occurrence specified in Section
9.0 hereof.

     "Expiration Date" means 2 p.m. on September 17, 1998 or any other
date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement.

     "GAAP" means those accounting principles applied on a consistent
basis generally accepted from time to time in the certified public
accounting profession (including those set forth in the Opinions of the
Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants or statements of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board which may be applicable at the time in question); and "applied on
a consistent basis" means that the accounting principles observed in the
period covered by any report required under the terms of this Agreement
are compatible in all material respects with those applied in any
preceding period and report.  

     "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any
federal, state, local, or other political subdivision thereof, any
department, commission, board, bureau, agency, public authority,
instrumentality, court, or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative functions of
government. 

     "Gross Premium" means the gross premium(s) of AH calculated in
accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the
Texas Department of Insurance or the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners.

     "HCS" means Hallmark Claims Services, Inc., a Texas corporation
which is wholly owned by ACO.

     "HFS" means Hallmark Financial Services, a Nevada corporation.

     "Hazardous Materials" include all materials defined as hazardous
wastes or substances under any local, state or federal environmental
laws, rules or regulations, and petroleum, petroleum products, oil and
asbestos.

     "Indebtedness" means (a) indebtedness or liability for borrowed
money; (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other
similar instruments; (c) obligations for the deferred purchase price of
property or services (including trade obligations); (d) obligations as
lessee under leases which should have been or should be, in accordance
with GAAP, recorded as capital leases; (e) current liabilities in
respect of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; (f) obligations
under letters of credit; (g) obligations under acceptance facilities;
(h) all guarantees, endorsements (other than for collection or deposit
in the ordinary course of business), and other contingent obligations to
purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to invest in any
person or entity, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; (i)
obligations secured by any mortgage, lien, pledge or security interest
<PAGE>
or other charge or encumbrance on property, whether or not the
obligations have been assumed; and (j) obligations to redeem or
repurchase any capital stock, warrants or stock equivalents.

     "Interest Expense" means for any period the sum of (i) the
aggregate interest expense for such period determined in accordance with
GAAP, including the portion of any obligation allocable to interest
expense under a capital lease for such period plus (ii) bad debt expense
of Borrower, determined in a manner consistent with the Borrower's
internally prepared financial statements dated November 30, 1996.

     "Interest Payment Date" means (i) the last Business Day of each
calendar month, or if earlier occurring in any calendar month with
respect to any LIBO Rate Tranche, the last day of the Interest Period
applicable to such LIBO Rate Tranche, and (ii) the Expiration Date.

     "Interest Period" means for each LIBO Rate Tranche, the period
commencing on the date such LIBO Rate Tranche is made or, in the case of
a rollover to a successive Interest Period, the last day of the
immediately preceding Interest Period and, except as provided below,
ending three (3), six (6) or twelve (12) calendar months thereafter, as
Borrower may select in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
provided that all Interest Periods are subject to the following terms
and conditions:  (A) all Interest Periods which would otherwise end on a
day which is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding
Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day falls in the next
succeeding calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end
on the next preceding Business Day; (B) no Interest Period may be
selected that ends later than the Expiration Date; (C) an Interest
Period once selected by Borrower shall be binding upon Borrower and
irrevocable; and (D) each Interest Period shall terminate on the
numerical day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period which
corresponds to the day such Interest Period began unless there is no
such corresponding day in such month, in which case such Interest Period
shall terminate on the last Business Day of such calendar month.

     "Interest Rate Option" means the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Adjusted
Prime Rate.

     "Lending Office" means for each LIBO Rate Tranche the office of
Bank (or its Affiliate) designated for such LIBO Rate Tranche from time
to time by Bank.

     "LIBO Rate" means, for each Interest Period, a rate per annum
(rounded upwards, if not already a whole multiple of 1/16 of one
percent, to the next higher 1/16 of one percent) determined by Bank to
be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the London Interbank
Offered Rate for the relevant Interest Period by (b) the remainder of
one (1) minus the applicable Reserve Requirement on the first day of the
relevant Interest Period (rounded upwards, if not already a whole
multiple of 1/16 of one percent, to the next higher 1/16 of one
percent).

     "LIBO Rate Tranche" means each Tranche the interest on which is
calculated with reference to an Adjusted LIBO Rate.  

     "Loan(s)" means collectively any and all loans or advances
heretofore or hereafter made by Bank to Borrower.
<PAGE>                                                                        
     "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Note, the Guaranty
Agreements, the Security Agreement, and all other documents,
instruments, guarantees, security agreements, deeds of trust, pledge
agreements, certificates and agreements executed and/or delivered by
Borrower, any Guarantor or third party to Bank in connection with any
Loan.

     "London Interbank Offered Rate" means, for the relevant Interest
Period, the rate of interest per annum (rounded upwards, if not already
a whole multiple of 1/16 of one percent, to the next higher 1/16 of one
percent) equal to the rate at which Dollar deposits would be offered by
Bank (or its affiliate) at its in London, England (or if Bank, at the
time any determination is made, does not maintain an office in London,
England, the principal office of any affiliate of Bank in London,
England) to major banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 a. m.
London, England two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of the
relevant Interest Period for a period of time equal or comparable to and
commencing on such Interest Period and in an amount equal or comparable
to the principal balance of the Loan to be disbursed or outstanding
during such Interest Period. 

     "Loss Ratio" means the loss ratio of AH calculated in accordance
with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Texas
Department of Insurance or the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners.

     "Maximum Amount" means the lesser of $8,000,000 or the Borrowing
Base.<PAGE>
     "Maximum Rate" means the higher of the maximum interest rate
allowed by applicable United States or Texas law as amended from time to
time and in effect on the date for which a determination of interest is
made.

     "Net Operating Income Available For Distribution" of Borrower means
for any period an amount equal to the remainder of (i) Net Operating
Income for such period, minus (ii) any charges for federal, state, local
and foreign income taxes for such period; provided, however, in no event
shall such remainder be less than zero.  As used herein, "Net Operating
Income" of Borrower means for any period an amount equal to the
remainder of (i) total revenues, minus (ii) the aggregate Interest
Expense for such period, minus (iii) normal and customary operating
expenses determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Net Premium" means the net premium of AH calculated in accordance
with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Texas
Department of Insurance or the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners.

     "Notice of Borrowing" means an irrevocable notice signed by
Borrower requesting that a particular advance be made and specifying a
permitted Interest Rate Option to be applicable to all or a portion of
such advance and containing the information and delivered to Bank from
time to time as required by Section 2.5 and Section 2.6.

     "Obligations"  means the obligations of Borrower:
<PAGE>
     (a) to pay all Indebtedness arising out of this Agreement, any
future advances under this Agreement, and all renewals, extensions or
amendments of such Indebtedness or any part thereof or any such future
advances; 

     (b) to pay the principal of and interest on the Note in accordance
with the terms thereof, and all renewals, extensions, modifications and
amendments of such Note or any part thereof, and any future advances
made pursuant thereto; 

     (c) to pay any and all other Indebtedness of Borrower to Bank of
every kind, nature or description, direct or indirect, primary or
secondary, secured or unsecured (including overdrafts), joint or
several, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or
hereafter arising, regardless of how it may be evidenced, and all future
advances, whether or not presently contemplated by the parties; 

     (d) to perform fully all of the terms and provisions of each of the
instruments constituting the Loan Documents; and 

     (e) to reimburse Bank, on demand, for all of Bank's expenses and
costs, plus interest thereon at the Maximum Rate, from the date Bank
expends any funds until reimbursed, including the reasonable fees and
expenses of its counsel, incurred in connection with the preparation,
administration, amendment, modification, or enforcement of this
Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or other documents required
hereunder.

     "Pledged Stock" means all of the following, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired: (i) all of Borrower's capital stock; (ii) all
certificates (if any), options, rights, warrants, coupons, and other
distributions issued as an addition to, in substitution or exchange for,
or on account of, such shares of capital stock, and (iii) all proceeds
of the foregoing. 
     
     "Premium Finance Agreement" means an agreement by which an insured
or prospective insured promises to pay Borrower the amount advanced
under the agreement to AH on behalf of State and County Mutual Fire
Insurance Company or to AHGA in payment of premium on an insurance
contract. 

     "Prime Rate" means the fluctuating rate of interest established by
Bank from time to time, at its discretion, whether or not such rate
shall be otherwise published.  The Prime Rate is established by Bank as
an index and may or may not at any time be the best or lowest rate
charged by Bank on any loan. 

     "Prime Rate Tranche" means a Tranche the interest on which is
calculated with reference to an Adjusted Prime Rate.

     "Reinsurance Agreements" means (a) that certain 100% Quota Share
Reinsurance Agreement effective July 1, 1996, between State and County
Mutual Fire Insurance Company and AH, (b) that certain Quota Share
Retrocession Agreement effective July 1, 1996, among AH, and the
subscribing reinsurers who are additional parties thereto, (c) that
certain Automobile Physical Damage Catastrophe Excess of Loss
Reinsurance Agreement effective July 1, 1996, among AH, and the
subscribing reinsurer who is an additional party thereto, (d) that
<PAGE>
certain Guaranty Agreement effective July 1, 1996 between State and
County Mutual Fire Insurance Company and Kemper Reinsurance Company; (e)
that certain Guaranty Agreement effective July 1, 1996 between State and
County Mutual Fire Insurance Company and Skandia America Reinsurance
Corporation; (f) that certain Guaranty Agreement effective July 1, 1996
between State and County Mutual Fire Insurance Company and Dorinco
Reinsurance Company; (g) that certain Guaranty of Performance and Hold
Harmless Agreement effective July 1, 1996 between Hallmark Financial and
Kemper Reinsurance Company; (h) that certain Guaranty of Performance and
Hold Harmless Agreement effective July 1, 1996 between HFS and Skandia
America Reinsurance Corporation; (i) that certain Guaranty of
Performance and Hold Harmless Agreement effective July 1, 1996 between
HFS and Dorinco Reinsurance Company; and (j) all amendments and
modifications of, or substitutions and replacements for, each of the
foregoing documents.

     "Regulation D" means Regulation D (12 C.F.R. 204) and all
amendments and supplements thereof and any successors or replacements
therefor as promulgated from time to time by the Board.

     "Reserve Requirement" with respect to each Interest Period means
the daily average of the stated maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at
which reserves (including all basic, supplemental, marginal, emergency,
special, and other reserves and taking into account any transitional
adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements during
such Interest Period) are required by the Board (including those under
Regulation D) to be maintained during such Interest Period with respect
to the LIBO Rate, for Eurocurrency liabilities (as such term is defined
in Regulation D) but without benefit or credit for prorations,
exemptions or offsets that might otherwise be available from time to
time under Regulation D.  The Reserve Requirement shall reflect any
other reserves required to be maintained against with respect to LIBO
Rate Tranches (1) any category of liabilities that includes deposits by
reference to which the LIBO Rate is to be determined or (2) any category
of extension of credit or other assets that includes LIBO Rate Tranches.

     "Solvent" means as of any time of determination with respect to a
person or entity (i) the fair market value of its assets exceeds the
amount of its liabilities (including contingent liabilities), (ii) the
present fair saleable value of its assets exceeds the probable liability
on existing debts as they become due, (iii) such person or entity is
then able and expects to be able to pay its debts (including contingent
liabilities) as they become due, and (iv) such person or entity has and
expects to have sufficient capital (having due regard for the prevailing
practice in the industry in which it is engaged) to carry on its
business as conducted or proposed to be conducted.  

     "Statutory Capital and Surplus" means capital and surplus
determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices from time
to time prescribed or permitted by the Texas Department of Insurance or
the National Association of Insurance Commissioners for stock property
and casualty insurance companies in Texas.
<PAGE>
     "Tangible Net Worth" means the sum of the excess of total assets
over Total Liabilities, each determined in accordance with GAAP
consistent with those applied in the preparation of the financial
statements previously furnished to Bank, excluding however, from the
determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as
intangible assets under GAAP.

     "Total Liabilities" means as of any date the Indebtedness of
Borrower and its subsidiaries reflected on the balance sheet of Borrower
as of such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Tranche" means either a LIBO Rate Tranche or a Prime Rate Tranche.
     
     "Trigger Event" means the occurrence of one or more of the
following events:

(i)  As of the end of any fiscal quarter, AH's Combined Ratio for the
four (4) immediately preceding fiscal quarters of AH's operations is
greater than 107%;

(ii) As of the end of any fiscal quarter, AH's Loss Ratio for the four
(4) immediately preceding fiscal quarters of AH's operations is greater
than 83%;

(iii)     Borrower's Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in Section 6.1
hereof) as of the end of any fiscal quarter is less than 1.80 to 1.0;

(iv)  As of the date of any reporting period required by law or the
Texas Department of Insurance, the Tangible Net Worth of Borrower
(determined in accordance with GAAP) is less than the amount set forth
below for the calendar year indicated:

                              1997 - $7,890,000
                              1998 - $8,200,000; or

(v)  As of the date of any reporting period required by law or the Texas
Department of Insurance, the Statutory Capital and Surplus of AH is less
than $4,200,000 or shall have decreased more than 15% from the
comparable reporting period of the preceding calendar year.

2.0  LOANS.

2.1  Loans.  Bank agrees, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to
extend to Borrower a revolving line of credit, pursuant to which Bank
will lend Borrower at any time and from time to time on or before the
Expiration Date, sums which may be repaid and reborrowed as provided
herein and which shall not exceed at any one time outstanding the
Maximum Amount.  Whenever Borrower desires to borrow hereunder, it shall
deliver a Notice of Borrowing to Bank in the manner specified in Section
2.5 and Section 2.6 hereof and in a manner otherwise satisfactory to
Bank.  Borrower agrees that the Loans shall be used solely to finance
Premium Finance Agreements.

2.2  Note.  The obligation of Borrower to repay the aggregate principal
balance of all Loans hereunder outstanding at any one time shall be
evidenced by a promissory note (such instrument, together with any and
all renewals and extensions and rearrangements thereof being
collectively referred to herein as the "Note").  The Note shall (a) be 
<PAGE>
dated March 17, 1997, (b) be payable in the manner described in
Section 2.3 hereof, (c) bear interest from the date thereof until paid
in the manner provided in the Note, (d) be entitled to the benefits of
this Agreement and the security provided for herein, and (e) be in such
form as is acceptable to Bank. 

2.3  Amortization.  Accrued interest on the unpaid principal balance of
the Note shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment
Date applicable to each Tranche.  The unpaid principal balance of the
Note, and all accrued, unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable
on the Expiration Date.

2.4  Interest on the Loan and Other Obligations.

(a)  Except as otherwise provided in subsections (b) and (c), the
outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall bear interest from the
date funded until paid, at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of
(x) the Maximum Rate or (y) the rate for each Tranche determined
according to the following:

(A)  for the Prime Rate Tranche, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to
the Adjusted Prime Rate; or

(B)  for each LIBO Rate Tranche, a rate equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

(b)  If, at any time with respect to the Prime Rate Tranche or during
the Interest Periods of LIBO Rate Tranche, the interest rate then in
effect with respect to such Tranche or Tranches would exceed the Maximum
Rate Bank could charge, then, notwithstanding the other provisions
hereof and Borrower's election, the interest rate chargeable with
respect to such affected Tranche or Tranches shall immediately become
the Maximum Rate, provided that such affected Tranche or Tranches shall
thereafter accrue interest at the Maximum Rate until such time as Bank
has received a sum equal to the amount of interest which would have
accrued on such affected Tranche or Tranches had such Tranche or
Tranches accrued interest at the interest rate otherwise applicable
thereto.  So long as interest is calculated pursuant to this provision,
Borrower is not entitled to elect that any Tranche be, or to convert the
interest rate to the rate applicable to, a LIBO Rate Tranche and the
interest rate for the Prime Rate Tranche shall not be reinstated.

(c)  All past due payments of principal and, past due interest to the
extent permitted by law, shall bear interest until paid at a default
rate equal to the Maximum Rate, or if there is no such Maximum Rate,
then at a rate equal to 6.0% above the interest rate then in effect.  
  
(d)  With respect to a LIBO Rate Tranche, in the event no selection of
an Interest Period is made by Borrower, the relevant Interest Period
shall be for three (3) calendar months.

(e)  The amount of the monthly payment of interest shall be determined
by Bank, and Bank's determination thereof shall be conclusive and
binding, absent manifest error.

2.5  Procedure to Establish Interest Rates.
<PAGE>
(a)  Except as provided in subsection (g) hereof, the interest rate or
rates applicable to each Tranche shall be established pursuant to a
Notice of Borrowing which shall be delivered to Bank not later than
10:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas time) on the date it is required to be
delivered.  If the Interest Rate Option to be applicable is the Adjusted
Prime Rate, the Notice of Borrowing shall be delivered on the initial
funding date (in the case of the initial advance) or the date of
conversion (in the case of a conversion to a Prime Rate Tranche).  If
the Interest Rate Option to be applicable is the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the
Notice of Borrowing shall be delivered not less than three (3) Business
Days prior to the initial funding date (in the case of the initial
advance) or the date of renewal or conversion (in the case of the
renewal of or conversion to a LIBO Rate Tranche).

(b)  Each Notice of Borrowing shall specify (i) the principal amount of
the Loan applicable to the Tranche; (ii) the Interest Rate Option
selected; (iii) the effective date of the renewal or conversion of the
Interest Rate Option applicable to the Tranche involved, which shall be a 
Business Day; and (iv) if the Interest Rate Option is the Adjusted LIBO 
Rate, the Interest Period for such Tranche; provided that the minimum 
principal amount of each Tranche shall be $250,000.

(c)  Borrower may have in effect at any one time no more than twelve
(12) Tranches in the aggregate and so long as any Default or Event of
Default continues may not select the Adjusted LIBO Rate to apply to any
Tranche.  

(d)  No renewal or conversion of a LIBO Rate Tranche may be made except
on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto.  

(e)  The election of the Adjusted LIBO Rate is effective only for the
Interest Period specified; and after the end of such Interest Period,
unless Borrower has effectively elected a renewal or conversion, the
applicable Interest Rate Option shall be the Adjusted Prime Rate until
Borrower effectively elects a different interest rate.  

(f)  No election of or renewal of or conversion to an Adjusted LIBO Rate
may occur while any Default or Event of Default exists or if such
conversion would occur at a time when the Maximum Rate would be less
than the rate of interest which would be applicable to such LIBO Rate
Tranche.

(g)  If Borrower does not specify in accordance with the terms hereof or
is not entitled to elect the type of rate to apply to a Tranche,
Borrower shall be deemed to have specified the Adjusted Prime Rate for
such Tranche.  

2.6  Advances.  Whenever Borrower desires to borrow hereunder, it shall
make its request by delivering to Bank a Notice of Borrowing in the form
of Exhibit A attached hereto.  Bank shall be under no obligation to make
any advance to Borrower if the sum of the requested advance plus the
then outstanding principal balance of the Note will exceed the Maximum
Amount.
<PAGE>
2.7  Mandatory Payment.  In the event the aggregate principal balance of
advances outstanding under the Note exceeds the Maximum Amount, Borrower
shall immediately and without notice or demand of any kind, make such
payments as shall be necessary to reduce the principal balance of the
Note to or below the Maximum Amount.

2.8  Prepayments.  Borrower may from time to time upon five (5) Business
Days' prior written notice to Bank and subject to any other limitations
in this Agreement prepay the Loan in whole or in part without penalty or
premium, except as may be incurred in connection with a prepayment of a
LIBO Rate Tranche prior to the end of the applicable Interest Period,
provided any partial prepayment shall be not less than One Hundred
Thousand And No/100 DOLLARS ($100,000) or an integral multiple thereof. 
Prepayments of principal shall be applied first to the Prime Rate
Tranche and then to LIBOR Tranches selected by Borrower; provided that
Borrower shall select such LIBOR Tranches as will minimize the
Consequential Loss resulting from such prepayment; provided further,
that if a Default or an Event of Default exists or if Borrower fails to
select the Tranches to be prepaid, Bank may select such Tranches.  Any
such prepayment shall be made subject to the requirements of
Section 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14.

2.9  Computations, Etc.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a
year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first day
but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such
interest is payable, unless such calculation would result in a usurious
rate, in which case interest shall be calculated on a per annum basis of
a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be.  Each determination by
Bank of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall, except for manifest
error, be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.  

2.10 Usage Fee.  Borrower will pay on the last day of each calendar
quarter commencing on September 30, 1997 and on the Expiration Date, a
usage fee accruing at a rate per annum of one-fourth of one percent
(0.25%) of the average daily unused portion of the Loan for the period
from and including July 1, 1997 through and including the Expiration
Date.

2.11 Loan Commitment Fee.  Borrower has agreed to pay Bank a loan
commitment fee of $27,000 as compensation for Bank's commitment to
extend the Loan to Borrower.  On the closing date Borrower shall pay
Bank the full amount of the commitment fee.

2.12 Payment of Funding Losses.  

(a)  Borrower shall indemnify Bank against any loss or expense incurred
by it as a result of any failure by Borrower to fulfill, on or before
the date specified for any renewal or conversion of the interest rate
applicable to any Tranche, the conditions thereof, including, without
limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated profits) or expense
incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or
other funds when such renewal or conversion of the interest rate
applicable to any Tranche is not made on such date as a result of such
failure.  A certificate in reasonable detail as to the amount of any
such loss or expense submitted to Borrower shall be conclusive as to the
amount thereof except in cases of manifest error.  A copy of any such
statement submitted by Bank shall be given to Borrower.
<PAGE>
(b)  If for any reason Bank receives all or part of its portion of the
principal amount of a LIBO Rate Tranche prior to the last day of the
Interest Period applicable thereto, Borrower shall pay Bank the amount
(if any) of the Consequential Loss occasioned by such payment.  A
certificate of such Bank submitted to Borrower shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.

2.13 Change in Circumstances.

(a)  If Bank determines (which determination shall be made in good faith
and shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower) that (i) adequate and
reasonable means do not or will not exist for ascertaining the interest
rate, (ii) Dollar deposits in the relevant amounts and for the relevant
Interest Period are not available to Bank in the London interbank
market, or (iii) the LIBO Rate does not accurately reflect the cost of
funds to Bank, then Bank shall forthwith give notice of such
determination to Borrower, whereupon, until Bank notifies Borrower that
the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the
obligation of Bank to permit an Adjusted LIBO Rate election shall be
suspended and the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be converted on the last day
of the then current applicable Interest Period to the Adjusted Prime
Rate.  

(b)  If after the date of this Agreement the introduction of or any
change in any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the
interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority
charged with the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance
by Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force
of law) of any authority makes it unlawful or not reasonably possible
for Bank (or its Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund the Loan,
Bank shall forthwith give notice thereof to Borrower.  Before giving any
notice pursuant to this Section, Bank shall if possible designate a
different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for
giving such notice and in Bank's sole judgment will not be otherwise
disadvantageous to Bank.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Adjusted
Prime Rate will be substituted for the Adjusted LIBO Rate.  If
circumstances subsequently change so that Bank is not further affected,
the obligation to permit election of the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be
reinstated upon written request of Borrower.

2.14  Capital Adequacy and Increased Costs.  

(a)  If after the date hereof (i) the adoption or implementation,
change, or phasing in of any law or regulation or in the interpretation
thereof by any domestic or foreign Governmental Authority charged with
the administration thereof or (ii) compliance with any directive,
guideline or request from any central bank or domestic or foreign
Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law)
promulgated or made after the date hereof, in either case, affects or
would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained
by Bank or any corporation directly or indirectly controlling Bank, or
has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such
capital or the asset value of the Loan made hereunder to a level below
that which Bank or such controlling corporation could have achieved but
for such adoption, implementation, change, phasing in, or compliance
(after taking into account Bank's or such corporation's policies
regarding capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Bank to be material
to Bank or such corporation, then, within ten (10) days after 
<PAGE>
written demand by Bank (accompanied by a statement of the type referred
to below), Borrower shall pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts
as shall be sufficient to compensate Bank or such controlling
corporation for any such reduction.

(b)  If any law, regulation, treaty, or directive hereafter enacted,
promulgated, approved, or issued or any change in any presently existing
law, regulation, treaty, or directive therein or in the interpretation
or application thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the
administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law) or
compliance by Bank or any corporation directly or indirectly owning or
controlling Bank (in each case, the "Affected Person") with any request
or directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority,
agency, or instrumentality

(i)  subjects such Affected Person to any tax, duty, or other charge of
any kind whatsoever with respect to the Loan, or its obligations under
this Agreement to make the Loan, or any amounts payable to it hereunder
(and any additional income or franchise taxes resulting therefrom), or
changes the basis of taxation of payments to such Affected Person of
principal, interest, or any other amount payable hereunder in respect of
the Loan (except for imposition of, or change in the rate of, any tax
(A) on the overall net income of such Affected Person or direct
substitute for such tax, or (B) which would not have been imposed if
such Affected Person complied with any certification, information,
documentation or other reporting requirement); or 

(ii)  imposes, modifies, or makes applicable any reserve, special
deposit, compulsory loan, assessment, increased cost, or similar
requirement against assets held by, or deposits of, or advances or loans
or letters of credit by, or other credit extended by, or any other
acquisition of funds by, any office of such Affected Person in respect
of the Loan which is not otherwise expressly included in the
determination of the applicable rate or rates of interest hereunder,
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost of
making, renewing, or maintaining the Loan or to reduce any amount
receivable by Bank hereunder in respect of any of the foregoing then, in
any such case, Borrower shall promptly pay Bank upon demand any
additional amounts necessary to compensate Bank for such additional cost
(including any penalties, interest, and out-of-pocket expenses paid to
third parties, but excluding any late payment penalties which resulted
solely from Bank's inaction in seeking indemnification hereunder) or
reduction in such amount receivable.

(c)  Bank will, if possible, designate a different lending office if
such will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any compensation
hereunder and is not otherwise disadvantageous to Bank.  This Section
shall apply and Bank is entitled to payment hereunder, notwithstanding
any possible invalidity or inapplicability of any event or provision
which may require payment hereunder.  A statement setting forth the
calculations of any additional amounts payable submitted by Bank to
Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  No delay by Bank in
demanding the payment of any additional amounts pursuant to this Section
shall constitute a waiver of its right to demand payment of such amounts
at any subsequent time.  In determining the additional amount payable
pursuant to this Section, Bank shall take into account any transitional
adjustment or phase-in provisions of such reserve requirements which
would reduce the reserve requirement otherwise applicable; provided,
<PAGE>
however, Bank, in its sole discretion, may determine the allocation of
reserve requirements.  Each such determination made by Bank, and each
notification to Borrower under this Section, shall be presumptive as to
the matters therein set forth in the absence of manifest error in
calculation.  Bank agrees to provide on request by Borrower such
certificates as are reasonably required, and take such other actions as
are reasonably necessary to claim such exemptions as Bank may be
entitled to claim in respect of all or a portion of any sums which are
otherwise required to be paid or deducted or withheld pursuant to this
Section.  This Section shall not be construed, nor shall it operate, to
require Borrower to pay any sums not permitted or in excess of the
limits imposed by applicable law.  

2.15  Collateral.  The payment and performance of the Note and all of
the other Obligations of Borrower to Bank pursuant to the Loan Documents
shall be secured by the following: 

(a)  The collateral assignment of, and pledge and grant of a first
priority security interest against all of Borrower's assets, including,
without limitation, all of Borrower's Premium Finance Agreements (but
excluding those Premium Finance Agreements sold to Peregrine Premium
Finance L.C. prior to the date hereof) now existing or hereafter
created, and all accounts receivable now existing or hereafter created
(including those arising from the Reinsurance Agreements, Premium
Finance Agreements and unearned premium reimbursements), and all notes
receivable, general intangibles and chattel paper of Borrower pursuant
to the terms of an agreement (the "Security Agreement") which shall be
satisfactory to Bank.

(b)  The unconditional guaranties of HFS, ACO, AHGA, HCS, and American
Hallmark Agencies, Inc. ("Guarantors") pursuant to the terms of one or
more guaranty agreements (each a "Guaranty Agreement") which shall be
satisfactory to Bank.

3.0  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  The obligations of Bank as set forth herein
are subject to the satisfaction (in the opinion of Bank), unless waived
in writing by Bank, of each of the following conditions (Sections 3.1,
3.3, 3.4, 3.6 and 3.7 are conditions to closing and Sections 3.2, 3.5
and 3.8 are conditions to the initial funding):

3.1  Effectiveness of Loan Documents.  Each of the Loan Documents shall
be in full force and effect.

3.2  Opinion.  There shall have been delivered a favorable opinion of
counsel for Borrower and Guarantors covering such matters incident to
the Loan or the Loan Documents as Bank may reasonably request, including
those matters described in Sections 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.12
and 8.13  hereof. 

3.3  Representations and Warranties.  All representations and warranties
contained herein or in the documents referred to herein or otherwise
made in writing in connection herewith or therewith shall be true and
correct with the same force and effect as though such representations
and warranties have been made on and as of this date.
<PAGE>
3.4  Documentation and Proceedings.  Bank shall have received such
evidence as Bank requires of the existence, good standing, authority and
capacity of Borrower and each Guarantor to execute, deliver and perform
the Loan Documents.  

3.5  Portfolio Audit.  There shall have been delivered to Bank a
portfolio audit of Borrower's portfolio (currently owned by Peregrine
Premium Finance L.C.) of Premium Finance Agreements performed by an
independent entity which is satisfactory to Bank.

3.6  Expenses.  Borrower shall have paid all reasonable expenses of Bank
in connection with the preparation of the Loan Documents and the making
of the Loan, including but not limited to, the fees and expenses of
counsel for Bank.

3.7  Closing of Dorinco Loan Transaction.  HFS shall have consummated
the transactions contemplated by the Dorinco Loan Documents in form and
content satisfactory to Bank and shall have made an equity capital
contribution to Borrower in an amount not less than $7,000,000.

3.8  Form of Premium Finance Agreement Approved by the State Board of
Insurance.  Bank shall have received such evidence as Bank requires of
the approval by the Texas State Board of Insurance of the form of
Premium Finance Agreement to be utilized by Borrower in its premium
finance business.

4.0  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SUBSEQUENT LOANS.  The obligation of Bank
to make each Loan to Borrower is subject, at the time of the funding of
each such Loan, to the satisfaction (in the opinion of Bank), unless
waived in writing by Bank, of each of the following conditions: 

4.1  Effectiveness of Loan Documents.  Each of the Loan Documents shall
be in full force and effect. 

4.2  Availability.  The sum of the then outstanding principal balance of
the Note and the amount of the requested Loan shall be equal to or less
than the Maximum Amount.

4.3  Representations and Warranties.  All representations and warranties
contained herein or in the documents referred to herein or otherwise
made in writing in connection herewith or therewith shall be true and
correct with the same force and effect as though such representations
and warranties have been made on and as of the funding date.  

4.4  No Default.  There shall exist no event of default hereunder or
under the Dorinco Loan Documents and no condition, event or act which,
with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an
event of default hereunder or under the Dorinco Loan Documents.

4.5  Change in Condition.  No adverse change in condition (financial or
otherwise) of Borrower or any Guarantor or any other event shall have
occurred which materially adversely affects (i) the condition (financial
or otherwise) of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (ii) the validity or
enforceability of any of the Loan Documents, or (iii) the ability of
Borrower or any Guarantor to meet and carry out its Obligations under
the Loan Documents or to perform the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby. 
<PAGE>
5.0  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.  Until full payment and performance of all
Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents, Borrower will, unless
Bank consents otherwise in writing (and without limiting any requirement
of any other Loan Document):

5.1  Financial Statements and Other Information.  Maintain a system of
accounting satisfactory to Bank and in accordance with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis throughout the period involved, permit Bank's officers
or authorized representatives to visit and inspect Borrower's books of
account and other records at such reasonable times and as often as Bank
may desire, and pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of any
accountants or other agents of Bank selected by Bank for the foregoing
purposes.  Unless written notice of another location is given to Bank,
Borrower's books and records will be located at Borrower's chief
executive office set forth above. The financial statements described in
paragraphs (e), (f) and (g) below shall be prepared in form and content
acceptable to Bank and by independent certified public accountants
acceptable to Bank.  In addition, Borrower will:

(a)  Furnish to Bank a monthly borrowing base certificate in the form of
Exhibit B attached hereto, together with a "back-up tape" containing
comprehensive data regarding the portfolio of Premium Finance Agreements
and all information necessary to substantiate the calculation of the
Borrowing Base in such monthly borrowing base certificate, within thirty
(30) days following the end of each calendar month.

(b)  Furnish to Bank an aging of its Premium Finance Agreements and
other accounts and notes receivable in the form of Exhibit D hereto
within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar month.  

(c)  Upon request of Bank, furnish to Bank internally routinely prepared
monthly financial statements (including a balance sheet and an income
statement) of Borrower for each calendar month of each calendar year of
Borrower, within forty-five (45) days after the request is made by Bank.

(d)  Furnish to Bank quarterly internally prepared consolidated and
consolidating financial statements (including a balance sheet and an
income statement) of HFS, ACO and Borrower for each fiscal quarter of
each fiscal year of HFS, ACO and Borrower, within forty-five (45) days
after the close of each such fiscal quarter.

(e)  Furnish to Bank annual audited financial statements (including a
balance sheet, and statements of financial condition, income, cash flows
and changes in shareholders' equity) of Borrower for each fiscal year of
Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP on an audited basis within one
hundred twenty (120) days following the end of Borrower's fiscal year.  

(f)  Furnish to Bank annual audited consolidated financial statements
(including a balance sheet, and statements of financial condition,
income, cash flows and changes in shareholders' equity) of AH, prepared
in accordance with statutory requirements and any other applicable 
requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance within one hundred
twenty (120) days following each fiscal year of AH.
<PAGE>
(g)  Furnish to Bank annual audited financial statements (including a
balance sheet, and statements of financial condition, income, cash flows
and changes in shareholders' equity) of HFS prepared in accordance with
GAAP within one hundred twenty (120) days of the end of the fiscal year
of such entity.

(h)  Furnish to Bank a copy of the annual report on Form 10-KSB filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission of HFS as soon as available,
and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days of the end of the
fiscal year of such entity.

(i)  Furnish to Bank a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit C
attached hereto for (and executed by an authorized representative of)
Borrower concurrently with and dated as of the date of delivery of each
of the financial statements as required in Sections 5.1(c), 5.1(d) and
5.1(e) above, containing (1) a certification that the financial
statements of even date are true and correct and that Borrower is not in
default under the terms of this Agreement, and (2) computations and
conclusions, in such detail as Bank may request, with respect to
compliance with this Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, including
computations of all quantitative covenants.

(j)  Furnish to Bank promptly such additional information, reports and
statements respecting the business operations and financial condition of
Borrower and Guarantors, respectively, from time to time, as Bank may
reasonably request.

5.2  Quarterly Portfolio Audits.  Submit to, and bear the expense of
(not to exceed $1,500.00 per audit), four portfolio audits of Borrower's
portfolio of Premium Finance Agreements performed by Bank or its
representatives or agents during any period of twelve (12) consecutive
calendar months.  The portfolio audit delivered pursuant to Section 3.5
hereof shall be considered the first portfolio audit for purposes of
this Section.

5.3  Insurance.  Maintain insurance with responsible insurance companies
on such of its properties, in such amounts and against such risks as is
customarily maintained by similar businesses operating in the same
vicinity, specifically to include fire and extended coverage insurance
covering all assets, workers compensation insurance and liability
insurance, all to be with such companies and in such amounts as are
satisfactory to Bank and providing for at least 30 days prior notice to
Bank of any cancellation thereof.  Satisfactory evidence of such
insurance will be supplied to Bank prior to the initial funding under
the Loan and prior to each policy renewal.

5.4  Existence and Compliance.  Maintain its existence, good standing
and qualification to do business, where required and comply with all
laws, regulations and governmental requirements including, without
limitation, (a) environmental laws applicable to it or to any of its
property, business operations and transactions, and (b) Chapter 24 of
the Insurance Code, Title 28 of the Texas Administrative Code, the Truth
in Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, and the rules,
regulations and orders of the Texas Department of Insurance and any
other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any aspect of the
business of Borrower.  
<PAGE>
5.5  Right to Receive Unearned Premiums.  Notify the insurer whose
premiums are being financed of the existence of each insurance Premium
Finance Agreement within the time required by Section 24.22 of
Chapter 24 of the Insurance Code and give such notices and take all
other actions as may be necessary or required in order that Borrower
shall be entitled to receive all unearned premiums from such insurer or
reinsurer in the event a Premium Finance Agreement is canceled.

5.6  Notice of Adverse Conditions or Events.  Promptly advise Bank in
writing of (i) any condition, event or act which comes to its attention
that would or might materially adversely affect Borrower's or any
Guarantor's financial condition or operations, any collateral, or Bank's
rights under the Loan Documents, (ii) any litigation filed by or against
Borrower or any Guarantor claiming an amount in excess of $100,000,
(iii) any event that has occurred that would constitute an event of
default under any Loan Documents or under any Dorinco Loan Documents,
and (iv) any uninsured or  partially uninsured loss through fire, theft,
liability or property damage in excess of an aggregate of $100,000.  
Borrower will advise Bank in writing of any change, amendment, renewal, 
modification, cancellation or substitution of any Reinsurance Agreement 
within ten (10) days thereof.

5.7  Taxes and Other Obligations.  Pay all of its taxes, assessments and
other obligations, including, but not limited to taxes and assessments
and lawful claims which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien against
the assets of Borrower, as the same become due and payable, except to
the extent the same are being Contested in Good Faith.

5.8  Maintenance.  Maintain all of its tangible property in good
condition and repair and make all necessary replacements thereof, and
preserve and maintain all licenses, trademarks, privileges, permits,
franchises, certificates and the like necessary for the operation of its
business.

5.9  Environmental.  Immediately advise Bank in writing of (i) any and
all enforcement, cleanup, remedial, removal, or other governmental or
regulatory actions instituted, completed or threatened pursuant to any
applicable federal, state, or local laws, ordinances or regulations
relating to any Hazardous Materials affecting Borrower's business
operations; and (ii) all claims made or threatened by any third party
against Borrower relating to damages, contribution, cost recovery,
compensation, loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials. 
Borrower shall immediately notify Bank of any remedial action taken by
Borrower with respect to Borrower's business operations.  Borrower will
not use or permit any other party to use any Hazardous Materials at any
of Borrower's places of business or at any other property owned by
Borrower except such materials as are incidental to Borrower's normal
course of business, maintenance and repairs and which are handled in
compliance with all applicable environmental laws;  Borrower agrees to
permit Bank, its agents, contractors and employees to enter and inspect
any of Borrower's places of business or any other property of Borrower
at any reasonable times for the purposes of conducting an environmental
investigation and audit (including taking physical samples) to insure
that Borrower is complying with this covenant and Borrower shall
reimburse Bank on demand for the costs of any such environmental
investigation and audit.  Borrower shall provide Bank, its agents,
contractors, employees and representatives with access to and copies of
any and all data and documents relating to or dealing with any Hazardous
<PAGE>
Materials used, generated, manufactured, stored or disposed of by
Borrower's business operations within five (5) days of the request
therefor.

5.10 Delivery of Endorsed Premium Finance Agreements.  Upon the
occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or any Trigger Event,
within one (1) Business Day, Borrower shall immediately notify Bank of
the occurrence of such Default, Event of Default or Trigger Event and
deliver to Bank all Premium Finance Agreements of Borrower (excluding
those Premium Finance Agreements sold to Peregrine Premium Finance L.C.
prior to the date hereof), appropriately endorsed, with full recourse
and warranty and execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Bank and file or
cause to be filed any and all other documents, agreements and
instruments and do all other acts or things as Bank may reasonably
request in order more fully to effect the assignment of the Premium
Finance Agreements to Bank.

6.0  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Until full payment and performance of all
Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents, Borrower will not,
without the prior written consent of Bank (and without limiting any
requirement of any other Loan Documents):

6.1  Interest Coverage Ratio.  For any period specified below, permit
the ratio (the "Interest Coverage Ratio") of (i) the sum obtained by
adding (A) Borrower's pre-tax net income determined in accordance with
GAAP (before dividends, distributions, management fees and marketing
fees) for any period, plus (B) Interest Expense for such period, to (ii)
Interest Expense for such period to be less than 1.50 to 1.0.  The
Interest Coverage Ratio shall be determined (i) as of the last day of
each fiscal quarter ending in 1997, for the period commencing on January
1, 1997 and ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter, and (ii) as
of the last day of each fiscal quarter ending in the period beginning
January 1, 1998 through and including the Expiration Date, for the
twelve-month period ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter.

6.2  Capital Expenditures.  Make capital expenditures during each fiscal
year (including capitalized leases) exceeding $100,000 in the aggregate.

6.3  Minimum Tangible Net Worth.  Permit the Tangible Net Worth of
Borrower at any time during 1997 to be less than $7,700,000 or at any
time during 1998 to be less than $8,000,000. 

6.4  Transfer of Assets or Control.  Sell, lease, assign or otherwise
dispose of or transfer any assets, except in the normal course of its
business, or enter into any merger or consolidation, or transfer control
or ownership of Borrower (other than a transfer made pursuant to the
Dorinco Loan Documents), or form or acquire any subsidiary.

6.5  Liens.  Grant, suffer or permit any contractual or noncontractual
lien on or security interest in its assets, except (a) liens in favor of
Bank, (b) liens for taxes, assessments or similar charges, incurred in
the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable,
(c) liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, operators
and other like liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary
course of business that are not yet due and payable; (d) landlord's
liens for rentals not yet due and payable; and (e) liens securing any
purchase money Indebtedness permitted hereunder (if any) if such liens
do not encumber any property other than the property for which such
<PAGE>
Indebtedness was incurred and do not secure payment of any amount other
than the amount from time to time owing on the property for which such
Indebtedness was incurred and the Indebtedness initially secured by such
lien does not exceed $100,000.

6.6  Extensions of Credit.  Make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any 
loan or advance to any person or entity, except for loans by Borrower in
the ordinary course of business, or purchase or otherwise acquire, or
permit any subsidiary to purchase or otherwise acquire, any capital
stock, assets, obligations, or other securities of, make any capital
contribution to, or otherwise invest in or acquire any interest in any
entity, or participate as a partner or joint venturer with any person or
entity, except for (a) the purchase of direct obligations of the United
States or any agency thereof with maturities of less than one year,
(b) certificates of deposit issued by or money market deposits with
Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated or any bank or trust
company organized under the laws of the United States of America or any
state thereof and having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits
of not less than $500,000,000 (as of the date of its most recent
financial statements), and (c) repurchase agreements with respect to the
investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above with any bank or
trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America
or any state thereof having combined capital, surplus and undivided
profits of not less than $500,000,000 (as of the date of its most recent
financial statements). 

6.7  Borrowings.  Create, incur, assume or become liable in any manner
for any Indebtedness (for borrowed money, deferred payment for the
purchase of assets, lease payments, as surety or guarantor for the debt
for another, or otherwise) other than to Bank, except for (a) normal
trade debts incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower's business,
(b) intracompany debt and debt owed to insurers and reinsurers created
in the ordinary course of business which is offset dollar for dollar by
cash and receivables, and (c) and except for existing Indebtedness
disclosed to Bank in writing and acknowledged by Bank prior to the date
of this Agreement.

6.8  Character of Business.  Change the general character of business as
conducted at the date hereof, or engage in any type of business not
reasonably related to its business as presently conducted.

6.9  Dividends, Distributions, Management Fees and Marketing Fees.  Make
any distribution (other than dividends payable in capital stock of
Borrower) on any shares of any class of its capital stock or apply any
of its property or assets to the purchase, redemption or other
retirement of any shares of any class of its capital stock or in any way
amend its capital structure, or pay or become obligated to pay any
management, marketing or other similar fees to any person or entity;
provided, however, so long as no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing hereunder or under the Dorinco Loan
Documents, the Borrower may distribute cash dividends or pay management 
or other similar fees to HFS in an amount not in excess of the Net 
Operating Income Available For Distribution of Borrower.

6.10 Affiliate Transactions.  Engage or permit any of its subsidiaries
to engage in any transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, HFS or ACO
or any shareholder or investor in Borrower, or make an assignment or
other transfer of its properties or assets to any Affiliate, whether or
<PAGE>
not any ordinary course of business, other than on terms and conditions
substantially as favorable to Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower as
would be obtainable by Borrower or any such subsidiary at the time in a
comparable arms-length transaction with any party other than an
Affiliate.

6.11 Character of its Underwriting Guidelines.  Change any material
underwriting guidelines utilized by Borrower as of the date hereof in
underwriting Premium Finance Agreements.

6.12 Amend the Dorinco Loan Documents.  Amend or modify any material
terms or provisions of any of the Dorinco Loan Documents.

7.0  COVENANTS OF HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC..  Until full payment
and performance of all Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents,
or until Bank consents to the contrary and the Borrower receives the
prior written approval of the contrary from Bank, HFS and ACO will
comply or cause compliance with each of the following covenants:

7.1  Statutory Capital and Surplus.  HFS will not permit at any time
AH's Statutory Capital and Surplus to be less than $2,650,000 as of the
date of any reporting period required by law or required by the Texas
Department of Insurance.

7.2  Minimum Tangible Net Worth.   Neither HFS nor ACO will permit at
any time Borrower's Tangible Net Worth as of the date of any reporting
period required by law or required by the Texas Department of Insurance
during the following calendar years to be less than the following
amounts:

               1997                $7,700,000
               1998                $8,000,000

7.3  Transactions With Affiliates.  All transactions between or among
HFS or ACO, any Affiliate(s), and any director, officer, employee and/or
agent of HFS or ACO, and Affiliate(s) shall be in good faith and
commercially reasonably.

7.4  Ratio of Gross Premium to Statutory Capital and Surplus.  HFS shall
cause AH to maintain its ratio of Gross Premium to Statutory Capital and
Surplus at or below 10.0 to 1.0.

7.5  Ratio of Net Premium to Statutory Capital and Surplus.  HFS shall
cause AH to maintain its ratio of Net Premium to Statutory Capital and
Surplus at or below 3.0 to 1.0.

7.6  Combined Ratio.  HFS shall cause AH to maintain the average of AH's
Combined Ratio as of the end of any four (4) immediately preceding
fiscal quarters of AH's operations at 115% or below.

7.7  Loss Ratio.  HFS shall cause AH to maintain the average of AH's
Loss Ratio as of the end of any four (4) immediately preceding fiscal
quarters of AH's operations at 87% or below.

7.8  Change in Ownership or Business. (i) Neither HFS nor ACO shall
permit AH, Borrower or AHGA to change the nature of its business or
materially change its ownership.
<PAGE>
(ii)      HFS shall not permit AH to write directly or indirectly the
following lines of business, or its equivalent: mortgage guaranty, ocean
marine, financial guaranty, medical malpractice, earthquake (as a
separate coverage), group accident and health, credit accident and
health (group and individual), other accident and health, workers' 
compensation, products liability, aircraft (all perils), fidelity,
surety, boiler and machinery, credit, and international.

7.9  Dividends.  HFS shall not pay or declare any cash or other
dividends or distributions on its corporate stock.  ACO shall not, and
HFS shall not permit AH to, pay or declare any cash or other dividends
or distributions on its corporate stock if such payment or declaration
would result in an Event of Default hereunder or under the Dorinco Loan
Documents.

7.10 Intercompany Service Agreements.  HFS shall not nor permit AH to
amend or adjust the commission structure of its intercompany service
agreements in place at the date of execution of this Agreement, to the
extent that it materially adversely affects AH financially.

7.11 Disposition of Assets, Security Interests and other Encumbrances. 
Neither HFS nor ACO shall, nor permit AH, Borrower or AHGA to, sell,
assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their respective assets
or properties or any interest therein, or create, incur or suffer to
exist any mortgage, security interest, lien, license or other
encumbrance upon any of their respective properties or assets, whether
now owned or hereafter acquired, except (a) security interests created
or arising pursuant to the Dorinco Loan Documents, (b) purchase money
security interests in equipment used in the normal course of their
respective businesses, (c) operating or capital equipment leases for use
in the ordinary course of business, (d) existing encumbrances disclosed
in HFS's consolidated and consolidating financial statements, and (e)
liens granted by Borrower to Bank under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents.

7.12 Capital Stock. Neither HFS nor ACO shall, nor permit Borrower to,
purchase or retire any of its capital stock or issue or sell any capital
stock or otherwise change its capital structure or change the relative
rights, preferences or limitations relating to its capital stock.

7.13 Investments and Advances.  Neither HFS nor ACO shall, nor permit AH
to make any investment in or advance to any person, firm or corporation,
other than advances (i) to or investments in any Affiliate(s), however,
any advance or investment by AH to any Affiliate(s) or HFS requires
Bank's prior written consent and (ii) to employees in the ordinary
course of business, not to exceed $50,000.00.

7.14 Guaranties.  Neither HFS nor ACO shall, nor permit AH or any other
Affiliate(s) to become a guarantor, surety or otherwise liable for the
debts or other obligations of any other person, firm or corporation,
except for (i) Obligations to Bank, (ii) pledges of assets to secure
Indebtedness of HFS under the Dorinco Loan Documents, (iii) obligations
under the Reinsurance Agreements, and (iv) obligations of Affiliate(s),
provided the aggregate obligation of either HFS or AH on the obligations
of all other Affiliate(s) shall not exceed $500,000.00, further
provided, no single transaction shall exceed $200,000.00.
<PAGE>
7.15 Affiliate(s) Stock.  Neither HFS nor ACO shall permit any
Affiliate(s) (other than HFS) to consent to or approve or permit the
issuance of any additional shares of any class of capital stock of any
such Affiliate(s), or any securities convertible voluntarily by the
holder thereof or automatically upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of
any event or condition into, or exchangeable for, any such shares, or
any warrants, options, rights or other commitments entitling any person
to purchase or otherwise acquire any such shares other than to the
present owner of the capital stock of such Affiliate.

7.16 Other Miscellaneous Covenants.  Neither HFS nor ACO shall, and HFS
shall not permit AH to:

(i)  Create, incur or permit to exist or otherwise become liable for,
directly or indirectly, any indebtedness for borrowed money or for the
deferred purchase price of real or personal property in excess of, in
the aggregate, $500,000.00, or in any individual transaction,
$200,000.00, except (A) trade indebtedness incurred in the ordinary
course of business, (B) the Obligations and (C) the Indebtedness owing
under the Dorinco Loan Documents;

(ii)      Merge or consolidate with any other company or companies;
enter into any joint venture or partnership with any person, firm or
corporation other than an Affiliate; or convey, lease or sell all or any
material portion of its property or assets or business to any other
person, firm or corporation, other than the purchase or sale of assets
in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) Consent to or approve or permit any material amendment,
restatement or substitution of the articles of incorporation and/or
bylaws of AH, it being hereby acknowledged by HFS that any such
amendment, restatement or substitution shall not be effective unless so
consented to by Bank and that Bank may give or withhold such consent in
each instance in Bank's sole and absolute discretion.  For purposes of
this Section 7, and without limiting the scope of this Section 7, any
change in capital structure or in the relative rights, preferences or
limitations relating to capital stock shall be deemed a material change.

8.0  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Borrower hereby represents and
warrants to Bank as follows:

8.1  Good Standing.  Borrower is a corporation, duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of Texas and has the power
and authority to own its property and to carry on its business in each
jurisdiction in which Borrower does business.  ACO is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Texas
and has the power and authority to own its property and to carry on its
business in each jurisdiction in which it does business.  HFS is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of Nevada and has the power and authority to own its property
and to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which it does
business.  AHGA is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of Texas and has the power and authority to
own its property and to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in
which it does business.  American Hallmark Agencies, Inc. is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of Texas and has the power and authority to own its property
and to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which it does
<PAGE>
business.  HCS is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of Texas and has the power and authority to
own its property and to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in
which it does business.  

8.2  Authority and Compliance.  Borrower has full power and authority to
execute and deliver the Loan Documents and to incur and perform the
obligations provided for therein, all of which have been duly authorized
by all proper and necessary action of the appropriate governing body of
Borrower.  Each Guarantor has full power and authority to execute and
deliver the guaranty agreements to which each is a party and to incur
and perform the obligations provided for therein, all of which have been
duly authorized by all proper and necessary action of the appropriate
governing body of the Guarantors.  No consent or approval of any public
authority or other third party is required as a condition to the
validity of any Loan Document, and Borrower and all Guarantors are in
compliance with all laws and regulatory requirements to which they are
subject.  

8.3  Binding Agreement.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents
executed by Borrower constitute valid and legally binding obligations of
Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their terms.  Each Guaranty
Agreement executed by a Guarantor constitutes a valid and legally
binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its
terms.  

8.4  Concerning the Reinsurance Agreements.  Each Reinsurance Agreement
is in full force and effect and is the valid and legally binding
obligation of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its
respective terms.

8.5  Litigation.  There is no proceeding involving Borrower pending or,
to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened before any court or
Governmental Authority, agency or arbitration authority, except as
disclosed to Bank in writing and acknowledged by Bank prior to the date
of this Agreement.

8.6  No Conflicting Agreements.  There is no charter, bylaw, stock
provision, partnership agreement or other document pertaining to the
organization, power or authority of Borrower or any Guarantor and no
provision of any existing agreement, mortgage, indenture or contract
binding on Borrower or any Guarantor or affecting their property, which
would conflict with or in any way prevent the execution, delivery or
carrying out of the terms of the Loan Documents to which they are
parties, including without limitation, the Dorinco Loan Documents.
8.7  Ownership of Assets.  Borrower has good title to its assets, and
its assets are free and clear of liens, except those granted to Bank and
as disclosed to Bank in writing prior to the date of this Agreement.  

8.8  Contingent Liabilities.  There are no suretyship
agreements,guaranties or other contingent liabilities of Borrower, ACO
or HFS that have not been disclosed in writing to Bank.

8.9  Taxes.  All taxes and assessments due and payable by Borrower have
been paid or are being Contested in Good Faith, and Borrower has filed
all tax returns which it is required to file.
<PAGE>
8.10 Financial Statements.  The financial statements of Borrower
heretofore delivered to Bank have been prepared in accordance with GAAP
applied on a consistent basis throughout the period involved and fairly
present Borrower's financial condition as of the date or dates thereof,
and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower's financial
condition or operations since September 30, 1996.  To the best of
Borrower's knowledge, all factual information furnished by Borrower to
Bank in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents is
and will be accurate and complete on the date as of which such
information is delivered to Bank and is not and will not be incomplete
by the omission of any material fact necessary to make such information
not misleading.

8.11 Environmental Matters.  The conduct of Borrower's business
operations and the condition of Borrower's property does not and will
not violate any federal laws, rules or ordinances for environmental
protection, regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency, any
applicable local or state law, rule, regulation or rule of common law or
any judicial interpretation thereof relating primarily to the
environment or Hazardous Materials.

8.12 Licenses and Permits.  Borrower has obtained all licenses, permits
and approvals required to engage in the business of insurance premium
financing which are required by the laws, rules and regulations of every
state in which Borrower engages in such business.

8.13 Use of Approved Premium Finance Agreement.  The form of Premium
Finance Agreement used by Borrower in its insurance premium finance
business complies in all material respects with all applicable laws,
including, without limitation, Chapter 24 of the Insurance Code,
Chapters 3 and 4 of the Texas Credit Code (Tex. Rev. Civ. Stat.Ann. art.
5069-3.01, et seq. and art 5069-4.01, et seq.) and shall be approved by
the Department of Insurance of Texas and by all other Governmental
Authorities required in order for Borrower to use such agreement in its
insurance premium finance business prior to the date of the initial
funding of the Loan hereunder. 

8.14 Compliance with Applicable Laws.  Borrower has complied with all
applicable laws (including without limitation Chapter 24 of the
Insurance Code, Title 28 of the Administrative Code, and the Truth in
Lending Act (the "Act") and all other statutes referenced in Chapter 24
of the Insurance Code), rules, regulations (including without limitation
Regulation Z promulgated under the Act) and orders of all Governmental
Authorities (including without limitation, the Department of Insurance)
having jurisdiction over any aspect of the business conducted by
Borrower.

8.15 Solvency.  Borrower, each of the Guarantors and AH are Solvent both
before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8.16 Additional Information.  No information, exhibit or report
furnished by Borrower to Bank in connection with any of the Loan
Documents contains any material misstatement of a fact or omits to state 
a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained 
therein not materially misleading.
<PAGE>
8.17 Continuation of Representation and Warranties.  All representations
and warranties made under this Agreement shall be deemed to be made at
and as of the date hereof and at and as of the date of any future
advance under any Loan.

9.0  DEFAULT.  Any of the following shall constitute Events of Default:

9.1  Nonpayment.  Borrower shall default in the due and punctual payment
of any principal or interest of the Note when due and payable, whether
at maturity or otherwise. 

9.2  Representations and Warranties.  Any representation, warranty or
statement made by Borrower or any Guarantor herein or otherwise in
writing in connection herewith or in connection with any of the other
Loan Documents and the agreements referred to herein or therein or in
any financial statement, certificate or statement signed  by any officer
or employee of Borrower or any Guarantor and furnished pursuant to any
provision of the Loan Documents shall be breached, or shall be
materially false, incorrect or incomplete when made.

9.3  Covenants Contained in Agreement.  (a) Borrower shall default in
the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement
(other than Sections 5.5, 5.10, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.9, 6.11 and
6.12 hereof) on its part to be performed or observed hereunder and the
default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days
following notice thereof from Bank to Borrower; or (b) Borrower shall
default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or
agreement of Sections 5.5, 5.10, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.9, 6.11 and
6.12 hereof.

9.4  Default in Other Loan Documents.  Borrower or any Guarantor shall
default in the due performance of or observance by it of any term,
covenant or agreement on its part to be performed pursuant to the terms
of any of the other Loan Documents and the default shall continue
unremedied beyond any grace or cure period therein provided.

9.5  Default under the Dorinco Loan Documents.  An event of default
shall occur under the provisions of any Dorinco Loan Document the effect
of which is to permit the holder or holders of such instrument to cause
the indebtedness evidenced by such instrument to become due prior to its
stated maturity.

9.6  Default in Other Debt.  An event of default shall occur under the
provisions of any instrument (other than the Loan Documents and the
indebtedness described in Schedule 9.6 attached hereto and made a part
hereof by this reference) evidencing indebtedness of Borrower or any
Guarantor for the payment of borrowed money or of any agreement relating
thereto the effect of which is to permit the holder or holders of such
instrument to cause the indebtedness evidenced by such instrument to
become due prior to its stated maturity.

9.7  Validity of Loan Documents.  Any of the Loan Documents shall cease
to be a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against any party
executing the same in accordance with the respective terms thereof, or
shall in any way be terminated, or become or be declared ineffective or
inoperative, or shall in any way whatsoever cease to give or provide the
respective rights, remedies, powers and privileges intended to be
created thereby.
<PAGE>
9.8  Bankruptcy.  Borrower or any Guarantor shall suspend or discontinue
its business operations, or shall generally fail to pay its debts as
they mature, or shall file a petition commencing a voluntary case
concerning Borrower or any Guarantor under any chapter of the United
States Bankruptcy Code; or any involuntary case shall be commenced
against Borrower or any Guarantor under the United States Bankruptcy
Code; or Borrower or any Guarantor shall become insolvent (howsoever
such insolvency may be evidenced).

9.9  Judgments and Decrees.  Borrower or any Guarantor shall suffer a
final judgment for the payment of money and shall not discharge the same
within a period of thirty (30) days unless, pending further proceedings,
execution has not been commenced, or, if commenced, has been effectively 
stayed.  Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered in any 
proceeding against Borrower or any Guarantor decreeing the dissolution 
or split up of Borrower or any Guarantor and such order shall remain 
undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty (30) days 
unless, pending further proceedings, dissolution or split up has not 
commenced, or, if commenced, has been effectively stayed.

9.10 Drop in Rating of Reinsurance Companies Responsible for Repayment
of Unearned Premiums.  The A.M. Best Company shall lower below "A-" the
rating of any reinsurance company responsible for the repayment of
unearned premiums to Borrower and, within ninety (90) days of the date
the rating of such reinsurance company falls below "A-," the Borrower
has not replaced the reinsurance agreement of such reinsurance company
with a reinsurance agreement with another reinsurance company having an
A.M. Best Company rating of "A-" or better covering the same reinsured
business.

9.11 Ms. Linda Sleeper and Mr. Ramon Phillips to be Involved in Senior
Management.  Neither Linda H. Sleeper nor Ramon D. Phillips is devoting
her/his full time and effort to the management and operation of
Borrower.

9.12 Concerning the Reinsurance Agreements.  At any time there is not in
force and effect (i) a Reinsurance Agreement reinsuring all new and
renewal business produced and underwritten through AHGA for and on
behalf of State and County Mutual Fire Insurance Company, Fort Worth,
Texas, ceded to AH and classified by AH as Private Passenger Automobile
business, including Physical Damage, Liability, Personal Injury
Protection and Uninsured/Underinsured Motorist, covering seventy-five
percent (75%) quota share; and (ii) a Reinsurance Agreement reinsuring
all new and renewal business produced and underwritten through AHGA for
and on behalf of State and County Mutual Fire Insurance Company, Fort
Worth, Texas, ceded to AH and classified by AH as Private Passenger
Automobile Physical Damage business, covering ninety-five percent (95%)
of $150,000 in excess of $100,000 of each loss occurrence.

9.13 Regulatory Action or Directive.  At any time any Governmental
Authority delivers to Borrower, HFS, ACO, AHGA or AH, a cease and desist
order, letter of unsafe practices or conditions, an order of correction,
or similar directive under applicable law or commences any action which
could result in taking possession, reorganization or liquidation of
Borrower, HFS, ACO, AH, or AHGA, and such letter, action, order or other
directive is permitted to remain uncured or undismissed for more than
forty-five (45) days.
<PAGE>
10.0 REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of an event of default described in
Section 9.8 hereof, the entire principal of and accrued interest on the
Note shall forthwith be due and payable without demand, presentment for
payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notice of
intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and all other notices and
further actions of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by
Borrower.  In the event that any event of default described in
Sections 9.1 through 9.7 hereof or Section 9.9 through 9.13 hereof shall
occur and be continuing, Bank may, without demand or notice of its
election declare the entire unpaid balance of the Note and all other
indebtedness of Borrower to Bank, or any part thereof, immediately due
and payable, whereupon the principal of and accrued interest on such
Note and other indebtedness shall be forthwith due and payable without
demand, presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice
of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and
all other notices and further actions of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by Borrower.  Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any such event of default, Bank may (a) exercise any and
all rights under or pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, and
(b) exercise any and all rights afforded to Bank by the laws of the
State of Texas or any other applicable jurisdiction or in equity or
otherwise, as Bank may deem appropriate.

11.0 NOTICES.  All notices, requests or demands which any party is
required or may desire to give to any other party under any provision of
this Agreement must be in writing delivered to the other party at the
addresses set forth on the first page of this Agreement or to such other
address as any party may designate by written notice to the other party. 
Each such notice, request and demand shall be deemed given or made
(a) if sent by mail, upon the earlier of the date of receipt or three
(3) days after deposit in the U.S. Mail, first class postage prepaid, 
and (b) if sent by any other means, upon delivery.

12.0 COSTS, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES.  Borrower shall pay to Bank
immediately upon demand the full amount of all costs and expenses,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by Bank in connection
with (a) negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and each of the
Loan Documents, and (b) Bank's continued administration thereof, and
(c) any modifications of or consents or waivers under or amendments to
or interpretations of or enforcement of this Agreement, the Note, the
other Loan Documents and the agreements described therein.  Borrower
further agrees to indemnify Bank from and hold it harmless against any
and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses which Bank
suffers or incurs as a result of its entering into this Agreement, or
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
the Loan Documents, or the use or contemplated use of the proceeds of
the Loan, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of
counsel incurred in connection with any litigation, arbitration or other
proceeding arising out of or by reason of any of the aftersaid.

13.0 MISCELLANEOUS.  Borrower and Bank further covenant and agree as
follows, without limiting any requirement of any other Loan Document:

13.1 Cumulative Rights and No Waiver.  Each and every right granted to
Bank under any Loan Document, or allowed it by law or equity shall be
cumulative of each other and may be exercised in addition to any and all
other rights of Bank, and no delay in exercising any right shall operate
as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by Bank of
any right preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise
<PAGE>
of any other right.  Borrower expressly waives any presentment, demand,
protest or other notice of  any kind, including but not limited to
notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration.  No notice to
or demand on Borrower in any case shall, of itself, entitle Borrower to
any other or future notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

13.2 Applicable Law.  This Agreement and the rights and obligations of
the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of Texas and applicable United States federal law and
shall be performable in Dallas County, Texas.

13.3 Amendment.  No modification, consent, amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by Borrower
therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and
signed by an officer of Bank, and then shall be effective only in the
specified instance and for the purpose for which given.  This Agreement
is binding upon Borrower, its successors and assigns, and inures to the
benefit of Bank, its successors and assigns; however, no assignment or
other transfer of Borrower's rights or obligations hereunder shall be
made or be effective without Bank's prior written consent, nor shall it
relieve Borrower of any obligations hereunder.  There is no third party
beneficiary of this Agreement.

13.4 Documents.  All documents, certificates and other items required
under this Agreement to be executed and/or delivered to Bank shall be in
form and content satisfactory to Bank and its counsel.

13.5 Partial Invalidity.  The unenforceability or invalidity of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the enforceability or
validity of any other provision herein and the invalidity or
unenforceability of  any provision of any Loan Document to any person or
circumstance shall not affect the enforceability or validity of such
provision as it may apply to other persons or circumstances.

13.6 Indemnification.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in Section 13.7 hereof, Borrower shall indemnify, defend and
hold Bank and its successors and assigns harmless from and against any
and all claims, demands, suits, losses, damages, assessments, fines,
penalties, costs or other expenses (including reasonable attorneys' 
fees and court costs) arising from or in any way related to any of the
transactions contemplated hereby, including but not limited to actual or
threatened damage to the environment, agency costs of investigation,
personal injury or death, or property damage, due to a release or
alleged release of Hazardous Materials, arising from Borrower's business 
operations, any other property owned by Borrower or in the surface or 
ground water arising from Borrower's business operations, or gaseous 
emissions arising from Borrower's business operations or any other 
condition existing or arising from Borrower's business operations 
resulting from the use or existence of Hazardous Materials, whether such 
claim proves to be true or false. Borrower further agrees that its 
indemnity obligations shall include, but are not limited to, liability 
for damages resulting from the personal injury or death of an employee 
of Borrower, regardless of whether Borrower has paid the employee under 
the workmen's compensation laws of any state or other similar federal 
or state legislation for the protection of employees.  The term "property 
damage" as used in this paragraph includes, but is not limited to, damage 
to any real or personal property of Borrower, Bank, and of any third 
parties. Borrower's obligations under this paragraph shall survive the 
<PAGE>
repayment of the Loan and any deed in lieu of foreclosure or foreclosure 
of any deed of trust, security agreement or other Loan Document securing 
the Loan.

13.7 Survivability.  All covenants, agreements, representations and
warranties made herein or in the other Loan Documents shall survive the
making of the Loan and shall continue in full force and effect so long
as the Loan is outstanding or the obligation of Bank to make any
advances under the Loan shall not have expired.

13.8 Accounting Terms.  All accounting terms not specifically defined or
specified herein shall have the meanings generally attributed to such
terms under GAAP, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied,
with respect to the financial statements referenced in Section 7.9
hereof.

14.0      ARBITRATION.  ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THE
PARTIES HERETO INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT OR ANY RELATED
INSTRUMENTS, AGREEMENTS OR DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING ANY CLAIM BASED ON OR
ARISING FROM AN ALLEGED TORT, SHALL BE DETERMINED BY BINDING ARBITRATION
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL ARBITRATION ACT (OR IF NOT APPLICABLE,
THE APPLICABLE STATE LAW), THE RULES OF PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE FOR THE 
ARBITRATION OF COMMERCIAL DISPUTES OF J.A.M.S./ENDISPUTE OR ANY
SUCCESSOR THEREOF (J.A.M.S.), AND THE "SPECIAL RULES" SET FORTH BELOW. 
IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY, THE SPECIAL RULES SHALL CONTROL. 
JUDGMENT UPON ANY ARBITRATION AWARD MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING
JURISDICTION.  ANY PARTY TO THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT MAY
BRING AN ACTION, INCLUDING A SUMMARY OR EXPEDITED PROCEEDING, TO COMPEL
ARBITRATION OF ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM TO WHICH THIS AGREEMENT APPLIES
IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER SUCH ACTION.

14.1 Special Rules.  THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN THE COUNTY OF
BORROWER'S DOMICILE AT THE TIME OF THE EXECUTION OF THIS INSTRUMENT,
AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT AND ADMINISTERED BY J.A.M.S. WHO WILL APPOINT AN
ARBITRATOR; IF J.A.M.S. IS UNABLE OR LEGALLY PRECLUDED FROM
ADMINISTERING THE ARBITRATION, THEN THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION
WILL SERVE.  ALL ARBITRATION HEARINGS WILL BE COMMENCED WITHIN 90 DAYS
OF THE DEMAND FOR ARBITRATION; FURTHER, THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ONLY, UPON
A SHOWING OF CAUSE, BE PERMITTED TO EXTEND THE COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH
HEARING FOR UP TO AN ADDITIONAL 60 DAYS.

14.2 Reservation of Rights.  NOTHING IN THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION SHALL
BE DEEMED TO (I) LIMIT THE APPLICABILITY OF ANY OTHERWISE APPLICABLE
STATUTES OF LIMITATION OR REPOSE AND ANY WAIVERS CONTAINED IN THIS
INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT; OR (II) BE A WAIVER BY BANK OF THE
PROTECTION  AFFORDED TO IT BY 12 U.S.C. SEC. 91 OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY
EQUIVALENT STATE LAW; OR (III) LIMIT THE RIGHT OF BANK HERETO (A) TO
EXERCISE SELF HELP REMEDIES SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) SETOFF, OR (B)
TO FORECLOSE AGAINST ANY REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL, OR (C) TO
OBTAIN FROM A COURT PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES SUCH AS (BUT NOT
LIMITED TO) INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, WRIT OF POSSESSION OR THE APPOINTMENT OF
A RECEIVER.  BANK MAY EXERCISE SUCH SELF HELP RIGHTS, FORECLOSE UPON
SUCH PROPERTY, OR OBTAIN SUCH PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES BEFORE,
DURING OR AFTER THE PENDENCY OF ANY ARBITRATION PROCEEDING BROUGHT
PURSUANT TO THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT.  NEITHER THIS
EXERCISE OF SELF HELP REMEDIES NOR THE INSTITUTION OR MAINTENANCE OF AN
ACTION FOR FORECLOSURE OR PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES SHALL
<PAGE>
CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING THE CLAIMANT IN
ANY SUCH ACTION, TO ARBITRATE THE MERITS OF THE CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM
OCCASIONING RESORT TO SUCH REMEDIES.

15.0 AGREEMENT CONTROLLING.  In the event of a conflict between the
terms and provisions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of
any of the other Loan Documents, the terms and provisions of this
Agreement shall control.

16.0 NOTICE OF FINAL AGREEMENT.  THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY
NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT
ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS
BETWEEN THE PARTIES.


                [THIS SPACE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

                              HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION



                              By
                                Linda H. Sleeper, Executive Vice
                                President



                              HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.



                              By
                                Linda H. Sleeper, Executive Vice
                                President



                              ACO HOLDINGS, INC.


                              By
                                Linda H. Sleeper, Executive Vice
                                President




                              NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.



                              By
                                Susan M. Raher, Vice President

<PAGE>                               
                               EXHIBIT A

                                 FORM OF
                           NOTICE OF BORROWING

TO:  NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A. under the Loan Agreement dated March 17,
1997, by and between HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION, and NATIONSBANK OF
TEXAS, N.A. ("Agreement")

  Terms used herein which are defined in the Agreement have the same
meanings unless otherwise specified.  Pursuant to Section 2.5 and
Section 2.6 of the Agreement, this Notice of Borrowing represents the
election of Borrower to select the following Interest Rate Options:

(I) Date of proposed Loan:\                                       

(ii)Principal amount of requested Loan (Minimum Principal amount
$250,000).  (If no Interest Rate Option is elected by Borrower, the
applicable Interest Rate Option shall be the Adjusted Prime Rate.):

                                                                         
 

Amount of requested Loan which will be
a Prime Rate Tranche:                                                    
 

Amount of requested Loan which will be
a LIBO Rate Tranche:                                                     
 

(iii) If the Interest Rate Option for any Tranche is the Adjusted LIBO
Rate, the Interest Period for such Tranche (options: three (3), six (6)
or twelve (12) calendar months):                                   

(iv)Designate whether Loan is a new advance, or a conversion or renewal
of any existing LIBO Rate Tranche or a Prime Rate Tranche:               
Borrower certifies that as of the date of the requested advance(s) all
of the conditions precedent contained in the Agreement have been
satisfied (or waived pursuant to the Agreement) and that all
representations and warranties of Borrower and each Guarantor set forth
in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on the
date of such advance(s) (other than representations and warranties which
expressly speak as of the closing date), and the Borrowing Base
Certificate most recently delivered pursuant to the Agreement may be
relied upon for this borrowing and is true and correct as of the date
thereof.  

  DATED this _____ day of ____________, 199__.  

                                   HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION



                                   By                                    
                   

                                     Title                              
<PAGE>

                                EXHIBIT B

                        BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE


Status as of                       , 199__   

  
  In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement dated March 17,
1997, by and between HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION, and NATIONSBANK OF
TEXAS, N.A., we hereby represent and warrant as follows:

Prior Period Balance of Premium Finance Agreements               $    
  

PLUS:   PREMIUM FINANCE AGREEMENTS ISSUED
     DURING THE PERIOD ENDING ___________, 19__             $         

PLUS/LESS THE FOLLOWING ADJUSTMENTS:

  (+/-) Premium Finance Agreement Amendments                     $    
  

  (+/-) Miscellaneous Premium Finance Agreement Corrections      $    
  

  (+/-) Cash Receipts                                       $         

  (+/-) Cancellations                                       $         

  (+/-) Earned Late Charges                                 $         

  (+/-) Earned Setup Fees                                   $         

  (+/-) Returned Checks (Uncollected)                       $         

  (+/-) Returned Check Charges                              $         

  (+/-) Interest and Write-offs                             $         

  (-)   Change in Unearned Interest                         $         

  (+)   Return Premiums in Course of Collections            $         

  Total Adjusted Eligible Premium Finance Agreements             $    
  

LESS THE FOLLOWING NON-ELIGIBLE PREMIUM FINANCE AGREEMENTS:  

Premium Finance Agreements disputed or denied
by insurer or reinsurer                                          $    
  

Premium Finance Agreements subject to a right of
insurer or reinsurer to setoff, defense or discount              $    
  
<PAGE>
Premium Finance Agreements with less than ten%
equity in the premium                                       $         

Premium Finance Agreements in default which have balances
due from makers after realization of all collateral              $    
  

Premium Finance Agreements resulting from TAIP                   $    
Premium Finance Agreements funding policies outside Texas        $    
  

Premium Finance Agreements where AH is not the issuer on
behalf of State and County Mutual                                $    
  

Premium Finance Agreements which do not have 75% or more
premium balances reinsured with third party reinsurer
with A. M. Best Rating of A- or higher                           $    
  

Premium Finance Agreements where AHGA is not the
Managing Agent                                              $         

Return premiums in course of collection greater
than 5 days past due from the original due date as
required by applicable Governmental Authorities                  $    
  

Total Adjusted Eligible Premium Finance Agreements               $    
  


LESS:

Bank Reserve                                                $         

CALCULATION OF BORROWING BASE:

[(Total Adjusted Eligible Premium Finance Agreements - Bank
  Reserve) x 60%] = Maximum amount of borrowings 
  (not to exceed $8,000,000)                                     $    
  

LESS:  Outstandings                                         $         

Available Amount/Overadvance Due Bank
  (Amount of Borrowing Base - Outstandings)                 $         

                                 BORROWER:

                                 HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION


                                 By:                                    
                                   Title


<PAGE>
                                EXHIBIT C

                         COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE


  This Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(i)
of the Loan Agreement dated as of March 17, 1997 (together with all
amendments and modifications, if any, from time to time made thereto,
the "Loan Agreement"), between HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION (the
"Borrower") and NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.  Unless otherwise defined,
terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Loan Agreement.

  The undersigned, being the duly elected, qualified and acting         
           of Borrower, on behalf of Borrower and solely in his or her
capacity as an officer of Borrower, hereby certifies and warrants that:

  1.    He or she is the                       of Borrower and that, as
such, he or she is authorized to execute this certificate on behalf of
Borrower.

  2.    As of               , 199   , Borrower was not in default of any
of the provisions of the Loan Agreement during the period as to which
this compliance certificate relates as represented below:

     (a) Interest Coverage Ratio:  

        net income before taxes, 
        dividends, distribution,    +    Interest Expense
        management and marketing fees    =  Maximum 1.50 : 1.0
                      Interest Expense

          Calculate here:





        (b) Capital Expenditures:  Maximum $100,000 per fiscal year


          Fiscal Year 199   =  $                       (cumulative YTD)


     (c) Minimum Tangible Net Worth:  Minimum Tangible Net Worth
                Minimum 1997 - $7,700,000
                1998 - $8,000,000


          Fiscal Year 199   =  $                             


     (d) Dividends, Distributions, Management Fees & Marketing Fees

        YTD calculation of Net Operating Income for Distribution (see
page 6 of Loan Agreement for definition)   = $                        
          Actual Amount Distributed   =      $                        
<PAGE>
  3.    As of               , 199   , HFS was not in default of any of
the provisions of the Loan Agreement during the period as to which this
compliance certificate relates as represented below:

     (a) Minimum Statutory Capital and Surplus:  AH's Minimum Statutory
Capital and Surplus - $2,650,000 


          Fiscal Year 199   =  $                      


  (b) Ratio of Gross Premium to Statutory Capital and Surplus:  AH is
required to maintain its ratio of Gross Premium to Statutory Capital and
Surplus at or below 10.0 to 1.0.

     Calculate here:





  (c) Ratio of Net Premium to Statutory Capital and Surplus:  AH is
required to maintain its ratio of Net Premium to Statutory Capital and
Surplus at or below 3.0 to 1.0.

     Calculate here:





  (d) Combined Ratio:  AH is required to maintain the average of AH's
Combined Ratio as of the end of any four (4) immediately preceding
fiscal quarters of AH's operations at 115% or below.

     Calculate here:

     Loss Ratio + Expense Ratio =         %

                  % +              % =         %

  (e) Loss Ratio:  AH is required to maintain the average of AH's Loss
Ratio as of the end of any four (4) immediately preceding fiscal
quarters of AH's operations not to exceed 87% or below.

     Calculate here:





  4.    As of               , 199   , no Trigger Event (as defined in
the Loan Agreement) has occurred during the period as to which this
compliance certificate relates as represented below:

     Trigger Events:
<PAGE>
  (a)   AH's Combined Ratio as of the end of any four (4) immediately
preceding fiscal quarters of AH's operations is greater than 107%.

     Calculate here:
 


  (b)   AH's Loss Ratio as of the end of any four (4) immediately
preceding fiscal quarters of AH's operations is greater than 83%.

     Calculate here:
 


  (c)   Borrower's Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal
quarter is less than 1.80 to 1.0.

     Calculate here:

 

  (d)   As of the date of any reporting period required by law or the
Texas Department of Insurance the Tangible Net Worth of Borrower
(determined in accordance with GAAP) is less than the amount set forth
below for the calendar year indicated:        
        
        1997 - $7,890,000
        1998 - $8,200,000

     Calculate here:
 
        199  : $              


  (e)   As of the date of any reporting period required by law or the
Texas Department of Insurance, the Minimum Statutory Capital and Surplus
is less than $4,200,000 or shall have decreased more than 15% from the
comparable reporting period of the preceding calendar year.

     Calculate here:
 


  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this
certificate this       day of                     , 199  .

                                   BORROWER:

                                   HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION
      

                                   By:                                  

                                    Title                               
      
                                   GUARANTOR:
<PAGE>
                                   HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.



                                   By:                                  

                                    Title                               

Period Ending:                
<PAGE>
                                EXHIBIT D

                AGED STATUS ON PREMIUM FINANCE AGREEMENTS

                       Total    1-30    31-60    61-90     91+

 January 31, 1997
 New

 Current

 Late
 Cancel without
 Returns

 Cancel with Dun
 Refunds Due                                                    

<PAGE>
                              SCHEDULE 1.0

                              BANK RESERVE

APPLICABLE PERIOD   AMOUNT OF BANK RESERVE

               March, 1997                        $20,000.00
               April, 1997                         40,000.00
               May, 1997                           60,000.00
               June, 1997                          80,000.00
               July, 1997                         100,000.00
               August, 1997                       120,000.00
               September, 1997                    140,000.00
               October, 1997                      160,000.00
               November, 1997                     180,000.00
               December, 1997                     200,000.00
               January, 1998                      220,000.00
               February, 1998                     240,000.00
               March, 1998 and thereafter         250,000.00


<PAGE>
                              SCHEDULE 9.6

                    DEFAULT UNDER OTHER INDEBTEDNESS


     In connection with the acquisition of the assets of Acadine Capital
Corporation ("ACC") in 1990, American Hallmark General Agency, Inc.
("AHGA") assumed the unpaid balance of a promissory note dated January
1, 1989, in the original principal amount of $982,000 payable by ACC to
White Enterprises, Inc. ("White").  By its terms, the note bears
interest at prime plus one percent until maturity and at the maximum
lawful rate thereafter.  AHGA discontinued payment on the note in
November, 1992, at which time the unpaid principal balance was alleged
to be approximately $380,000.  Pursuant to the terms of the note, all
unpaid principal and accrued unpaid interest became due on March 1,
1993.  AHGA disputes the validity of the obligations evidenced by such
note.  Further, AHGA believes that it has a right of offset with respect
to $240,000 which is on deposit with a subsidiary of White.  Both White
and such subsidiary are currently in bankruptcy proceedings.  AHGA also
believes that collection of the obligation is barred by the statute of
limitations.



                             Promissory Note

                                                       Effective        
$8,000,000                    Dallas, Texas                March 17, 1997

Bank:

NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
901 Main Street
Dallas, Texas  75202
     Borrower:

HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION
14651 Dallas Parkway, Suite 900
Dallas, Texas  75240

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned Borrower unconditionally promises to
pay to the order of Bank, its successors and assigns, without setoff, at
its offices indicated at the beginning of this Note, or at such other
place as may be designated by Bank, the principal amount of Eight
Million and No/100 Dollars ($8,000,000), or so much thereof as may be
advanced from time to time in immediately available funds, together with
interest computed daily on the outstanding principal balance hereunder,
at an annual interest rate, and in accordance with the payment schedule,
indicated below.  

     
1.   CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  Unless the context hereof otherwise requires
or provides, the terms used herein and defined in that certain Loan
Agreement between Borrower and Bank, of even date herewith, as the same
has been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time (the
"Agreement") have the same meanings.  Certain of these definitions have
been included herein for convenience of reference and have the following
meaning set forth with respect thereto:

          "Adjusted Eligible Premium Finance Agreements" at any time,
     means the Eligible Premium Finance Agreements adjusted to reflect
     the addition or subtraction, as appropriate of:  (a) amendments to
     any Eligible Premium Finance Agreement; (b) miscellaneous
     corrections to Eligible Premium Finance Agreements; (c) cash
     receipts (not otherwise included in the definition of Eligible
     Premium Finance Agreements); (d) any Eligible Premium Finance
     Agreement which has been canceled; (e) earned late charges; (f)
     earned set up fees; (g) returned checks (uncollected net of
     returned check charges); (h) interest and write-offs; (i) change in
     unearned interest; and (j) return premiums in course of
     collections.

          "Adjusted LIBO Rate" means, for any Interest Period, a rate of
     interest per annum equal to the sum of two and eight-tenths of one
     percent (2.80%) plus the LIBO Rate for the applicable Interest
     Period. 

          "Adjusted Prime Rate" means, for any Interest Period, a rate
     of interest per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus three-eighths of
     one percent (0.375%). 
<PAGE>
          "Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
     System of the United States of America or any successor
     governmental body.

          "Borrowing Base" at any time, shall be equal to the remainder
     of (i) the sum of (A) 60% of Adjusted Eligible Premium Finance
     Agreements plus (B) 60% of Eligible Return Premiums as determined
     in accordance with this Agreement, minus (ii) the Bank Reserve.
     
          "Business Day" means (i) a day other than Saturday, Sunday or
     a day on which Bank is authorized to be closed in the State of
     Texas, and (ii) if the applicable Business Day relates to an
     Adjusted LIBO Rate Tranche, a day on which dealings in Dollar
     deposits are also carried on in the London interbank market and
     banks are open for business in London.

          "Expiration Date" means 2 p.m. on September 17, 1998 or any
     other date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to
     the terms of the Agreement.

          "Interest Payment Date" means (i) the last Business Day of
     each calendar month, or if earlier occurring in any calendar month
     with respect to any LIBO Rate Tranche, the last day of the Interest
     Period applicable to such LIBO Rate Tranche, and (ii) the
     Expiration Date.

          "Interest Period" means for each LIBO Rate Tranche, the period
     commencing on the date such LIBO Rate Tranche is made or, in the
     case of a rollover to a successive Interest Period, the last day of
     the immediately preceding Interest Period and, except as provided
     below, ending three (3), six (6) or twelve (12) calendar months
     thereafter, as Borrower may select in accordance with the terms of
     this Agreement; provided that all Interest Periods are subject to
     the following terms and conditions:  (A) all Interest Periods which
     would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall end
     on the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding
     Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, in which
     case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business
     Day; (B) no Interest Period may be selected that ends later than
     the Expiration Date; (C) an Interest Period once selected by
     Borrower shall be binding upon Borrower and irrevocable; and (D)
     each Interest Period shall terminate on the numerical day of the
     last calendar month of such Interest Period which corresponds to
     the day such Interest Period began unless there is no such
     corresponding day in such month, in which case such Interest Period
     shall terminate on the last Business Day of such calendar month.

          "Interest Rate Option" means the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the
Adjusted Prime Rate.

          "LIBO Rate" means, for each Interest Period, a rate per annum
     (rounded upwards, if not already a whole multiple of 1/16 of one
     percent, to the next higher 1/16 of one percent) determined by Bank
     to be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the London
     Interbank Offered Rate for the relevant Interest Period by (b) the
     remainder of one (1) minus the applicable Reserve Requirement on
<PAGE>     
     the first day of the relevant Interest Period (rounded upwards, if
     not already a whole multiple of 1/16 of one percent, to the next
     higher 1/16 of one percent).

          "LIBO Rate Tranche" means each Tranche the interest on which
     is calculated with reference to an Adjusted LIBO Rate.  

          "London Interbank Offered Rate" means, for the relevant
     Interest Period, the rate of interest per annum (rounded upwards,
     if not already a whole multiple of 1/16 of one percent, to the next
     higher 1/16 of one percent) equal to the rate at which Dollar
     deposits would be offered by Bank (or its affiliate) at its in
     London, England (or if Bank, at the time any determination is made,
     does not maintain an office in London, England, the principal
     office of any affiliate of Bank in London, England) to major banks
     in the London interbank market at 11:00 a. m. London, England two
     (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of the relevant
     Interest Period for a period of time equal or comparable to and     
     commencing on such Interest Period and in an amount equal or
     comparable to the principal balance of the Loan to be disbursed or
     outstanding during such Interest Period. 

          "Maximum Amount" means the lesser of $8,000,000 or the
     Borrowing Base.  

          "Maximum Rate" means the higher of the maximum interest rate
     allowed by applicable United States or Texas law as amended from
     time to time and in effect on the date for which a determination of
     interest is made.

          "Premium Finance Agreement" means an agreement by which an
     insured or prospective insured promises to pay Borrower the amount
     advanced under the agreement to American Hallmark Insurance Company
     of Texas on behalf of State and County Mutual Fire Insurance
     Company or to American Hallmark General Agency, Inc. in payment of
     premium on an insurance contract. 

          "Prime Rate" means the fluctuating rate of interest
     established by Bank from time to time, at its discretion, whether
     or not such rate shall be otherwise published.  The Prime Rate is
     established by Bank as an index and may or may not at any time be
     the best or lowest rate charged by Bank on any loan. 

          "Prime Rate Tranche" means a Tranche the interest on which is
     calculated with reference to an Adjusted Prime Rate.

          "Regulation D" means Regulation D (12 C.F.R. 204) and all
     amendments and supplements thereof and any successors or
     replacements therefor as promulgated from time to time by the
     Board.

          "Reserve Requirement" with respect to each Interest Period
     means the daily average of the stated maximum rate (expressed as a
     decimal) at which reserves (including all basic, supplemental,
     marginal, emergency, special, and other reserves and taking into
     account any transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in
     reserve requirements during such Interest Period) are required by
     the Board (including those under Regulation D) to be maintained
<PAGE>     
     during such Interest Period with respect to the LIBO Rate, for
     Eurocurrency liabilities (as such term is defined in Regulation D)
     but without benefit or credit for prorations, exemptions or offsets
     that might otherwise be available from time to time under
     Regulation D.  The Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other
     reserves required to be maintained against with respect to LIBO
     Rate Tranches (1) any category of liabilities that includes
     deposits by reference to which the LIBO Rate is to be determined or
     (2) any category of extension of credit or other assets that
     includes LIBO Rate Tranches.

          "Tranche" means either a LIBO Rate Tranche or a Prime Rate
          Tranche.  

     2.   Amortization.  Interest only under this Note shall be due and
payable monthly as it accrues commencing March 31, 1997, and continuing
on each Interest Payment Date thereafter through and including the
Expiration Date.  The unpaid principal balance of this Note, and all
accrued, unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable on the
Expiration Date.

     3.   Interest.      (a)  Except as otherwise provided in
subsections (b) and (c), the outstanding principal balance of the Loan
shall bear interest from the date funded until paid, at a rate per annum
equal to the lesser of (x) the Maximum Rate or (y) the rate for each
Tranche determined according to the following:

          (A)  for the Prime Rate Tranche, a fluctuating rate per annum
          equal to the Adjusted Prime Rate; or

          (B)  for each LIBO Rate Tranche, a rate equal to the Adjusted
          LIBO Rate.

          (b)  If, at any time with respect to the Prime Rate Tranche or
     during the Interest Periods of LIBO Rate Tranche, the interest rate
     then in effect with respect to such Tranche or Tranches would
     exceed the Maximum Rate Bank could charge, then, notwithstanding
     the other provisions hereof and Borrower's election, the interest
     rate chargeable with respect to such affected Tranche or Tranches
     shall immediately become the Maximum Rate, provided that such
     affected Tranche or Tranches shall thereafter accrue interest at
     the Maximum Rate until such time as Bank has received a sum equal
     to the amount of interest which would have accrued on such affected
     Tranche or Tranches had such Tranche or Tranches accrued interest
     at the interest rate otherwise applicable thereto.  So long as
     interest is calculated pursuant to this provision, Borrower is not
     entitled to elect that any Tranche be, or to convert the interest
     rate to the rate applicable to, a LIBO Rate Tranche and the
     interest rate for the Prime Rate Tranche shall not be reinstated.

          (c)  All past due payments of principal and, past due interest
     to the extent permitted by law, shall bear interest until paid at a
     default rate equal to the Maximum Rate, or if there is no such
     Maximum Rate, then at a rate equal to 6.0% above the interest rate
     then in effect.  
<PAGE>  
          (d)  With respect to any LIBO Rate Tranche, in the event no
     selection of an Interest Period is made by Borrower, the relevant
     Interest Period shall be for three calendar months.

          (e)  The amount of the monthly payment of interest shall be
     determined by Bank, and Bank's determination thereof shall be
     conclusive and binding, absent manifest error.

          (f)  Notwithstanding any provision of this Note, Bank does not
     intend to charge and Borrower shall not be required to pay any
     amount of interest or other charges in excess of the maximum
     permitted by applicable law.  Borrower agrees that during the full
     term hereof, the maximum lawful interest rate for this Note as
     determined under Texas law shall be the indicated rate ceiling as
     specified in Article 5069-1.04 of VATS.  Further, to the extent
     that any other lawful rate ceiling exceeds the rate ceiling so
     determined then the higher rate ceiling shall apply.  Any payment
     in excess of such maximum shall be refunded to Borrower or credited
     against principal, at the option of Bank.

     4.   Prepayments.  Borrower may from time to time upon five (5)
Business Days' prior written notice to Bank and subject to any other
limitations in this Agreement prepay the Loan in whole or in part
without penalty or premium, except as may be incurred in connection with
a prepayment of a LIBO Rate Tranche prior to the end of the applicable
Interest Period, provided any partial prepayment shall be not less than
One Hundred Thousand And No/100 DOLLARS ($100,000) or an integral
multiple thereof.  Any such prepayment shall be made subject to the
requirements of Section 2.8, 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14 of the Agreement.

     5.   Accrual Method.  Interest at the Rate set forth above will be
calculated by the 365/360 day method (a daily amount of interest is
computed for a hypothetical year of 360 days; that amount is multiplied
by the actual number of days for which any principal is outstanding
hereunder).
     6.   Adjusted Prime Rate Change Date.  The Adjusted Prime Rate of
this Note shall change automatically, without notice to Borrower, as of
the opening of business on the effective date of each change in the
Prime Rate charged by Bank.

     7.   Payment Schedule.  All payments received hereunder shall be
applied first to the payment of any expense or charges payable hereunder
or under any other loan documents executed in connection with this Note,
then to interest due and payable, with the balance applied to principal,
or in such other order as Bank shall determine at its option.  

     8.   Revolving Feature.  Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow
hereunder at any time, up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding at
any one time equal to the Maximum Amount, provided that Borrower is not
in default under any provision of this Note, any other documents
executed in connection with this Note, or any other note or other loan
documents now or hereafter executed in connection with any other
obligation of Borrower to Bank, and provided that the borrowings
hereunder do not exceed any other limitation on borrowings by Borrower. 
Bank shall incur no liability for its refusal to advance funds based
upon its determination that any conditions of such further advances have
not been met.  Bank records of the amounts borrowed from time to time
shall be conclusive proof thereof.
<PAGE>
     9.   Waivers, Consents and Covenants.  Borrower, any indorser or
guarantor hereof, or any other party hereto (individually an "Obligor"
and collectively "Obligors") and each of them jointly and severally: (a)
waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of demand, notice of intent
to accelerate, notice of acceleration of maturity, notice of protest,
notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, and any other notice required
to be given under the law to any Obligor in connection with the
delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note,
any indorsement or guaranty of this Note, or any other documents
executed in connection with this Note  or any other note or other loan
documents now or hereafter executed in connection with any obligation of
Borrower to Bank (the "Loan Documents"); (b) consent to all delays,
extensions, renewals or other modifications of this Note or the Loan
Documents, or waivers of any term hereof or of the Loan Documents, or
release or discharge by Bank of any of Obligors, or release,
substitution or exchange of any security for the payment hereof, or the
failure to act on the part of Bank, or any indulgence shown by Bank
(without notice to or further assent from any of Obligors),  and agree
that no such action, failure to act or failure to exercise any right or
remedy by Bank shall in any way affect or impair the obligations of any
Obligors or be construed as a waiver by Bank of, or otherwise affect,
any of Bank's rights under this Note, under any indorsement or guaranty
of this Note or under any of the Loan Documents; and (c) agree to pay,
on demand, all costs and expenses of collection or defense of this Note
or of any indorsement or guaranty hereof and/or the enforcement or
defense of Bank's rights with respect to, or the administration,
supervision, preservation, or protection of, or realization upon, any
property securing payment hereof, including, without limitation,
reasonable attorney's fees, including fees related to any suit,
mediation or arbitration proceeding, out of court payment agreement,
trial, appeal, bankruptcy proceedings or other proceeding, in such
amount as may be determined reasonable by any arbitrator or court,
whichever is applicable.

     10.  Events of Default.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
described in Section 9.8 of the Agreement, the entire principal balance
and accrued interest of this Note shall be due and payable without
demand, presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice
of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and
all other notices and further actions of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by Borrower.  Should any other Event of Default
under the Agreement or any other Loan Document occur and be continuing,
Bank may, without demand or notice of its election declare the entire
unpaid balance of this Note, or any part thereof, immediately due and
payable, whereupon the principal of and accrued interest on this Note
shall be forthwith due and payable without demand, presentment for
payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notice of
intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and all other notices and
further actions of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by
Borrower. 

     11.  Remedies upon Default.  Whenever there is a default under this
Note (a) the entire balance outstanding hereunder and all other
obligations of any Obligor to Bank (however acquired or evidenced)
shall, at the option of Bank, become immediately due and payable and any
obligation of Bank to permit further borrowing under this Note shall
immediately cease and terminate, and/or (b) to the extent permitted by
law, the rate of interest on the unpaid principal shall be increased at
<PAGE>
Bank's discretion up to the Maximum Rate allowed by law, or if none, 15%
per annum (the "Default Rate").  The provisions herein for a Default
Rate shall not be deemed to extend the time for any payment hereunder or
to constitute a "grace period" giving Obligors a right to cure any
default.  At Bank's option, any accrued and unpaid interest, fees or
charges may, for purposes of computing and accruing interest on a daily
basis after the due date of this Note or any installment thereof, be
deemed to be a part of the principal balance, and interest shall accrue
on a daily compounded basis after such date at the Default Rate provided
in this Note until the entire outstanding balance of principal and
interest is paid in full.  Upon a default under this Note, Bank is
hereby authorized at any time, at its option and without notice or
demand, to set off and charge against any deposit accounts of any
Obligor (as well as any money, instruments, securities, documents,
chattel paper, credits, claims, demands, income and any other property,
rights and interests of any Obligor), which at any time shall come into
the possession or custody or under the control of Bank or any of its
agents, affiliates or correspondents, any and all obligations due
hereunder.  Additionally, Bank shall have all rights and remedies
available under each of the Loan Documents, as well as all rights and
remedies available at law or in equity.

     12.  Non-Waiver.  The failure at any time of Bank to exercise any
of its options or any other rights hereunder shall not constitute a
waiver thereof, nor shall it be a bar to the exercise of any of its
options or rights at a later date.  All rights and remedies of Bank
shall be cumulative and may be pursued singly, successively or together,
at the option of Bank.  The acceptance by Bank of any partial payment
shall not constitute a waiver of any default or of any of Bank's rights
under this Note.  No waiver of any of its rights hereunder, and no
modification or amendment of this Note, shall be deemed to be made by
Bank unless the same shall be in writing, duly signed on behalf of Bank;
each such waiver shall apply only with respect to the specific instance
involved, and shall in no way impair the rights of Bank or the
obligations of Obligors to Bank in any other respect at any other time. 

     13.  Applicable Law, Venue and Jurisdiction.  Borrower agrees that
this Note shall be deemed to have been made in the State of Texas at
Bank's address indicated at the beginning of this Note and shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of
Texas and is performable in the City and County of Texas indicated at
the beginning of this Note.  In any litigation in connection with or to
enforce this Note or any indorsement or guaranty of this Note or any
Loan Documents, Obligors, and each of them, irrevocably consent to and
confer personal jurisdiction on the courts of the State of Texas or the
United States courts located within the State of Texas.  Nothing
contained herein shall, however, prevent Bank from bringing any action
or exercising any rights within any other state or jurisdiction or from
obtaining personal jurisdiction by any other means available under
applicable law. 

     14.  Partial Invalidity.  The unenforceability or invalidity of any
provision of this Note shall not affect the enforceability or validity
of any other provision herein and the invalidity or unenforceability of
any provision of this Note or of the Loan Documents to any person or
circumstance shall not affect the enforceability or validity of such
provision as it may apply to other persons or circumstances.
<PAGE>
     15.  Binding Effect.  This Note shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of Borrower, Obligors and Bank and their respective
successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives, provided,
however, that no obligations of Borrower or Obligors hereunder can be
assigned without prior written consent of Bank.

     16.  Controlling Document.  To the extent that this Note conflicts
with or is in any way incompatible with any other document related
specifically to the loan evidenced by this Note, this Note shall control
over any other such document, and if this Note does not address an
issue, then each other such document shall control to the extent that it
deals most specifically with an issue.

     17.  Arbitration.  ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THE
PARTIES HERETO INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT OR ANY RELATED
INSTRUMENTS, AGREEMENTS OR DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING ANY CLAIM BASED ON OR
ARISING FROM AN ALLEGED TORT, SHALL BE DETERMINED BY BINDING ARBITRATION
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL ARBITRATION ACT (OR IF NOT APPLICABLE,
THE APPLICABLE STATE LAW), THE RULES OF PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE FOR THE
ARBITRATION OF COMMERCIAL DISPUTES OF J.A.M.S./ENDISPUTE OR ANY
SUCCESSOR THEREOF ("J.A.M.S."), AND THE "SPECIAL RULES" SET FORTH BELOW. 
IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY, THE SPECIAL RULES SHALL CONTROL. 
JUDGMENT UPON ANY ARBITRATION AWARD MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING
JURISDICTION.  ANY PARTY TO THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT MAY
BRING AN ACTION, INCLUDING A SUMMARY OR EXPEDITED PROCEEDING, TO COMPEL
ARBITRATION OF ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM TO WHICH THIS AGREEMENT APPLIES
IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER SUCH ACTION.

          A.   Special Rules.  THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN THE
     COUNTY OF ANY BORROWER S DOMICILE  AT THE TIME OF THE EXECUTION OF
     THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT AND ADMINISTERED BY J.A.M.S.
     WHO WILL APPOINT AN ARBITRATOR; IF J.A.M.S. IS UNABLE OR LEGALLY
     PRECLUDED FROM ADMINISTERING THE ARBITRATION, THEN THE AMERICAN
     ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION WILL SERVE.  ALL ARBITRATION HEARINGS WILL
     BE COMMENCED WITHIN 90 DAYS OF THE DEMAND FOR ARBITRATION; FURTHER,
     THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ONLY, UPON A SHOWING OF CAUSE, BE PERMITTED TO
     EXTEND THE COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH HEARING FOR UP TO AN ADDITIONAL 60
     DAYS.          

          B.   Reservation of Rights.  NOTHING IN THIS ARBITRATION
     PROVISION SHALL BE DEEMED TO (I) LIMIT THE APPLICABILITY OF ANY
     OTHERWISE APPLICABLE STATUTES OF LIMITATION OR REPOSE AND ANY
     WAIVERS CONTAINED IN THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT; OR
     (II) BE A WAIVER BY BANK OF THE PROTECTION AFFORDED TO IT BY 12
     U.S.C. SEC. 91 OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY EQUIVALENT STATE LAW; OR (III)
     LIMIT THE RIGHT OF BANK HERETO (A) TO EXERCISE SELF HELP REMEDIES
     SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) SETOFF, OR (B) TO FORECLOSE AGAINST
     ANY REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL, OR (C) TO OBTAIN FROM A
     COURT PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED
     TO) INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, WRIT OF POSSESSION OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A
     RECEIVER.  BANK MAY EXERCISE SUCH SELF HELP RIGHTS, FORECLOSE UPON
     SUCH PROPERTY, OR OBTAIN SUCH PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES
     BEFORE, DURING OR AFTER THE PENDENCY OF ANY ARBITRATION PROCEEDING
     BROUGHT PURSUANT TO THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT. 
     NEITHER THIS EXERCISE OF SELF HELP REMEDIES NOR THE INSTITUTION OR
     MAINTENANCE OF AN ACTION FOR FORECLOSURE OR PROVISIONAL OR
     ANCILLARY REMEDIES SHALL CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT OF ANY
<PAGE>     
     PARTY, INCLUDING THE CLAIMANT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, TO ARBITRATE THE
     MERITS OF THE CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM OCCASIONING RESORT TO SUCH
     REMEDIES.

     18.  Representation Concerning Use of Proceeds.  Borrower
represents to Bank that the proceeds of this loan are to be used
primarily for business, commercial or agricultural purposes.  Borrower
acknowledges having read and understood, and agrees to be bound by, all
terms and conditions of this Note.

                                   HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION



                                   By                                   
                                     Name: Linda H. Sleeper
                                     Its: Executive Vice President
                                    


                             March 17, 1997

                           SECURITY AGREEMENT


Bank/Secured Party:

NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
901 Main Street
Dallas, Texas  75202

Debtor:

HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION
14651 Dallas Parkway
Suite 900
Dallas, Texas 75240

 Debtor is a corporation.  The collateral is located at Debtor's address
shown above.

     Terms used herein which are defined in that certain Loan Agreement
of even date herewith between Debtor and Bank (the "Loan Agreement"),
unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meanings set forth
in the Loan Agreement.  

     1.   Security Interest.  For good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Debtor
(hereinafter referred to as "Debtor") assigns and grants to Bank (also
known as "Secured Party"), a security interest and lien in the
Collateral (hereinafter defined) to secure the payment and the
performance of the Obligation (hereinafter defined).

     2.   Collateral.  A security interest is granted in the following
collateral described in this Item 2 (the  Collateral"): 

     A.   Types of Collateral.  

 [X] Premium Finance Agreements:

     [X]  Blanket Lien: All Premium Finance Agreements and all rights
and privileges related thereto, including, without limitation, all
collateral therefor and guaranties thereof, now owned or hereafter
acquired by Debtor; all notes receivable of Debtor (notes made payable
to the order of Debtor) now existing or hereafter arising, together with
all renewals, extensions, modifications or rearrangements of such notes,
payments thereon, and all other proceeds, monies, income and benefits
arising from or by virtue of all sums payable or distributable with
respect to such notes; all accounts as that term is defined in Chapter 9
of the Texas Business and Commerce Code, general intangibles, executory
contract rights, chattel paper, documents, instruments, notes, drafts,
acceptances, tax refunds, insurance proceeds, rights to refund and
indemnification, and all other debts, obligations and liabilities in
whatever form owing to Debtor from any person, firm or corporation now
existing or at any time hereafter arising including all securities,
guaranties, warranties, indemnity agreements, insurance policies and all
other agreements pertaining to the same; all collateral which secures
any of the foregoing; and all proceeds of the foregoing.  The Collateral
includes all of Debtor's rights to receive payment from any party or
<PAGE>
parties arising under any reinsurance or similar types of agreements
related to any Premium Finance Agreements of Debtor, including rights
arising under the Reinsurance Agreements as defined in the Loan
Agreement, as well as all of Debtor's rights to any unearned insurance
premiums.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not
include any Premium Finance Agreement sold to Peregrine Premium Finance
L.C. prior to the date hereof.<PAGE>
 [X] Accounts: 

     [X] Blanket Lien:  Any and all accounts and other rights of Debtor
to the payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered whether
or not earned by performance, including, without limitation, contract
rights, book debts, checks, notes, drafts, instruments, chattel paper,
acceptances, and  any and all amounts due to Debtor from a factor or
other forms of obligations and receivables, now existing or hereafter
arising.

 [X] Inventory:

     [X]  Blanket Lien:  Any and all of Debtor's goods held as
inventory, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including without
limitation, any and all such goods held for sale or lease or being
processed for sale or lease in Debtor's business, as now or hereafter
conducted, including all materials, goods and work in process, finished
goods and other tangible property held for sale or lease or furnished or
to be furnished under contracts of service or used or consumed in
Debtor's business, along with all documents (including documents of
title) covering such inventory.

 [X]      Equipment:

     [X]  Blanket Lien:  Any and all of Debtor's goods held as
equipment, including, without limitation, all machinery, tools, dies,
furnishings, or fixtures, wherever located, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, together with all increases, parts, fittings,
accessories, equipment, and special tools now or hereafter affixed to
any part thereof or used in connection therewith.

 [X] Instruments and/or Investment Documents:

     [X]  Blanket Lien:  Any and all of Debtor's instruments, documents,
and other  writings of any type, which evidence a right to the payment
of money and which are of a type that is transferred in the ordinary
course of business by delivery with any necessary indorsement or
assignment, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without
limitation, negotiable instruments, promissory notes, and documents of
title owned or to be owned by Debtor, certificates of deposit, and all
liens, security agreements, leases and other contracts securing or
otherwise relating to any of said instruments or documents.

 [X] General Intangibles:

     [X]  Blanket Lien:  Any and all of Debtor's general intangible
property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor or used in
Debtor's business currently or hereafter, including, without limitation,
all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, copyrights and
exclusive licenses (whether issued or pending) literary rights, contract
rights and all documents, applications, materials and other matters
related thereto, all inventions, all manufacturing, engineering and
<PAGE>
production plans, drawings, specifications, processes and systems, all
trade names, goodwill and all chattel paper, documents and instruments
relating to such general intangibles.

 [X] Other:

 [X] Computer Collateral: 

     [X]  Blanket Lien:  All of the following property now owned or
hereafter acquired (whether as owner, lessee, licensee, or otherwise) by
Debtor: (i) all computer and other electronic data processing hardware,
integrated computer systems, central processing units, memory units,
display terminals, printers, features, computer elements, card readers,
tape drives, hard and soft disk drives, cables, electrical supply
hardware, generators, power equalizers, accessories and all peripheral
devices and other related computer hardware; (ii) all software programs
(including source code and object code and all related applications and
data files) designed for use on the computers and electronic data
processing hardware described in clause (i) above; (iii) all firmware
associated therewith; (iv) all documentation (including flow charts,
logic diagrams, manuals, guides and specifications) for such hardware,
software and firmware described in the preceding clauses (i), (ii), and
(iii); and (v) all rights with respect to all of the foregoing,
including, without limitation, licenses, options, warranties, service
contracts, program services, test rights, maintenance rights, support
rights, improvement rights, renewal rights and indemnifications and any
substitutions, replacements, additions or model conversions of any of
the foregoing.

     B.   Substitutions, Proceeds and Related Items.  Any and all
substitutes and replacements for, accessions, attachments and other
additions to, tools, parts and equipment now or hereafter added to or
used in connection with, and all cash or non-cash proceeds and products
of, the Collateral (including, without limitation, all income, benefits
and property receivable, received or distributed which results from any
of the Collateral, such as dividends payable or distributable in cash,
property or stock; insurance distributions of any kind related to the
Collateral, including, without limitation,  returned premiums, interest,
premium and principal payments; redemption proceeds and subscription
rights; and shares or other proceeds of conversions or splits of any
securities in the Collateral); any and all choses in action and causes
of action of Debtor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, 
relating directly or indirectly to the Collateral (whether arising in
contract, tort or otherwise and whether or not currently in litigation);
all documents, accounts and chattel paper, whether now existing or
hereafter arising directly or indirectly from or related to the
Collateral; all warranties related to the Collateral; all of Debtor's
books, records, data, plans, manuals, computer software, computer tapes,
computer systems, computer disks, computer programs, source codes and
object codes containing any information, pertaining directly or
indirectly to the Collateral and all rights of Debtor to retrieve data
and other information pertaining directly or indirectly to the
Collateral from third parties, whether now existing or hereafter
arising; and all returned, refused, stopped in transit, or repossessed
Collateral, any of which, if received by Debtor, upon request shall be
delivered immediately to Bank.
<PAGE>
     C.   Balances and Other Property.  The balance of every deposit
account of Debtor  maintained with Bank and any other claim of Debtor
against Bank, now or hereafter existing, liquidated or unliquidated, and
all money, instruments, securities, documents, chattel paper, credits,
claims, demands, income, and any other property, rights and interests of
Debtor which at any time shall come into the possession or custody or
under the control of Bank or any of Bank's agents or affiliates for any
purpose, and the proceeds of any thereof.  Bank shall be deemed to have
possession of any of the Collateral in transit to or set apart for Bank
or any of its agents or affiliates.  

     3.   Description of Obligation(s).  The following obligations
("Obligation" or  Obligations ) are secured by this Agreement: (a) All
debts, obligations, liabilities and agreements of Debtor to Bank, now or
hereafter existing, arising directly or indirectly between Debtor and
Bank whether absolute or contingent, joint or several, secured or
unsecured, due or not due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or
unliquidated, arising by operation of law or otherwise, and all
renewals, extensions or rearrangement of any of the above;   (b) All
costs incurred by Bank to obtain, preserve, perfect and enforce this
Agreement and maintain, preserve, collect and realize upon the
Collateral; (c)  All other costs and attorney's fees incurred by Bank,
for which Debtor is obligated to reimburse Bank in accordance with the
terms of the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents (hereinafter
defined), together with interest at the maximum rate allowed by law, or
if there is no maximum rate, 15% per annum; and (d) All amounts which
may be owed to Bank pursuant to the Loan Agreement and all other Loan
Documents executed between Bank and any other Debtor.   If Debtor is not
the obligor of the Obligation, and in the event any amount paid to Bank
on any Obligation is subsequently recovered from Bank in or as a result
of any bankruptcy, insolvency or fraudulent conveyance proceeding,
Debtor shall be liable to Bank for the amounts so recovered up to the
fair market value of the Collateral whether or not the Collateral has
been released or the security interest terminated.  In the event the
Collateral has been released or the security interest terminated, the
fair market value of the Collateral shall be determined, at Bank's
option, as of the date the Collateral was released, the security
interest terminated, or said amounts were recovered. 

     4.   Debtor's Warranties.  Debtor hereby represents and warrants to
Bank as follows:

     A.   Financing Statements.  Except as may be noted by schedule
attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, no financing
statement covering the Collateral is or will be on file in any public
office, except the financing statements relating to this security
interest, and no security interest, other than the one herein created,
has attached or been perfected in the Collateral or any part thereof.

     B.   Ownership.  Debtor owns, or will use the proceeds of any loans
by Bank to become the owner of, the Collateral free from any setoff,
claim, restriction, lien, security interest or encumbrance except
(a) liens in favor of Bank, (b) liens for taxes, assessments or similar
charges, incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet
due and payable, (c) liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen,
carriers, operators and other like liens securing obligations incurred
in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable;
(d) landlord's liens for rentals not yet due and payable; and (e) liens
<PAGE>
securing any purchase money Indebtedness permitted hereunder (if any) if
such liens do not encumber any property other than the property for
which such Indebtedness was incurred and do not secure payment of any
amount other than the amount from time to time owing on the property for
which such Indebtedness was incurred and the Indebtedness initially
secured by such lien does not exceed $100,000.

     C.   Fixtures and Accessions.  None of the Collateral is affixed to
real estate or is an accession to any goods, or will become a fixture or
accession, except as expressly set out herein.

     D.   Claims of Debtors on the Collateral.  All account debtors and
other obligors whose debts or obligations are part of the Collateral
have no right to setoffs, counterclaims or adjustments, and no defenses
in connection therewith.

     E.   Environmental Compliance.  The conduct of Debtor's business
operations and the condition of Debtor's property does not and will not
violate any federal laws, rules or ordinances for environmental
protection, regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency and any
applicable local or state law, rule, regulation or rule of common law
and any judicial interpretation thereof relating primarily to the
environment or any materials defined as hazardous materials or
substances under any local, state or federal environmental laws, rules
or regulations, and petroleum, petroleum products, oil and asbestos
("Hazardous Materials").

     F.   Power and Authority.  Debtor has full power and authority to
make this Agreement, and all necessary consents and approvals of any
persons, entities, governmental or regulatory authorities and securities
exchanges have been obtained to effectuate the validity of this
Agreement.

     G.   Licenses and Permits.  Debtor has obtained all licenses,
permits, and approvals required by applicable law for it to engage in
the business of insurance premium financing in each state in which
Debtor engages in such business.  To the best knowledge of Debtor,
Debtor owns, is licensed, or is entitled to use by license or otherwise,
or  has all permits and other governmental approvals for all licenses,
technology, know-how, processes and rights with respect to any of the
foregoing used in or necessary for the conduct of Debtor's business as
currently conducted except where failure to do so does not and is not
reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect upon the
Borrower's financial condition or operation or the Collateral.

     H.   Form of Agreements.  The form of each premium finance
agreement used by Debtor in its insurance premium financing business has
been approved by the State Board of Insurance of the State of Texas or
other governmental regulatory authority with jurisdiction to approve
same.  

     I.   Compliance with Law.  Debtor has complied with all applicable
laws, including, without limitation, Chapter 24 of the Texas Insurance
Code, Title 28 of the Texas Administrative Code, the Truth-in-Lending
Act (the "Act"), and Regulation Z ("Reg Z") promulgated pursuant
thereto, and all other statutes applicable to Debtor's business.  
<PAGE>
     J.   Reinsurance Agreements.  Each Reinsurance Agreement is in full
force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid, and binding
obligation of each party thereto.  

     5.   Debtor's Covenants.  Until full payment and performance of all
of the Obligation and termination or expiration of any obligation or
commitment of Bank to make advances or loans to Debtor, unless Bank
otherwise consents in writing:

     A.   Obligation and This Agreement.  Debtor shall perform all of
its agreements herein and in any other agreements between it and Bank.

     B.   Ownership and Maintenance of the Collateral.  Debtor shall
keep all tangible Collateral in good condition.  Debtor shall defend the
Collateral against all claims and demands of all persons at any time
claiming any interest therein adverse to Bank.  Debtor shall keep the
Collateral free from all liens and security interests except those liens
described in paragraph 4.B of this Agreement.  Debtor shall furnish to
Bank proof of payment of ad valorem taxes payable on the Collateral as
and when requested by Bank.

     C.   Insurance.  Debtor shall insure the Collateral which is of an
insurable nature (the parties agree that Premium Finance Agreements
shall not be insured) with companies acceptable to Bank.  Such insurance
shall be in an amount not less than the fair market value of the
Collateral and shall be against such casualties, with such deductible
amounts as Bank shall approve.  All insurance policies shall be written
for the benefit of Debtor and Bank as their interests may appear,
payable to Bank as loss payee, or in other form satisfactory to Bank,
and such policies or certificates evidencing the same shall be furnished
to Bank.  All policies of insurance shall provide for written notice to
Bank at least thirty (30) days prior to cancellation.  Risk of loss or
damage is Debtor's to the extent of any deficiency in any effective
insurance coverage.

     D.   Bank's Costs.  Debtor shall pay all costs necessary to obtain,
preserve, perfect, defend and enforce the security interest created by
this Agreement, collect the Obligation, and preserve, defend, enforce
and collect the Collateral, including but not limited to taxes,
assessments, insurance premiums, repairs, rent, storage costs and
expenses of sales, legal expenses, reasonable attorney's fees and other
fees or expenses for which Debtor is obligated to reimburse Bank in
accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.  Whether the Collateral
is or is not in Bank's possession, and without any obligation to do so
and without waiving Debtor's default for failure to make any such
payment, Bank at its option may pay any such costs and expenses,
discharge encumbrances on the Collateral, and pay for insurance of the
Collateral, and such payments shall be a part of the Obligation and bear
interest at the rate set out in the Obligation for amounts past due. 
Debtor agrees to reimburse Bank on demand for any costs so incurred.

     E.   Information and Inspection.  Debtor shall (i) promptly furnish
Bank any information with respect to the Collateral requested by Bank;
(ii) allow Bank or its representatives to inspect the Collateral, at any
time and wherever located, and to inspect and copy, or furnish Bank or
<PAGE>
its representatives with copies of, all records relating to the
Collateral and the Obligation; and (iii) promptly furnish Bank or its
representatives such information as Bank may request to identify the
Collateral, at the time and in the form requested by Bank.

     F.   Additional Documents.  Debtor shall sign and deliver any
papers deemed necessary or desirable in the judgment of Bank to obtain,
maintain, and perfect the security interest hereunder and to enable Bank
to comply with any federal or state law in order to obtain or perfect
Bank's interest in the Collateral or to obtain proceeds of the
Collateral.

     G.   Parties Liable on the Collateral.  Debtor shall preserve the
liability of all obligors on any Collateral and shall preserve the
priority of all security therefor.  Bank shall have no duty to preserve
such liability or security, but may do so at the expense of Debtor,
without waiving Debtor's default.

     H.   Records of the Collateral.  Debtor at all times shall maintain
accurate books and records covering the Collateral.  Debtor immediately
will mark all books and records with an entry showing the absolute
assignment of all Collateral to Bank, and Bank is hereby given the right
to audit the books and records of Debtor relating to the Collateral at
any time and from time to time.  The amounts shown as owed to Debtor on
Debtor's books and on any assignment schedule will be the undisputed
amounts owing and unpaid.

     I.   Disposition of the Collateral.  If disposition of any
Collateral gives rise to an account, chattel paper or instrument, Debtor
immediately shall notify Bank, and upon request of Bank shall assign or
indorse the same to Bank.  No Collateral may be sold, leased,
manufactured, processed or otherwise disposed of by Debtor in any manner
without the prior written consent of Bank, except the Collateral sold,
leased, manufactured, processed or consumed in the ordinary course of
business.

     J.   Accounts.  Each account held as Collateral will represent the
valid and legally enforceable obligation of third parties.

     K.   Notice/Location of the Collateral.   Debtor shall give Bank
written notice of each office of Debtor in which records of Debtor
pertaining to accounts held as Collateral are kept, and each location at
which the Collateral is or will be kept, and of any change of any such
location.  If no such notice is given, all records of Debtor pertaining
to the Collateral and all Collateral of Debtor are and shall be kept at
the  address marked by Debtor above.

     L.   Change of Name/Status and Notice of Changes.  Without the
written consent of Bank, Debtor shall not change its name, change its
corporate status, use any trade name or engage in any business not
reasonably related to its business as presently conducted.  Debtor shall
notify Bank immediately of (i) any material change in the Collateral,
(ii) a change in Debtor's residence or location, (iii) a change in any
matter warranted or represented by Debtor in this Agreement, or in any
of the Loan Documents or furnished to Bank pursuant to this Agreement,
and (iv) the occurrence of an Event of Default (hereinafter defined).
<PAGE>
     M.   Use and Removal of the Collateral.  Debtor shall not use the
Collateral illegally.  Debtor shall not, unless previously indicated as
a fixture, permit the Collateral to be affixed to real or personal
property without the prior written consent of Bank.  Debtor shall not
permit any of the Collateral to be removed from the locations specified
herein without the prior written consent of Bank, except for the sale of
inventory in the ordinary course of business.

     N.   Possession of the Collateral.  Upon the occurrence of any
Trigger Event, within one (1) Business Day, Borrower shall immediately
notify Bank of the occurrence of such Trigger Event and deliver to Bank
all Premium Finance Agreements of Borrower (excluding those Premium
Finance Agreements sold to Peregrine Premium Finance L.C. prior to the
date hereof), appropriately endorsed, with full recourse and warranty
and execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Bank and file or cause to be
filed any and all other documents, agreements and instruments and do all
other acts or things as Bank may reasonably request in order more fully
to effect the assignment of the Premium Finance Agreements to Bank.

     O.   Consumer Credit.  If any Collateral or proceeds includes
obligations of third parties to Debtor, the transactions giving rise to
the Collateral shall conform in all respects to the applicable state or
federal law including but not limited to consumer credit law.  Debtor
shall hold harmless and indemnify Bank against any cost, loss or expense
arising from Debtor's breach of this covenant.

     P.   Power of Attorney.  Debtor appoints Bank and any officer
thereof as Debtor's attorney-in-fact with full power in Debtor's name
and behalf to do every act which Debtor is obligated to do or may be
required to do hereunder; however, nothing in this paragraph shall be
construed to obligate Bank to take any action hereunder nor shall Bank
be liable to Debtor for failure to take any action hereunder.  This
appointment shall be deemed a power coupled with an interest and shall
not be terminable as long as the Obligation is outstanding and shall not
terminate on the disability or incompetence of Debtor.

     Q.   Waivers by Debtor.  Debtor waives notice of the creation,
advance, increase, existence, extension or renewal of, and of any
indulgence with respect to, the Obligation; waives presentment, demand,
notice of dishonor, and protest; waives notice of the amount of the
Obligation outstanding at any time, notice of any change in financial
condition of any person liable for the Obligation or any part thereof,
notice of any Event of Default, and all other notices respecting the
Obligation; and agrees that maturity of the Obligation and any part
thereof may be extended or renewed, and after an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, accelerated, one or more times by Bank in
its discretion, without notice to Debtor.  Debtor waives any right to
require that any action be brought against any other person or to
require that resort be had to any other security or to any balance of
any deposit account.   Debtor further waives any right of subrogation or
to enforce any right of action against any other Debtor until the
Obligation is paid in full. 

     R.   Other Parties and Other Collateral.  No renewal or extension
of or any other indulgence with respect to the Obligation or any part
thereof, no release of any security, no release of any person (including
any maker, indorser, guarantor or surety) liable on the Obligation, no
delay in enforcement of payment, and no delay or omission or lack of
<PAGE>
diligence or care in exercising any right or power with respect to the
Obligation or any security therefor or guaranty thereof or under this
Agreement shall in any manner impair or affect the rights of Bank under
the law, hereunder, or under any other agreement pertaining to the
Collateral.  Bank need not file suit or assert a claim for personal
judgment against any person for any part of the Obligation or seek to
realize upon any other security for the Obligation, before foreclosing
or otherwise realizing upon the Collateral. Debtor waives any right to
the benefit of or to require or control application of any other
security or proceeds thereof, and agrees that Bank shall have no duty or
obligation to Debtor to apply to the Obligation any such other security
or proceeds thereof.

     S.   Collection and Segregation of Accounts and Right to Notify.  
Bank hereby authorizes Debtor to collect the Collateral, subject to the
direction and control of Bank, but Bank may, after an Event of Default
has occurred and without further notice, curtail or terminate said
authority at any time.  Upon notice by Bank, whether oral or in writing,
to Debtor, Debtor shall forthwith upon receipt of all checks, drafts,
cash, and other remittances in payment of or on account of the
Collateral, deposit the same in one or more special accounts maintained
with Bank over which Bank alone shall have the power of withdrawal.  The
remittance of the proceeds of such Collateral shall not, however,
constitute payment or liquidation of such Collateral until Bank shall
receive good funds for such proceeds.  Funds placed in such special
accounts shall be held by Bank as security for all Obligations secured
hereunder.  These proceeds shall be deposited in precisely the form
received, except for the indorsement of Debtor where necessary to permit
collection of items, which indorsement Debtor agrees to make, and which
indorsement Bank is also hereby authorized, as attorney-in-fact, to make
on behalf of Debtor.  In the event Bank has notified Debtor to make
deposits to a special account, pending such deposit, Debtor agrees that
it will not commingle any such checks, drafts, cash or other remittances
with any funds or other property of Debtor, but will hold them separate
and apart therefrom, and upon an express trust for Bank until deposit
thereof is made in the special account.   Bank will, from time to time,
apply the whole or any part of the Collateral funds on deposit in this
special account against such Obligations as are secured hereby as Bank
may in its sole discretion elect.  At the sole election of Bank, any
portion of said funds on deposit in the special account which Bank shall
elect not to apply to the Obligations, may be paid over by Bank to
Debtor.  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may
notify persons obligated on any Collateral to make payments directly to
Bank and Bank may take control of all proceeds of any Collateral.  Until
Bank elects to exercise such rights, Debtor, as agent of Bank, shall
collect and enforce all payments owed on the Collateral.

     T.   Compliance with State and Federal Laws.  Debtor will maintain
its existence, good standing and qualification to do business, where
required, and comply with all laws, regulations and governmental
requirements, including without limitation, environmental laws
applicable to it or any of its property, business operations and
transactions.

     U.   Environmental Covenants.  Debtor shall immediately advise Bank
in writing of (i) any and all enforcement, cleanup, remedial, removal,
or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or
threatened pursuant to any applicable federal, state, or local laws,
<PAGE>
ordinances or regulations relating to any Hazardous Materials affecting
Debtor's business operations; and (ii) all claims made or threatened by
any third party against Debtor relating to damages, contribution, cost
recovery, compensation, loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous
Materials.  Debtor shall immediately notify Bank of any remedial action
taken by Debtor with respect to Debtor's business operations.    Debtor
will not use or permit any other party to use any Hazardous Materials at
any of Debtor's places of business or at any other property owned by
Debtor except such materials as are incidental to Debtor's normal course
of business, maintenance and repairs and which are handled in compliance
with all applicable environmental laws.  Debtor agrees to permit Bank,
its agents, contractors and employees to enter and inspect any of
Debtor's places of business or any other property of Debtor at any
reasonable times upon three (3) days prior notice for the purposes of
conducting an environmental investigation and audit (including taking
physical samples) to insure that Debtor is complying with this covenant
and Debtor shall reimburse Bank on demand for the costs of any such
environmental investigation and audit.  Debtor shall provide Bank, its
agents, contractors, employees and representatives with access to and
copies of any and all data and documents relating to or dealing with any
Hazardous Materials used, generated, manufactured, stored or disposed of
by Debtor's business operations within five (5) days of the request
therefor.

     V.   Endorsement.  At such times as Borrower is required by the
terms of Section 5.10 of the Loan Agreement and paragraph 5.N hereof,
Debtor will endorse each Premium Finance Agreement to Bank as follows:

     "Pay to the order of NationsBank of Texas, N.A. with full recourse
and warranty"

     W.   Status of Reinsurance Agreements.  Debtor will notify Bank of
any default by any party to any Reinsurance Agreement and will not enter
into any material alteration of the terms of any Reinsurance Agreement
without the prior written consent of Bank.  Debtor will comply fully and
completely with all of Debtor's obligations under each Reinsurance
Agreement.  

     X.   Compliance with Certain Laws.  In addition to the other
provisions hereof, Debtor will comply with Chapter 24 of the Texas
Insurance Code, Title 28 of the Texas Administrative Code, the Act, and
Reg Z.  

     Y.   Renewals of Licenses.  Debtor will on a timely basis procure
all necessary renewals and extensions of all licenses, approvals, and
permits required for it to engage in the business of insurance premium
financing which are required by the laws of each state in which Debtor
engages in such business.

     Z.   Notification to Insurers.  Debtor will notify each insurer
whose premiums are being financed with Premium Finance Agreements
constituting part of the Collateral, or its managing general agent, of
the existence of each Premium Finance Agreement in a timely manner and
take all such other action as may be necessary or required in order that
Debtor will be entitled to receive all unearned premiums from such
<PAGE>
insurer if an insurance contract is canceled, and Debtor will furnish a
list of same to Bank upon Bank's request.  Notice of the creation of
each Premium Finance Agreement shall be given to the insurer within
thirty (30) days of Debtor's acceptance of such agreement.

     6.   Grant of License to Use Intangibles.  To the extent permitted
by applicable law and the terms of any agreements relating to Debtor's
General Intangibles, Debtor hereby grants to the Bank an irrevocable,
nonexclusive license (exercisable upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default) to use, assign, license or sublicense any of Debtor's General
Intangibles, and wherever the same may be located, including in such
license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed
items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for
the compilation or printout thereof.  No agreements hereafter acquired
or agreed to or entered into by Debtor shall prohibit, restrict, or
impair the rights granted hereunder.

     7.   Rights and Powers of Bank.

     A.   General.  Bank, after an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, without liability to Debtor may: obtain from any person
<PAGE>
information regarding Debtor or Debtor's business or the Collateral,
which information any such person also may furnish without liability to
Debtor; require Debtor to give possession or control of any Collateral
to Bank; indorse as Debtor's agent any instruments, documents or chattel
paper in the Collateral or representing proceeds of the Collateral;
contact account debtors directly to verify information furnished by
Debtor; take control of proceeds, including stock received as dividends
or by reason of stock splits; release the Collateral in its possession
to any Debtor, temporarily or otherwise; reject as unsatisfactory any
property hereafter offered by Debtor as Collateral; set standards from
time to time to govern what may be used as after acquired Collateral;
take control of funds generated by the Collateral, such as cash
dividends, interest and proceeds or refunds from insurance, and use same
to reduce any part of the Obligation and exercise all other rights which
an owner of such Collateral may exercise, except the right to vote or
dispose of the Collateral; at any time transfer any of the Collateral or
evidence thereof into its own name or that of its nominee; and demand,
collect, convert, redeem, receipt for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue
for, foreclose or realize upon the Collateral, in its own name or in the
name of Debtor, as Bank may determine.  Bank shall not be liable for
failure to collect any account or instruments, or for any act or
omission on the part of Bank, its officers, agents or employees, except
for its or their own willful misconduct or gross negligence.  The
foregoing rights and powers of Bank will be in addition to, and not a
limitation upon, any rights and powers of Bank given by law, elsewhere
in this Agreement, or otherwise.  If Debtor fails to maintain any
required insurance, to the extent permitted by applicable law Bank may
(but is not obligated to) purchase single interest insurance coverage
for the Collateral which insurance may at Bank's option (i) protect only
Bank and not provide any remuneration or protection for Debtor directly
and (ii) provide coverage only after the Obligation has been declared
due as herein provided.  The premiums for any such insurance purchased
by Bank shall be a part of the Obligation and shall bear interest as
provided in 3(d) hereof.
<PAGE>
     B.   Convertible Collateral.  Bank may present for conversion any
Collateral which is convertible into any other instrument or investment
security or a combination thereof with cash, but Bank shall not have any
duty to present for conversion any Collateral unless it shall have
received from Debtor detailed written instructions to that effect at a
time reasonably far in advance of the final conversion date to make such
conversion possible.

     8.   Default.

     A.   Event of Default.  An event of default ("Event of Default")
shall occur if:  (i) Debtor or any other obligor on all or part of the
Obligation shall fail to timely and properly pay or observe, keep or
perform any term, covenant, agreement or condition in this Agreement or
in any other agreement between Debtor and Bank or between Bank and any
other obligor on the Obligation (beyond any applicable grace period
contained therein), including, but not limited to, any other note or
instrument, loan agreement, security agreement, deed of trust, mortgage,
promissory note, guaranty, certificate, assignment, instrument, document
or other agreement concerning or related to the Obligation
(collectively, the "Loan Documents") beyond any applicable grace period
contained therein; or (ii) Debtor or such other obligor shall fail to
timely and properly pay or observe, keep or perform any term, covenant,
agreement or condition in any agreement between such party and any
affiliate or subsidiary of NationsBank Corporation beyond any applicable
grace period contained therein.

     B.   Rights and Remedies.  If any Event of Default shall occur,
then, in each and every such case, Bank may, without presentment,
demand, or protest; notice of default, dishonor, demand, non-payment, or
protest; notice of intent to accelerate all or any part of the
Obligation; notice of acceleration of all or any part of the Obligation;
or notice of any other kind, all of which Debtor hereby expressly
waives, (except for any notice required under this Agreement, any other
Loan Document or applicable law); at any time thereafter exercise and/or
enforce any of the following rights and remedies at Bank's option:

     (i)  Acceleration. The Obligation shall, at Bank's option, become
immediately due and payable, and the obligation, if any, of Bank to
permit further borrowings under the Obligation shall at Bank's option
immediately cease and terminate.

     (ii) Possession and Collection of the Collateral.  At its option:
(a) if Bank has not already done so, (i) take possession or control of,
store, lease, operate, manage, sell, or instruct any agent or broker to
sell or otherwise dispose of, all or any part of the Collateral, (ii)
notify all parties under any account or contract right forming all or
any part of the Collateral to make any payments otherwise due to Debtor
directly to Bank, (iii) in Bank's own name, or in the name of Debtor,
demand, collect, receive, sue for, and give receipts and releases for,
any and all amounts due under such accounts and contract rights, or (iv)
indorse as the agent of Debtor any check, note, chattel paper,
documents, or instruments forming all or any part of the Collateral; (b)
make formal application for transfer to Bank (or to any assignee of Bank
or to any purchaser of any of the Collateral) of all of Debtor's
permits, licenses, approvals, agreements, and the like relating to the
Collateral or to Debtor's business; (c) take any other action which Bank
deems necessary or desirable to protect and realize upon its security
<PAGE>
interest in the Collateral; and (d) in addition to the foregoing, and
not in substitution therefor, exercise any one or more of the rights and
remedies exercisable by Bank under any other provision of this
Agreement, under any of the other Loan Documents, or as provided by
applicable law (including, without limitation, the Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect in Texas (hereinafter referred to as the "UCC")).  In
taking possession of the Collateral Bank may enter Debtor's premises and
otherwise proceed without legal process, if this can be done without
breach of the peace.   Debtor shall, upon Bank's demand, promptly make
the Collateral or other security available to Bank at a place designated
by Bank, which place shall be reasonably convenient to both parties.

Bank shall not be liable for, nor be prejudiced by, any loss,
depreciation or other damages to the Collateral, unless caused by Bank's
willful and malicious act.   Bank shall have no duty to take any action
to preserve or collect the Collateral.

     (iii) Receiver.  Obtain the appointment of a receiver for all or
any of the Collateral, Debtor hereby consenting to the appointment of
such a receiver and agreeing not to oppose any such appointment.

     (iv)  Right of Set Off.  Without notice or demand to Debtor, set
off and apply against any and all of the Obligation any and all deposits
(general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) and any other
indebtedness, at any time held or owing by Bank or any of Bank's agents
or affiliates to or for the credit of the account of Debtor or any
guarantor or indorser of Debtor's Obligation.

Bank shall be entitled to immediate possession of all books and records
evidencing any Collateral or pertaining to chattel paper covered by this
Agreement and it or its representatives shall have the authority to
enter upon any premises upon which any of the same, or any Collateral,
may be situated and remove the same therefrom without liability.  Bank
may surrender any insurance policies in the Collateral and receive the
unearned premium thereon.  Debtor shall be entitled to any surplus and
shall be liable to Bank for any deficiency.  The proceeds of any
disposition after default available to satisfy the Obligation shall be
applied to the Obligation in such order and in such manner as Bank in
its discretion shall decide.

Debtor specifically understands and agrees that any sale by Bank of all
or part of the Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement may be
effected by Bank at times and in manners which  could result in the
proceeds of such sale as being significantly and materially less than
might have been received if such sale had occurred at different times or
in different manners, and Debtor hereby releases Bank and its officers
and representatives from and against any and all obligations and
liabilities arising out of or related to the timing or manner of any
such sale.

If, in the opinion of Bank, there is any question that a public sale or
distribution of any Collateral will violate any state or federal
securities law, Bank may offer and sell such Collateral in a transaction
exempt from registration under federal securities law, and any such sale
made in good faith by Bank shall be deemed "commercially reasonable".
<PAGE>
               (v)  If any Event of Default exists, upon the written
demand of Bank, Debtor shall execute and deliver to Bank to the extent
permitted by applicable law and any contracts relating to the Computer
Collateral, an assignment or assignments of the Computer Collateral and
licenses in favor of, or otherwise of value to Debtor, and such other
documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and
purposes of this Security Agreement.  Such an assignment shall reduce
the Obligations then due only to the extent that Bank receives cash
proceeds in respect of the sale of, or other realization upon, the
Computer Collateral or licenses; such cash proceeds to be applied by
Bank as provided in the Loan Agreement.  

     9.   General.

          A.   Parties Bound.  Bank's rights hereunder shall inure to
the benefit of its successors and assigns.  In the event of any
assignment or transfer by Bank of any of the Obligation or the
Collateral, Bank thereafter shall be fully discharged from any
responsibility with respect to the Collateral so assigned or
transferred, but Bank shall retain all rights and powers hereby given
with respect to any of the Obligation or the Collateral not so assigned
or transferred.  All representations, warranties and agreements of
Debtor if more than one are joint and several and all shall be binding
upon the personal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of
Debtor.

          B.   Waiver.  No delay of Bank in exercising any power or
right shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any power or right preclude other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.  No waiver by Bank
of any right hereunder or of any default by Debtor shall be binding upon
Bank unless in writing, and no failure by Bank to exercise any power or
right hereunder or waiver of any default by Debtor shall operate as a
waiver of any other or further exercise of such right or power or of any
further default.  Each right, power and remedy of Bank as provided for
herein or in any of the Loan Documents, or which shall now or hereafter
exist at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, shall be
cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other such
right, power or remedy.  The exercise or beginning of the exercise by
Bank of any one or more of such rights, powers or remedies shall not
preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Bank of any or all other
such rights, powers or remedies.

          C.   Waiver.  Without limiting the generality of the
appointment of Bank as Debtor's attorney-in-fact pursuant to the Loan
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Debtor agrees that Bank shall
have the right and authority to the extent permitted by applicable law
and any contracts relating to the Computer Collateral (i) while any
Event of Default exists to license or sublicense the Computer
Collateral, any other General Intangible or any thereof, including,
without limitation, assignments, recordings, registrations and
applications therefor in the United States Patent and Trademark Office,
the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency of
the United States, any State thereof or any other country or political
subdivision thereof, and for the purpose of the recording, registering
and filing of, or accomplishing any other formality with respect to, the
foregoing, to execute and deliver any and all agreements, documents,
instruments of assignment or other papers necessary or advisable to
<PAGE>
effect such purpose; and (ii) to make claim for, and receive and give
acquittances for payment on account of, loss under any insurance policy
covering the Collateral, or any part thereof, and to receive, endorse
and collect all checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money
representing the proceeds of such insurance.

          D.   Agreement Continuing.  This Agreement shall constitute a
continuing agreement, applying to all future as well as existing
transactions, whether or not of the character contemplated at the date
of this Agreement, and if all transactions between Bank and Debtor shall
be closed at any time, shall be equally applicable to any new
transactions thereafter.  Provisions of this Agreement, unless by their
terms exclusive, shall be in addition to other agreements between the
parties.  Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

          E.   Definitions.    Unless the context indicates otherwise,
definitions in the UCC apply to words and phrases in this Agreement; if
UCC definitions conflict, Article 9 definitions apply.

          F.   Notices.  Notice shall be deemed reasonable if mailed
postage prepaid at least five (5) days before the related action (or if
the UCC elsewhere specifies a longer period, such longer period) to the
address of Debtor given above, or to such other address as any party may
designate by written notice to the other party.  Each notice, request
and demand shall be deemed given or made, if sent by mail, upon the
earlier of the date of receipt or five (5) days after deposit in the
U.S. Mail, first class postage prepaid, or if sent by any other means,
upon delivery.     

          G.   Modifications.  No provision hereof shall be modified or
limited except by a written agreement expressly referring hereto and to
the provisions so modified or limited and signed by Debtor and Bank. 
The provisions of the Agreement shall not be modified or limited by
course of conduct or usage of trade.

          H.   Applicable Law and Partial Invalidity.  This Agreement
has been delivered in the State of Texas and shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of that State. Wherever possible each provision
of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective
and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement
shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision
shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity,
without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining
provisions of this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of any Loan Document to any person or circumstance shall not
affect the enforceability or validity of such provision as it may apply
to other persons or circumstances.

          I.   Financing Statement.  To the extent permitted by
applicable law, a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this
Agreement or any financing statement covering the Collateral shall be
sufficient as a financing statement.

          J.   ARBITRATION.  ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG
THE PARTIES HERETO INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT OR ANY RELATED
INSTRUMENTS, AGREEMENTS OR DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING ANY CLAIM BASED ON OR
ARISING FROM AN ALLEGED TORT, SHALL BE DETERMINED BY BINDING ARBITRATION
<PAGE>
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL ARBITRATION ACT (OR IF NOT APPLICABLE,
THE APPLICABLE STATE LAW), THE RULES OF PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE FOR THE
ARBITRATION OF COMMERCIAL DISPUTES OF J.A.M.S./ENDISPUTE OR ANY
SUCCESSOR THEREOF ("J.A.M.S."), AND THE "SPECIAL RULES" SET FORTH BELOW. 
IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY, THE SPECIAL RULES SHALL CONTROL. 
JUDGMENT UPON ANY ARBITRATION AWARD MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING
JURISDICTION.  ANY PARTY TO THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT MAY
BRING AN ACTION, INCLUDING A SUMMARY OR EXPEDITED PROCEEDING, TO COMPEL
ARBITRATION OF ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM TO WHICH THIS AGREEMENT APPLIES
IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER SUCH ACTION.

          (i)  Special Rules.  THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN THE
COUNTY OF ANY DEBTOR'S DOMICILE  AT THE TIME OF THE EXECUTION OF THIS
INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT AND ADMINISTERED BY J.A.M.S. WHO WILL
APPOINT AN ARBITRATOR; IF J.A.M.S. IS UNABLE OR LEGALLY PRECLUDED FROM
ADMINISTERING THE ARBITRATION, THEN THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION
WILL SERVE.  ALL ARBITRATION HEARINGS WILL BE COMMENCED WITHIN 90 DAYS
OF THE DEMAND FOR ARBITRATION; FURTHER, THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ONLY, UPON
A SHOWING OF CAUSE, BE PERMITTED TO EXTEND THE COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH
HEARING FOR UP TO AN ADDITIONAL 60 DAYS.  

          (ii) Reservation of Rights. NOTHING IN THIS ARBITRATION
PROVISION SHALL BE DEEMED TO (I) LIMIT THE APPLICABILITY OF ANY
OTHERWISE APPLICABLE STATUTES OF LIMITATION OR REPOSE AND ANY WAIVERS
CONTAINED IN THIS INSTRUMENT, AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT; OR (II) BE A WAIVER
BY  BANK OF THE PROTECTION AFFORDED TO IT BY 12 U.S.C. SEC. 91 OR ANY
SUBSTANTIALLY EQUIVALENT STATE LAW; OR (III) LIMIT THE RIGHT OF  BANK
HERETO (A) TO EXERCISE SELF HELP REMEDIES SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED TO)
SETOFF, OR (B) TO FORECLOSE AGAINST ANY REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY
COLLATERAL, OR (C) TO OBTAIN FROM A COURT PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY
REMEDIES SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, WRIT OF
POSSESSION OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER.   BANK MAY EXERCISE SUCH
SELF HELP RIGHTS, FORECLOSE UPON SUCH PROPERTY, OR OBTAIN SUCH
PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES BEFORE, DURING OR AFTER THE PENDENCY
OF ANY ARBITRATION PROCEEDING BROUGHT PURSUANT TO THIS INSTRUMENT,
AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT.  NEITHER THIS EXERCISE OF SELF HELP REMEDIES NOR
THE INSTITUTION OR MAINTENANCE OF AN ACTION FOR FORECLOSURE OR
PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES SHALL CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT
OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING THE CLAIMANT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, TO ARBITRATE
THE MERITS OF THE CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM OCCASIONING RESORT TO SUCH
REMEDIES.

          K.   Controlling Document.  To the extent that this Security
Agreement conflicts with or is in any way incompatible with any other
Loan Document concerning the Obligation, any promissory note shall
control over any other document, and if such note does not address an
issue, then each other document shall control to the extent that it
deals most specifically with an issue.

          L.   Notice of Final Agreement. THIS WRITTEN SECURITY
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT
BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE
NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Security
Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives
as of the date first above written.
<PAGE>
                              HALLMARK FINANCE CORPORATION
                              By:
                                 Linda H. Sleeper
                                 Executive Vice President


                              NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.



                              By:
                                 Susan M. Raher
                                 Vice President
                                 


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 7
<LEGEND>
Due to format constraints of this Financial Data Schedule (FDS) certain
Balance Sheet items where omitted: i.e. Prepaid reinsurance premiums, Premium
notes receivable, Installment premiums receivable, Excess of cost over net
assets acquired & Other assets.  Refer to actual 10KSB submission.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1
<CURRENCY> $
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1
<DEBT-HELD-FOR-SALE>                                 0
<DEBT-CARRYING-VALUE>                        8,540,196
<DEBT-MARKET-VALUE>                          8,564,569
<EQUITIES>                                     152,246
<MORTGAGE>                                           0
<REAL-ESTATE>                                        0
<TOTAL-INVEST>                               8,692,442
<CASH>                                       4,749,388
<RECOVER-REINSURE>                          20,058,062
<DEFERRED-ACQUISITION>                         168,300
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              53,763,761
<POLICY-LOSSES>                                      0
<UNEARNED-PREMIUMS>                         11,310,250
<POLICY-OTHER>                               2,946,034
<POLICY-HOLDER-FUNDS>                        4,429,604
<NOTES-PAYABLE>                                590,853
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       328,868
<OTHER-SE>                                  11,092,496
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                53,763,761
                                  42,502,556
<INVESTMENT-INCOME>                            863,863
<INVESTMENT-GAINS>                               1,890
<OTHER-INCOME>                               2,005,106
<BENEFITS>                                   7,220,561
<UNDERWRITING-AMORTIZATION>                  (686,986)
<UNDERWRITING-OTHER>                         7,292,643
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              1,609,244
<INCOME-TAX>                                   559,477
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          1,049,767
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 1,049,767
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.09
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.09
<RESERVE-OPEN>                              22,323,090
<PROVISION-CURRENT>                         31,380,460
<PROVISION-PRIOR>                          (3,919,957)
<PAYMENTS-CURRENT>                          17,999,353
<PAYMENTS-PRIOR>                            11,086,847
<RESERVE-CLOSE>                             20,697,393
<CUMULATIVE-DEFICIENCY>                              0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission